leica ts06

310
Leica FlexLine TS02/TS06/TS09 User Manual Version 1.0 English

Upload: emanuele-escobar-sanchez

Post on 24-Jan-2016

593 views

Category:

Documents


26 download

DESCRIPTION

Toolstation(EDM) surveying engineering

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Leica TS06

Leic

a Fl

exLi

neTS

02/T

S06/

TS09

User

Man

ual

Vers

ion

1.0

Engl

ish

Page 2: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 2In

trod

ucti

on

Intr

oduc

tion

Purc

hase

Cong

ratu

latio

ns o

n th

e pu

rcha

se o

f a

Flex

Line

inst

rum

ent.

This

man

ual c

onta

ins

impo

rtan

t sa

fety

dire

ctio

ns a

s w

ell a

s in

stru

ctio

ns f

or s

ettin

g up

and

ope

ratin

g th

e pr

oduc

t. R

efer

to

"13

Safe

ty D

irect

ions

" fo

r fur

ther

in

form

atio

n.Re

ad c

aref

ully

thr

ough

the

Use

r Man

ual b

efor

e yo

u sw

itch

on t

he p

rodu

ct.

Prod

uct

iden

tifi

cati

onTh

e m

odel

and

ser

ial n

umbe

r of

your

pro

duct

are

indi

cate

d on

the

typ

e pl

ate.

Ente

r the

mod

el a

nd s

eria

l num

ber i

n yo

ur m

anua

l and

alw

ays

refe

r to

this

in

form

atio

n w

hen

you

need

to c

onta

ct y

our a

genc

y or

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s au

thor

ised

se

rvic

e w

orks

hop.

Mod

el:

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

_

Seria

l No.

:__

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

Page 3: Leica TS06

Intr

oduc

tion

Flex

Line

, 3

Sym

bols

The

sym

bols

use

d in

thi

s m

anua

l hav

e th

e fo

llow

ing

mea

ning

s:

Trad

emar

ks•

Win

dow

s is

a re

gist

ered

tra

dem

ark

of M

icro

soft

Cor

pora

tion.

•Bl

ueto

oth

is a

regi

ster

ed t

rade

mar

k of

Blu

etoo

th S

IG, I

nc.

All o

ther

tra

dem

arks

are

the

pro

pert

y of

the

ir re

spec

tive

owne

rs.

Type

Des

crip

tion

!D

ange

rIn

dica

tes

an im

min

ently

haz

ardo

us s

ituat

ion

whi

ch, i

f no

t av

oide

d, w

ill re

sult

in d

eath

or s

erio

us in

jury

.

!W

arni

ngIn

dica

tes

a po

tent

ially

haz

ardo

us s

ituat

ion

or a

n un

inte

nded

use

w

hich

, if

not

avoi

ded,

cou

ld re

sult

in d

eath

or s

erio

us in

jury

.

!Ca

utio

nIn

dica

tes

a po

tent

ially

haz

ardo

us s

ituat

ion

or a

n un

inte

nded

use

w

hich

, if

not

avoi

ded,

may

resu

lt in

min

or o

r mod

erat

e in

jury

an

d/or

app

reci

able

mat

eria

l, fin

anci

al a

nd e

nviro

nmen

tal d

amag

e.

)Im

port

ant

para

grap

hs w

hich

mus

t be

adh

ered

to

in p

ract

ice

as

they

ena

ble

the

prod

uct

to b

e us

ed in

a t

echn

ical

ly c

orre

ct a

nd

effic

ient

man

ner.

Page 4: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 4In

trod

ucti

on

Valid

ity

of t

his

man

ual

Des

crip

tion

Gen

eral

This

man

ual a

pplie

s to

TS0

2, T

S06,

and

TS0

9 in

stru

men

ts. W

here

th

ere

are

diff

eren

ces

betw

een

the

vario

us in

stru

men

ts t

hey

are

clea

rly d

escr

ibed

.Th

e fo

llow

ing

sym

bols

will

iden

tify

in e

ach

sect

ion

whe

re t

he

inst

rum

ents

diff

er:

for

TS0

2.•

f

or T

S06.

for

TS0

9.

Tele

scop

e•

Mea

suri

ng w

ith

Pris

m m

ode:

Whe

n m

easu

ring

dist

ance

s to

a

refle

ctor

with

Ele

ctro

nic

Dis

tanc

e M

easu

rem

ent

(ED

M)

mod

e "P

rism

", t

he t

eles

cope

use

s a

wid

e vi

sibl

e re

d la

ser b

eam

, whi

ch

emer

ges

coax

ially

fro

m t

he t

eles

cope

's o

bjec

tive.

•M

easu

ring

wit

h N

on-P

rism

mod

es: I

nstr

umen

ts t

hat

are

equi

pped

with

a re

flect

orle

ss E

DM a

dditi

onal

ly o

ffer

the

ED

M

mod

e "N

on-P

rism

". W

hen

mea

urin

g di

stan

ces

with

thi

s ED

M

mod

e, t

he t

eles

cope

use

s a

narr

ow v

isib

le re

d la

ser b

eam

, whi

ch

emer

ges

coax

ially

fro

m t

he t

eles

cope

's o

bjec

tive.

Page 5: Leica TS06

Tabl

e of

Con

tent

sFl

exLi

ne, 5

Tabl

e of

Con

tent

sIn

thi

s m

anua

lCh

apte

rPa

ge

1D

escr

ipti

on o

f th

e Sy

stem

12

1.1

Syst

em C

ompo

nent

s12

1.2

Cont

aine

r Con

tent

s14

1.3

Inst

rum

ent

Com

pone

nts

162

Use

r In

terf

ace

19

2.1

Keyb

oard

192.

2Sc

reen

212.

3St

atus

Icon

s22

2.4

Soft

keys

242.

5O

pera

ting

Prin

cipl

es25

2.6

Poin

tsea

rch

273

Ope

rati

on29

3.1

Inst

rum

ent

Setu

p29

3.2

Wor

king

with

the

Bat

tery

353.

3Da

ta S

tora

ge37

3.4

Mai

n M

enu

373.

5Q

-Sur

vey

Appl

icat

ion

393.

6Di

stan

ce M

easu

rem

ents

- G

uide

lines

for

Cor

rect

Res

ults

40

Page 6: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 6Ta

ble

of C

onte

nts

4Se

ttin

g42

4.1

Gene

ral S

ettin

gs42

4.2

EDM

Set

tings

544.

3Co

mm

unic

atio

n Pa

ram

eter

s60

5To

ols

63

5.1

Adju

st63

5.2

Star

t Up

Seq

uenc

e64

5.3

Syst

em In

form

atio

n65

5.4

Lice

nce

Keys

675.

5In

stru

men

t Pr

otec

tion

with

PIN

685.

6Lo

adin

g So

ftw

are

706

Func

tion

s72

6.1

Ove

rvie

w72

6.2

Targ

et O

ffse

t74

6.2.

1O

verv

iew

746.

2.2

Cylin

der O

ffse

t Su

bapp

licat

ion

766.

3He

ight

Tra

nsfe

r80

6.4

Hidd

en P

oint

816.

5Ch

eck

Tie

846.

6ED

M T

rack

ing

867

Codi

ng87

7.1

Stan

dard

Cod

ing

87

Page 7: Leica TS06

Tabl

e of

Con

tent

sFl

exLi

ne, 7

7.2

Qui

ck C

odin

g89

8A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Sta

rted

91

8.1

Ove

rvie

w91

8.2

Star

ting

an A

pplic

atio

n92

8.3

Sett

ing

the

Job

948.

4Se

ttin

g th

e St

atio

n95

8.5

Sett

ing

the

Orie

ntat

ion

978.

5.1

Ove

rvie

w97

8.5.

2M

anua

l Orie

ntat

ion

988.

5.3

Orie

ntat

ion

with

Coo

rdin

ates

999

App

licat

ions

103

9.1

Com

mon

Fie

lds

103

9.2

Surv

eyin

g10

49.

3St

akeo

ut10

59.

4Fr

ee S

tatio

n11

19.

4.1

Star

ting

Free

Sta

tion

111

9.4.

2M

easu

ring

Info

rmat

ion

113

9.4.

3Co

mpu

tatio

n Pr

oced

ure

114

9.4.

4Fr

ee S

tatio

n Re

sults

115

9.5

Refe

renc

e El

emen

t -

Refe

renc

e Li

ne11

89.

5.1

Ove

rvie

w11

89.

5.2

Def

inin

g th

e Ba

se L

ine

119

9.5.

3D

efin

ing

the

Refe

renc

e Li

ne12

09.

5.4

Suba

pplic

atio

n M

easu

re L

ine

& O

ffse

t12

3

Page 8: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 8Ta

ble

of C

onte

nts

9.5.

5Su

bapp

licat

ion

Stak

eout

125

9.5.

6Su

bapp

licat

ion

Grid

Sta

keou

t12

79.

5.7

Suba

pplic

atio

n Li

ne S

egm

enta

tion

131

9.6

Refe

renc

e El

emen

t -

Refe

renc

e Ar

c13

69.

6.1

Ove

rvie

w13

69.

6.2

Def

inin

g th

e Re

fere

nce

Arc

137

9.6.

3Su

bapp

licat

ion

Mea

sure

Lin

e &

Off

set

139

9.6.

4Su

bapp

licat

ion

Stak

eout

141

9.7

Tie

Dist

ance

146

9.8

Area

& V

olum

e14

99.

9Re

mot

e H

eigh

t15

39.

10Co

nstr

uctio

n15

49.

10.1

Star

ting

Cons

truc

tion

154

9.10

.2La

yout

155

9.10

.3As

Bui

lt Ch

eck

157

9.11

COGO

159

9.11

.1St

artin

g CO

GO15

99.

11.2

Inve

rse

and

Trav

erse

159

9.11

.3In

ters

ectio

ns16

19.

11.4

Off

sets

163

9.11

.5Ex

tens

ion

165

9.12

Road

2D

166

9.13

Road

wor

ks 3

D17

19.

13.1

Star

ting

Road

wor

ks 3

D17

19.

13.2

Basi

c Te

rms

173

Page 9: Leica TS06

Tabl

e of

Con

tent

sFl

exLi

ne, 9

9.13

.3Cr

eatin

g or

Upl

oadi

ng A

lignm

ent

File

s18

19.

13.4

Suba

pplic

atio

n St

ake

184

9.13

.5Su

bapp

licat

ion

Chec

k18

79.

13.6

Suba

pplic

atio

n St

ake

Slop

e18

99.

13.7

Suba

pplic

atio

n Ch

eck

Slop

e19

59.

14Tr

aver

sePR

O19

79.

14.1

Ove

rvie

w19

79.

14.2

Star

ting

and

Conf

igur

ing

Trav

erse

PRO

199

9.14

.3M

easu

ring

Trav

erse

202

9.14

.4M

ovin

g ah

ead

205

9.14

.5Cl

osin

g a

Trav

erse

208

9.15

Refe

renc

e Pl

ane

214

10D

ata

Man

agem

ent

218

10.1

File

Man

agem

ent

218

10.2

Expo

rtin

g D

ata

220

10.3

Impo

rtin

g D

ata

224

10.4

Wor

king

with

a U

SB M

emor

y St

ick

226

10.5

Wor

king

with

Blu

etoo

th22

810

.6W

orki

ng w

ith L

eica

Fle

xOff

ice

230

11Ch

eck

& A

djus

t23

1

11.1

Ove

rvie

w23

111

.2Pr

epar

atio

n23

211

.3Ad

just

ing

Line

-of-

Sigh

t an

d Ve

rtic

al In

dex

Erro

r23

311

.4Ad

just

ing

the

Tilti

ng A

xis

Erro

r23

7

Page 10: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 10

Tabl

e of

Con

tent

s

11.5

Adju

stin

g th

e Ci

rcul

ar L

evel

of

the

Inst

rum

ent

and

Trib

rach

240

11.6

Insp

ectin

g th

e La

ser P

lum

met

of

the

Inst

rum

ent

241

11.7

Serv

icin

g th

e Tr

ipod

243

12Ca

re a

nd T

rans

port

244

12.1

Tran

spor

t24

412

.2St

orag

e24

512

.3Cl

eani

ng a

nd D

ryin

g24

613

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s24

7

13.1

Gene

ral

247

13.2

Inte

nded

Use

247

13.3

Lim

its o

f Us

e24

913

.4Re

spon

sibi

litie

s24

913

.5Ha

zard

s of

Use

250

13.6

Lase

r Cla

ssifi

catio

n25

513

.6.1

Gene

ral

255

13.6

.2D

ista

ncer

, Mea

sure

men

ts w

ith R

efle

ctor

s25

613

.6.3

Dis

tanc

er, M

easu

rem

ents

with

out

Refle

ctor

s (N

on-P

rism

mod

e)25

813

.6.4

Elec

tron

ic G

uide

Lig

ht E

GL26

213

.6.5

Lase

r Plu

mm

et26

313

.7El

ectr

omag

netic

Com

patib

ility

EM

C26

613

.8FC

C St

atem

ent,

App

licab

le in

U.S

.26

8

Page 11: Leica TS06

Tabl

e of

Con

tent

sFl

exLi

ne, 1

1

14Te

chni

cal D

ata

271

14.1

Angl

e M

easu

rem

ent

271

14.2

Dist

ance

Mea

sure

men

t w

ith R

efle

ctor

s27

214

.3Di

stan

ce M

easu

rem

ent

with

out

Refle

ctor

s (N

on-P

rism

mod

e)27

414

.4Di

stan

ce M

easu

rem

ent

Refle

ctor

(>3

.5km

)27

614

.5Co

nfor

mity

to

Nat

iona

l Reg

ulat

ions

277

14.5

.1Pr

oduc

ts w

ithou

t Co

mm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

277

14.5

.2Pr

oduc

ts w

ith C

omm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

278

14.6

Gene

ral T

echn

ical

Dat

a of

the

Inst

rum

ent

279

14.7

Scal

e Co

rrec

tion

285

14.8

Redu

ctio

n Fo

rmul

as28

815

Inte

rnat

iona

l Lim

ited

War

rant

y, S

oftw

are

Lice

nse

Agr

eem

ent

290

16G

loss

ary

292

App

endi

x A

Men

u Tr

ee29

6

App

endi

x B

Dir

ecto

ry S

truc

ture

299

Inde

x 30

0

Page 12: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 12

Des

crip

tion

of

the

Syst

em

1D

escr

ipti

on o

f th

e Sy

stem

1.1

Syst

em C

ompo

nent

sM

ain

Com

pone

nts

a)Fl

exLi

ne in

stru

men

t w

ith

Flex

Fiel

d fir

mw

are

b)Co

mpu

ter w

ith F

lexO

ffic

e so

ftw

are

c)D

ata

tran

sfer

Com

pone

ntD

escr

ipti

onFl

exLi

ne

inst

rum

ent

An in

stru

men

t for

mea

surin

g, c

alcu

latin

g an

d ca

ptur

ing

data

. Ide

ally

su

ited

for t

asks

fro

m s

impl

e su

rvey

s to

com

plex

app

licat

ions

. Eq

uipp

ed w

ith a

Fle

xFie

ld f

irmw

are

pack

age

to c

ompl

ete

thes

e ta

sks.

The

vario

us li

nes

have

a ra

nge

of a

ccur

acy

clas

ses

and

supp

ort

diff

eren

t fe

atur

es. A

ll lin

es c

an b

e co

nnec

ted

with

Fle

xOff

ice

to

view

, exc

hang

e an

d m

anag

e da

ta.

Flex

Fiel

d fir

mw

are

The

firm

war

e pa

ckag

e in

stal

led

on t

he in

stru

men

t. C

onsi

sts

of a

st

anda

rd b

ase

oper

atin

g sy

stem

with

opt

iona

l add

ition

al f

eatu

res.

TSO

X_00

1a

c

b

Flex

Off

ice

Page 13: Leica TS06

Des

crip

tion

of

the

Syst

emFl

exLi

ne, 1

3

Flex

Off

ice

soft

war

eAn

off

ice

soft

war

e co

nsis

ting

of a

sui

te o

f st

anda

rd a

nd e

xten

ded

prog

ram

s fo

r the

vie

win

g, e

xcha

ngin

g, m

anag

ing

and

post

pr

oces

sing

of

data

.D

ata

tran

sfer

Data

can

be

alw

ays

tran

sfer

red

betw

een

a Fl

exLi

ne in

stru

men

t and

a

com

pute

r via

a d

ata

tran

sfer

cab

le.

For i

nstr

umen

ts e

quip

ped

with

a C

omm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

dat

a ca

n al

so b

e tr

ansf

erre

d vi

a US

B m

emor

y st

ick,

USB

cab

le, o

r Bl

ueto

oth.

Com

pone

ntD

escr

ipti

on

Page 14: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 14

Des

crip

tion

of

the

Syst

em

1.2

Cont

aine

r Co

nten

tsCo

ntai

ner c

onte

nts

part

1 o

f 2

a)In

stru

men

t w

ith s

uppl

ied

trib

rach

b)GE

V189

dat

a ca

ble

(USB

-RS2

32)*

c)GL

I115

clip

-on

bubb

le*

d)GH

T196

hol

der f

or h

eigh

t m

eter

*e)

CPR1

05 f

lat

pris

m*

f)GH

M00

7 he

ight

met

er*

g)Pr

otec

tive

cove

r / L

ens

hood

*h)

GEV2

23 d

ata

cabl

e (U

SB-m

ini U

SB)

- fo

r ins

trum

ents

with

a C

omm

unic

a-tio

n si

de c

over

i)GM

P111

min

i pris

m*

*O

ptio

nal

TS0X

_069

aba

cd

ef

g

ih

Page 15: Leica TS06

Des

crip

tion

of

the

Syst

emFl

exLi

ne, 1

5

Cont

aine

r con

tent

s pa

rt 2

of

2

j)Ad

just

men

t to

ols

k)GF

Z3 d

iago

nal e

yepi

ece*

l)GE

B211

bat

terie

s*m

)GK

L211

bat

tery

cha

rger

*n)

GAD1

05 f

lat

or m

ini p

rism

ada

pter

*o)

MS1

Lei

ca in

dust

rial g

rade

USB

m

emor

y st

ick

- for

inst

rum

ents

with

a

Com

mun

icat

ion

side

cov

erp)

GEB2

21 b

atte

ry*

q)Ti

p fo

r min

i pris

m p

ole*

r)Co

unte

rwei

ght

for d

iago

nal

eyep

iece

*s)

User

man

ual

t)GL

S115

min

i pris

m p

ole*

*O

ptio

nal

TS0X

_069

bjk

lm

no

pq

rs

t

Page 16: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 16

Des

crip

tion

of

the

Syst

em

1.3

Inst

rum

ent

Com

pone

nts

Inst

rum

ent

com

pone

nts

part

1

of 2

a)Co

mpa

rtm

ent

for U

SB m

emor

y st

ick

and

USB

cabl

e po

rts*

b)Bl

ueto

oth

ante

nna*

c)O

ptic

al s

ight

d)D

etac

habl

e ca

rryi

ng h

andl

e w

ith

mou

ntin

g sc

rew

e)El

ectr

onic

Gui

de L

ight

(EG

L)*

f)O

bjec

tive

with

inte

grat

ed E

lect

roni

c D

ista

nce

Mea

sure

men

t (ED

M).

Exit

for

EDM

lase

r bea

mg)

Vert

ical

driv

eh)

On/

Off

key

i)Tr

igge

r key

j)H

oriz

onta

l driv

ek)

Seco

nd k

eybo

ard*

*O

ptio

nal

ab

cd

fe

g

jk

hi

TSO

X_00

9a

Page 17: Leica TS06

Des

crip

tion

of

the

Syst

emFl

exLi

ne, 1

7

Inst

rum

ent

com

pone

nts

part

2

of 2

l)Fo

cusi

ng t

eles

cope

imag

em

)Ey

epie

ce; f

ocus

ing

grat

icul

en)

Batt

ery

cove

ro)

Seria

l int

erfa

ce R

S232

p)Fo

ot s

crew

q)D

ispl

ayr)

Keyb

oard

lm

no

pq

rTS

OX_

009b

Page 18: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 18

Des

crip

tion

of

the

Syst

em

Com

mun

icat

ion

side

cov

erA

Com

mun

icat

ion

side

cov

er is

opt

iona

l for

and

incl

uded

for

.

a)Bl

ueto

oth

ante

nna

b)Co

mpa

rtm

ent

lidc)

USB

mem

ory

stic

k ca

p st

orag

ed)

USB

host

por

te)

USB

devi

ce p

ort

TSO

X_13

0

a b c d e

Page 19: Leica TS06

Use

r In

terf

ace

Flex

Line

, 19

2U

ser

Inte

rfac

e2.

1K

eybo

ard

Key

boar

d

Key

s

Stan

dard

key

boar

dA

lpha

num

eric

key

boar

d

a)Fi

xed

keys

b)N

avig

atio

n ke

yc)

ENTE

R ke

y

d)ES

C ke

ye)

Func

tion

keys

F1

to F

4f)

Alph

anum

eric

key

pad

TSO

X_01

1

a b c d eTS

OX_

010

a f b c d e

Key

Des

crip

tion

Page

key

. Dis

play

s th

e ne

xt s

cree

n w

hen

seve

ral s

cree

ns a

re a

vaila

ble.

FNC

key.

Qui

ck-a

cces

s to

mea

sure

men

t su

ppor

ting

func

tions

.

Page 20: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 20

Use

r In

terf

ace

Side

cove

r ke

ys

User

key

1. P

rogr

amm

able

with

a f

unct

ion

from

the

FN

C m

enu.

User

key

2. P

rogr

amm

able

with

a f

unct

ion

from

the

FN

C m

enu.

Nav

igat

ion

key.

Con

trol

s th

e fo

cus

bar w

ithin

the

scre

en a

nd th

e en

try

bar

with

in a

fie

ld.

ENTE

R ke

y. C

onfir

ms

an e

ntry

and

con

tinue

s to

the

nex

t fie

ld.

ESC

key.

Qui

ts a

scr

een

or e

dit

mod

e w

ithou

t sav

ing

chan

ges.

Ret

urns

to

next

hig

her l

evel

.

,,

,Fu

nctio

n ke

ys t

hat

are

assi

gned

the

var

iabl

e fu

nctio

ns d

ispl

ayed

at

the

bott

om o

f th

e sc

reen

.

Alph

anum

eric

key

pad

for e

ntry

of

text

and

num

eric

al v

alue

s.

Key

Des

crip

tion

Key

Des

crip

tion

On

/ Off

key

. Sw

itche

s th

e in

stru

men

t on

or o

ff.

Page 21: Leica TS06

Use

r In

terf

ace

Flex

Line

, 21

2.2

Scre

enSc

reen

Trig

ger k

ey. Q

uick

key

pro

gram

mab

le w

ith fu

nctio

ns A

LL o

r DIS

T, if

des

ired.

P

rogr

amm

able

with

bot

h of

the

fun

ctio

ns.

Pro

gram

mab

le w

ith o

ne o

f th

e fu

nctio

ns.

The

trig

ger k

ey c

an b

e pr

ogra

mm

ed in

the

Set

ting

s sc

reen

. Ref

er t

o "4

.1

Gene

ral S

ettin

gs".

Key

Des

crip

tion

a)Ti

tle o

f sc

reen

b)Fo

cus

in s

cree

n. A

ctiv

e fie

ldc)

Stat

us ic

ons

d)Fi

elds

e)So

ftke

ys

)Al

l sho

wn

scre

ens

are

exam

ples

. It

is p

ossi

ble

that

loca

l firm

war

e ve

rsio

ns

are

diff

eren

t to

the

bas

ic v

ersi

on.

a b c d eS_

TSO

X_00

1

Page 22: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 22

Use

r In

terf

ace

2.3

Stat

us Ic

ons

Des

crip

tion

The

icon

s pr

ovid

e st

atus

info

rmat

ion

rela

ted

to b

asic

inst

rum

ent

func

tions

. D

epen

ding

on

the

firm

war

e ve

rsio

n, d

iffer

ent

icon

s ar

e di

spla

yed.

Icon

sIc

onD

escr

ipti

onTh

e ba

tter

y sy

mbo

l ind

icat

es th

e le

vel o

f the

rem

aini

ng b

atte

ry c

apac

ity,

75%

ful

l sho

wn

in t

he e

xam

ple.

Com

pens

ator

is o

n.

Com

pens

ator

is o

ff.

Pris

m E

DM m

ode

for m

easu

ring

to p

rism

s an

d re

flect

ive

targ

ets.

Non

-Pris

m E

DM m

ode

for m

easu

ring

to a

ll ta

rget

s.

!O

ffse

t is

act

ive.

Keyp

ad is

set

to

num

eric

mod

e.

Keyp

ad is

set

to

alph

anum

eric

mod

e.

Indi

cate

s th

at h

oriz

onta

l ang

le is

set

to

left

sid

e an

gle

mea

sure

men

t (a

ntic

lock

wis

e).

A do

uble

arr

ow in

dica

tes

a fie

ld h

as a

sel

ecta

ble

list.

012

ABC

Page 23: Leica TS06

Use

r In

terf

ace

Flex

Line

, 23

Up a

nd d

own

arro

ws

indi

cate

tha

t se

vera

l scr

eens

are

ava

ilabl

e, w

hich

ar

e ac

cess

ed u

sing

.

Indi

cate

s te

lesc

ope

posi

tion

is f

ace

I.

Indi

cate

s te

lesc

ope

posi

tion

is f

ace

II.

Leic

a st

anda

rd p

rism

is s

elec

ted.

Leic

a m

ini p

rism

is s

elec

ted.

Leic

a 36

0° p

rism

is s

elec

ted.

Leic

a 36

0° m

ini p

rism

is s

elec

ted.

Leic

a re

flect

or t

ape

is s

elec

ted.

User

def

ined

pris

m is

sel

ecte

d.

Blue

toot

h is

con

nect

ed. I

f the

re is

a c

ross

bes

ide

the

icon

, the

Blu

etoo

th

com

mun

icat

ion

port

is s

elec

ted,

but

the

sta

tus

is in

activ

e.US

B co

mm

unic

atio

n po

rt is

sel

ecte

d.

Icon

Des

crip

tion

Page 24: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 24

Use

r In

terf

ace

2.4

Soft

keys

Des

crip

tion

Soft

keys

are

sel

ecte

d us

ing

the

rele

vant

F1

to F

4 fu

nctio

n ke

y. T

his

chap

ter d

escr

ibes

th

e fu

nctio

nalit

y of

the

com

mon

sof

tkey

s us

ed b

y th

e sy

stem

. The

mor

e sp

ecia

lised

so

ftke

ys a

re d

escr

ibed

whe

re t

hey

appe

ar in

the

app

licat

ion

chap

ters

.

Com

mon

sof

tkey

fu

ncti

ons

Key

Des

crip

tion

-> A

BCTo

cha

nge

the

keyp

ad o

pera

tion

to a

lpha

num

eric

al.

-> 0

12To

cha

nge

the

keyp

ad o

pera

tion

to n

umer

ical

.A

LLTo

sta

rt d

ista

nce

and

angl

e m

easu

rem

ents

and

sav

e th

e m

easu

red

valu

es.

DIS

TTo

sta

rt d

ista

nce

and

angl

e m

easu

rem

ents

with

out s

avin

g th

e m

easu

red

valu

es.

EDM

To v

iew

and

cha

nge

EDM

set

tings

. Ref

er t

o "4

.2 E

DM

Set

tings

".EN

HTo

ope

n th

e m

anua

l coo

rdin

ate

entr

y sc

reen

.EX

ITTo

exi

t th

e sc

reen

or a

pplic

atio

n.FI

ND

To s

earc

h fo

r an

ente

red

poin

t.IN

PUT

To

activ

ate

alph

anum

eric

al s

oftk

eys

for t

ext

entr

y.P/

NP

To t

oggl

e be

twee

n Pr

ism

and

Non

-Pris

m E

DM

mod

es.

LIST

To d

ispl

ay t

he li

st o

f av

aila

ble

poin

ts.

Page 25: Leica TS06

Use

r In

terf

ace

Flex

Line

, 25

2.5

Ope

rati

ng P

rinc

iple

sTu

rn in

stru

men

t on

/off

Use

the

On/

Off

key

on

the

side

cov

er o

f th

e in

stru

men

t.

Sele

ctio

n of

la

ngua

geAf

ter s

witc

hing

on

the

inst

rum

ent t

he u

ser i

s ab

le to

cho

ose

thei

r pre

ferr

ed la

ngua

ge.

The

lang

uage

cho

ice

scre

en is

onl

y sh

own

if m

ultip

le la

ngua

ges

are

load

ed o

nto

the

inst

rum

ent

and

Lang

.cho

ice:

On

is s

et in

the

inst

rum

ent

sett

ings

. Ref

er t

o "4

.1

Gene

ral S

ettin

gs".

OK

If en

try

scre

en: C

onfir

ms

mea

sure

d or

ent

ered

val

ues

and

cont

inue

s th

e pr

oces

s.If

mes

sage

scr

een:

Con

firm

s m

essa

ge a

nd c

ontin

ues

with

sel

ecte

d ac

tion

or re

turn

s to

the

pre

viou

s sc

reen

to

rese

lect

an

optio

n.PR

EVTo

retu

rn t

o th

e la

st a

ctiv

e sc

reen

.RE

CTo

sav

e th

e di

spla

yed

valu

es.

RESE

TTo

rese

t al

l edi

tabl

e fie

lds

to t

heir

defa

ult

valu

es.

VIEW

To d

ispl

ay t

he c

oord

inat

e an

d jo

b de

tails

of

the

sele

cted

poi

nt.

To d

ispl

ay t

he n

ext

soft

key

leve

l.

To re

turn

to

the

first

sof

tkey

leve

l.

Key

Des

crip

tion

Page 26: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 26

Use

r In

terf

ace

Alp

hanu

mer

ic

keyp

adTh

e al

phan

umer

ical

key

pad

is u

sed

to e

nter

cha

ract

ers

dire

ctly

into

edi

tabl

e fie

lds.

•N

umer

ic f

ield

s: C

an o

nly

cont

ain

num

eric

al v

alue

s. B

y pr

essi

ng a

key

of

the

keyp

ad t

he n

umbe

r will

be

disp

laye

d.•

Alp

hanu

mer

ic f

ield

s: C

an c

onta

in n

umbe

rs a

nd le

tter

s. B

y pr

essi

ng a

key

of t

he

keyp

ad t

he f

irst

char

acte

r writ

ten

abov

e th

at k

ey w

ill b

e di

spla

yed.

By

pres

sing

se

vera

l tim

es y

ou c

an t

oggl

e th

roug

h th

e ch

arac

ters

. For

exa

mpl

e: 1

->S-

>T->

U->1

->S.

...

Stan

dard

key

boar

dTo

ent

er c

hara

cter

s us

ing

a st

anda

rd k

eypa

d, s

elec

t IN

PUT

and

the

soft

keys

will

ch

ange

to re

pres

ent t

he a

lpha

num

eric

al c

hara

cter

s av

aila

ble

in e

dit m

ode.

Sel

ect t

he

appr

opria

te s

oftk

ey f

or e

ntry

of

the

char

acte

r.

Edit

fie

lds

)In

edi

t mod

e th

e po

sitio

n of

the

deci

mal

pla

ce c

anno

t be

chan

ged.

The

dec

imal

pla

ce

is s

kipp

ed.

)ES

C De

lete

s an

y ch

ange

and

rest

ores

the

pre

viou

s va

lue.

Mov

es t

he c

urso

r to

the

left

.

Mov

es t

he c

urso

r to

the

right

.

Inse

rts

a ch

arac

ter a

t th

e cu

rsor

pos

ition

.

Dele

tes

the

char

acte

r at

the

curs

or p

ositi

on.

Page 27: Leica TS06

Use

r In

terf

ace

Flex

Line

, 27

Spec

ial c

hara

cter

s

2.6

Poin

tsea

rch

Des

crip

tion

Poin

tsea

rch

is a

func

tion

used

by

appl

icat

ions

to fi

nd m

easu

red

or fi

xed

poin

ts in

the

m

emor

y st

orag

e.It

is p

ossi

ble

to li

mit

the

poin

t se

arch

to

a pa

rtic

ular

job

or t

o se

arch

the

who

le

stor

age.

The

sea

rch

proc

edur

e al

way

s fin

ds fi

xed

poin

ts b

efor

e m

easu

red

poin

ts th

at

fulfi

ll th

e sa

me

sear

ch c

riter

ia. I

f se

vera

l poi

nts

mee

t th

e se

arch

crit

eria

, the

n th

e re

sults

are

ord

ered

acc

ordi

ng to

the

entr

y da

te. T

he in

stru

men

t fin

ds th

e m

ost r

ecen

t fix

ed p

oint

firs

t.

Char

acte

rD

escr

ipti

on*

Used

as

wild

card

s in

sea

rch

field

s fo

r poi

nt n

umbe

rs o

r cod

es. R

efer

to

"2.6

Poi

ntse

arch

".+/

-In

the

alp

hanu

mer

ic c

hara

cter

set

"+"

and

"-"

are

tre

ated

as

norm

al

alph

anum

eric

cha

ract

ers

with

no

mat

hem

atic

al f

unct

ion.

)"+

" /

"-"

only

app

ear i

n fr

ont

of a

n en

try.

In th

is e

xam

ple

sele

ctin

g 2

on a

n al

phan

u-m

eric

key

boar

d w

ould

sta

rt th

e St

akeo

ut

appl

icat

ion.

Page 28: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 28

Use

r In

terf

ace

Dir

ect

sear

chBy

ent

erin

g an

act

ual p

oint

num

ber,

for e

xam

ple

402,

and

pre

ssin

g SE

ARC

H, a

ll po

ints

with

in t

he s

elec

ted

job

and

with

the

cor

resp

ondi

ng p

oint

num

ber a

re f

ound

.

Wild

card

sea

rch

The

wild

card

sea

rch

is in

dica

ted

by a

"*"

. The

ast

eris

k is

a p

lace

hol

der f

or a

ny

follo

win

g se

quen

ce o

f ch

arac

ters

. Wild

card

s sh

ould

be

used

if t

he p

oint

num

ber i

s no

t fu

lly k

now

n, o

r to

sear

ch f

or a

bat

ch o

f po

ints

.

Exam

ples

of

poin

t se

arch

es*

All p

oint

s ar

e fo

und.

AAl

l poi

nts

with

exa

ctly

the

poi

nt n

umbe

r "A"

are

fou

nd.

A*Al

l poi

nts

star

ting

with

"A"

are

fou

nd, f

or e

xam

ple,

A9,

A15

, ABC

D, A

2A.

*1Al

l poi

nts

cont

aini

ng o

nly

one

"1"

are

foun

d, f

or e

xam

ple,

1, A

1, A

B1.

A*1

All p

oint

s st

artin

g w

ith "

A" a

nd c

onta

inin

g on

ly o

ne "

1" a

re f

ound

, for

ex

ampl

e, A

1, A

B1, A

51.

SEA

RCH

To s

earc

h fo

r mat

chin

g po

ints

with

in

the

sele

cted

job.

ENH

=0 To s

et a

ll EN

H c

oord

inat

es f

or t

he

poin

t ID

to

0.

Page 29: Leica TS06

Ope

rati

onFl

exLi

ne, 2

9

3O

pera

tion

3.1

Inst

rum

ent

Setu

pD

escr

ipti

onTh

is to

pic

desc

ribes

an

inst

rum

ent s

etup

ove

r a m

arke

d gr

ound

poi

nt u

sing

the

lase

r pl

umm

et. I

t is

alw

ays

poss

ible

to

set

up t

he in

stru

men

t w

ithou

t th

e ne

ed f

or a

m

arke

d gr

ound

poi

nt.

)Im

port

ant

feat

ures

•It

is a

lway

s re

com

men

ded

to s

hiel

d th

e in

stru

men

t fro

m d

irect

sun

light

and

avo

id

unev

en t

empe

ratu

res

arou

nd t

he in

stru

men

t.•

The

lase

r plu

mm

et d

escr

ibed

in t

his

topi

c is

bui

lt in

to t

he v

ertic

al a

xis

of t

he

inst

rum

ent.

It p

roje

cts

a re

d sp

ot o

nto

the

grou

nd, m

akin

g it

appr

ecia

bly

easi

er

to c

ente

r the

inst

rum

ent.

•Th

e la

ser p

lum

met

can

not

be u

sed

in c

onju

nctio

n w

ith a

trib

rach

equ

ippe

d w

ith

an o

ptic

al p

lum

met

.

Trip

od)

Whe

n se

ttin

g up

the

trip

od p

ay a

tten

tion

to e

nsur

ing

a ho

rizon

tal p

ositi

on o

f th

e tr

ipod

pla

te. S

light

cor

rect

ions

of i

nclin

a-tio

n ca

n be

mad

e w

ith th

e fo

ot s

crew

s of

th

e tr

ibra

ch. L

arge

r cor

rect

ions

mus

t be

do

ne w

ith t

he t

ripod

legs

.TS

OX_

012b

Page 30: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 30

Ope

rati

on

Loos

en t

he c

lam

ping

scr

ews

on t

he t

ripod

le

gs, p

ull o

ut t

o th

e re

quire

d le

ngth

and

tig

hten

the

cla

mps

.

aIn

ord

er t

o gu

aran

tee

a fir

m f

ooth

old

suff

icie

ntly

pre

ss t

he t

ripod

legs

into

th

e gr

ound

. b

Whe

n pr

essi

ng th

e le

gs in

to th

e gr

ound

no

te t

hat

the

forc

e m

ust

be a

pplie

d al

ong

the

legs

.

Care

ful h

andl

ing

of t

ripod

.•

Chec

k al

l scr

ews

and

bolts

for

cor

rect

fit

.•

Dur

ing

tran

spor

t al

way

s us

e th

e co

ver

supp

lied.

•Us

e th

e tr

ipod

onl

y fo

r sur

veyi

ng t

asks

.

TSO

X_01

2a

a b

TSO

X_01

2c

Page 31: Leica TS06

Ope

rati

onFl

exLi

ne, 3

1

Setu

p st

ep-b

y-st

ep

1.Ex

tend

the

trip

od le

gs t

o al

low

for

a c

omfo

rtab

le w

orki

ng p

ostu

re. P

ositi

on t

he

trip

od o

ver t

he m

arke

d gr

ound

poi

nt, c

entr

ing

it as

bes

t as

pos

sibl

e.2.

Fast

en t

he t

ribra

ch a

nd in

stru

men

t on

to t

he t

ripod

.3.

Turn

on

the

inst

rum

ent,

and

, if

tilt

corr

ectio

n is

set

to

1- o

r 2-a

xis,

the

lase

r pl

umm

et w

ill b

e ac

tivat

ed a

utom

atic

ally

, and

the

Lev

el/P

lum

met

scr

een

appe

ars.

Oth

erw

ise,

pre

ss F

NC

from

with

in a

ny a

pplic

atio

n an

d se

lect

Le

vel/P

lum

met

.4.

Mov

e th

e tr

ipod

legs

(1)

and

use

the

trib

rach

foo

tscr

ews

(6)

to c

ente

r the

pl

umm

et (

4) o

ver t

he g

roun

d po

int.

5.Ad

just

the

trip

od le

gs (

5) t

o le

vel t

he c

ircul

ar le

vel (

7).

6.By

usi

ng t

he e

lect

roni

c le

vel,

turn

the

trib

rach

foo

tscr

ews

(6)

to p

reci

sely

leve

l th

e in

stru

men

t. R

efer

to

"Lev

el u

p w

ith t

he e

lect

roni

c le

vel s

tep-

by-s

tep"

.7.

Cent

er th

e in

stru

men

t pre

cise

ly o

ver t

he g

roun

d po

int b

y sh

iftin

g th

e tr

ibra

ch o

n th

e tr

ipod

pla

te (

2).

8.Re

peat

ste

ps 6

. and

7. u

ntil

the

requ

ired

accu

racy

is a

chie

ved.

2

6

7

54

5

51

3

1

1

TSO

X_01

3

Page 32: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 32

Ope

rati

on

Leve

l up

wit

h th

e el

ectr

onic

leve

l st

ep-b

y-st

ep

The

elec

tron

ic le

vel c

an b

e us

ed t

o pr

ecis

ely

leve

l up

the

inst

rum

ent

usin

g th

e fo

otsc

rew

s of

the

trib

rach

.1.

Turn

the

inst

rum

ent

until

it is

par

alle

l to

two

foot

scre

ws.

2.Ce

nter

the

circ

ular

leve

l app

roxi

mat

ely

by tu

rnin

g th

e fo

otsc

rew

s of

the

trib

rach

.3.

Turn

on

the

inst

rum

ent,

and

, if

tilt

corr

ectio

n is

set

to

1- o

r 2-a

xis,

the

lase

r pl

umm

et w

ill b

e ac

tivat

ed a

utom

atic

ally

, and

the

Lev

el/P

lum

met

scr

een

appe

ars.

Oth

erw

ise,

pre

ss F

NC

from

with

in a

ny a

pplic

atio

n an

d se

lect

Le

vel/P

lum

met

.

)Th

e bu

bble

of t

he e

lect

roni

c le

vel a

nd th

e ar

row

s fo

r the

rota

ting

dire

c-tio

n of

the

foo

tscr

ews

only

app

ear i

f th

e in

stru

men

t til

t is

insi

de a

ce

rtai

n le

velli

ng ra

nge.

4.Ce

nter

the

ele

ctro

nic

leve

l of

the

first

axi

s by

tur

ning

the

tw

o fo

otsc

rew

s. A

rrow

s sh

ow t

he d

irect

ion

of ro

tatio

n re

quire

d.

Whe

n th

e el

ectr

onic

leve

l is

cent

ered

the

ar

row

s ar

e re

plac

ed b

y ch

eckm

arks

.

Page 33: Leica TS06

Ope

rati

onFl

exLi

ne, 3

3

6.Ac

cept

with

OK

.

5.Ce

nter

the

ele

ctro

nic

leve

l for

the

sec

ond

axis

by

turn

ing

the

last

foot

scre

w. A

n ar

row

sh

ows

the

dire

ctio

n of

rota

tion

requ

ired.

W

hen

the

elec

tron

ic le

vel i

s ce

nter

ed t

he

arro

w is

repl

aced

by

a ch

eckm

ark.

)W

hen

the

elec

tron

ic le

vel i

s ce

nter

ed a

nd t

hree

che

ckm

arks

ar

e sh

own,

the

inst

rum

ent

has

been

per

fect

ly le

velle

d up

.

Page 34: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 34

Ope

rati

on

Chan

ge t

he

inte

nsit

y of

the

la

ser

plum

met

Exte

rnal

influ

ence

s an

d th

e su

rfac

e co

nditi

ons

may

requ

ire t

he a

djus

tmen

t of

the

in

tens

ity o

f th

e la

ser p

lum

met

.

Posi

tion

ove

r pip

es

or h

oles

In th

e Le

vel/P

lum

met

scr

een,

adj

ust t

he

inte

nsity

of

the

lase

r plu

mm

et u

sing

the

na

viga

tion

key.

The

lase

r can

be

adju

sted

in 2

5% s

teps

as

requ

ired.

TSO

X_09

2M

in50

%M

ax

Unde

r som

e ci

rcum

stan

ces

the

lase

r dot

is

not

vis

ible

, for

exa

mpl

e ov

er p

ipes

. In

this

cas

e, u

sing

a t

rans

pare

nt p

late

en

able

s th

e la

ser d

ot to

be

seen

and

then

ea

sily

alig

ned

to t

he c

ente

r of

the

pipe

.

TSO

X_01

4

Page 35: Leica TS06

Ope

rati

onFl

exLi

ne, 3

5

3.2

Wor

king

wit

h th

e Ba

tter

y

)Ch

argi

ng /

firs

t-ti

me

use

•Th

e ba

tter

y m

ust

be c

harg

ed p

rior t

o us

ing

it fo

r the

firs

t tim

e be

caus

e it

is

deliv

ered

with

an

ener

gy c

onte

nt a

s lo

w a

s po

ssib

le.

•Fo

r new

bat

terie

s or

bat

terie

s th

at h

ave

been

sto

red

for a

long

tim

e (>

thr

ee

mon

ths)

, it

is e

ffec

tual

to

mak

e on

ly o

ne c

harg

e/di

scha

rge

cycl

e.•

The

perm

issi

ble

tem

pera

ture

rang

e fo

r cha

rgin

g is

bet

wee

n 0°

C to

+40

°C/+

32°F

to

+10

4°F.

For

opt

imal

cha

rgin

g w

e re

com

men

d ch

argi

ng t

he b

atte

ries

at a

low

am

bien

t te

mpe

ratu

re o

f +1

0°C

to +

20°C

/+50

°F t

o +6

8°F

if po

ssib

le.

•It

is n

orm

al fo

r the

bat

tery

to b

ecom

e w

arm

dur

ing

char

ging

. Usi

ng th

e ch

arge

rs

reco

mm

ende

d by

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s, it

is n

ot p

ossi

ble

to c

harg

e th

e ba

tter

y if

the

tem

pera

ture

is t

oo h

igh.

Ope

rati

on /

disc

harg

ing

•Th

e ba

tter

ies

can

be o

pera

ted

from

-20

°C t

o +5

0°C/

-4°F

to

+122

°F.

•Lo

w o

pera

ting

tem

pera

ture

s re

duce

the

cap

acity

tha

t ca

n be

dra

wn;

ver

y hi

gh

oper

atin

g te

mpe

ratu

res

redu

ce t

he s

ervi

ce li

fe o

f th

e ba

tter

y.•

For L

i-Ion

bat

terie

s, w

e re

com

men

d ca

rryi

ng o

ut a

sin

gle

disc

harg

ing

and

char

ging

cyc

le w

hen

the

batt

ery

capa

city

indi

cate

d on

the

cha

rger

or o

n a

Leic

a Ge

osys

tem

s pr

oduc

t de

viat

es s

igni

fican

tly f

orm

the

act

ual b

atte

ry c

apac

ity

avai

labl

e.

Page 36: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 36

Ope

rati

on

Chan

ge th

e ba

tter

y st

ep-b

y-st

ep

)Th

e po

larit

y of

the

bat

tery

is d

ispl

ayed

insi

de t

he b

atte

ry h

ousi

ng.

Ope

n th

e ba

tter

y co

mpa

rtm

ent

(1)

and

rem

ove

the

batt

ery

hold

er (

2).

Rem

ove

the

batt

ery

from

the

bat

tery

ho

lder

(3)

.

Inse

rt t

he n

ew b

atte

ry in

to t

he b

atte

ry

hold

er (4

), e

nsur

ing

that

the

cont

acts

are

fa

cing

out

war

d. T

he b

atte

ry s

houl

d cl

ick

into

pos

ition

.

Inse

rt t

he b

atte

ry h

olde

r bac

k in

to t

he

batt

ery

com

part

men

t (5

) an

d tu

rn t

he

knob

to

lock

the

bat

tery

hol

der i

n pl

ace

(6).

TSO

X_01

5

1

2

3

4

56

TSO

X_01

6

Page 37: Leica TS06

Ope

rati

onFl

exLi

ne, 3

7

3.3

Dat

a St

orag

eD

escr

ipti

onAn

inte

rnal

mem

ory

is in

clud

ed in

all

inst

rum

ents

. The

Fle

xFie

ld fi

rmw

are

stor

es a

ll da

ta in

jobs

in a

dat

abas

e in

the

inte

rnal

mem

ory.

Dat

a ca

n th

en b

e tr

ansf

erre

d to

a

com

pute

r or o

ther

dev

ice

for p

ost

proc

essi

ng v

ia a

LEM

O c

able

con

nect

ed t

o th

e se

rial i

nter

face

RS2

32 p

ort.

For i

nstr

umen

ts fi

tted

with

a C

omm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

, dat

a ca

n al

so b

e tr

ansf

erre

d fr

om t

he in

tern

al m

emor

y to

a c

ompu

ter o

r oth

er d

evic

e vi

a:•

a US

B m

emor

y st

ick

inse

rted

into

the

USB

hos

t po

rt,

•a

USB

cabl

e co

nnec

ted

to t

he U

SB d

evic

e po

rt, o

r •

via

a Bl

ueto

oth

conn

ectio

n.Re

fer t

o "1

0 Da

ta M

anag

emen

t" f

or f

urth

er in

form

atio

n on

dat

a m

anag

emen

t an

d da

ta t

rans

fer.

3.4

Mai

n M

enu

Des

crip

tion

The

MA

IN M

ENU

is t

he s

tart

ing

plac

e fo

r acc

essi

ng a

ll fu

nctio

nalit

y of

the

in

stru

men

t. It

is u

sual

ly d

ispl

ayed

imm

edia

tely

aft

er th

e Le

vel/P

lum

met

scr

een,

aft

er

switc

hing

on

the

inst

rum

ent.

)If

desi

red,

the

inst

rum

ent c

an b

e co

nfig

ured

to s

tart

in a

use

r def

ined

pla

ce a

fter

the

Leve

l/Plu

mm

et s

cree

n, in

stea

d of

the

MA

IN M

ENU

. Ref

er to

"5.2

Sta

rt U

p Se

quen

ce".

Page 38: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 38

Ope

rati

on

MA

IN M

ENU

Des

crip

tion

of

the

MA

IN M

ENU

fun

ctio

ns

Func

tion

Des

crip

tion

Q-S

urve

yQ

uick

Sur

vey

prog

ram

to b

egin

mea

surin

g im

med

iate

ly. R

efer

to "3

.5

Q-S

urve

y Ap

plic

atio

n".

Prog

To s

elec

t an

d st

art

appl

icat

ions

. Ref

er t

o "9

App

licat

ions

".M

anag

eTo

man

age

jobs

, dat

a, c

odel

ists

, for

mat

s, s

yste

m m

emor

y an

d US

B m

emor

y st

ick

files

. Ref

er t

o "1

0 D

ata

Man

agem

ent"

.Tr

ansf

erTo

exp

ort

and

impo

rt d

ata.

Ref

er t

o "1

0.2

Expo

rtin

g D

ata"

.Se

ttin

gTo

cha

nge

EDM

con

figur

atio

ns, c

omm

unic

atio

n pa

ram

eter

s an

d ge

nera

l ins

trum

ent

sett

ings

. Ref

er t

o "4

Set

ting"

.To

ols

To a

cces

s in

stru

men

t re

late

d to

ols

such

as

chec

k an

d ad

just

ca

libra

tions

, per

sona

l sta

rt u

p se

ttin

gs, P

IN c

ode

sett

ings

, lic

ence

key

s an

d sy

stem

info

rmat

ion.

Ref

er t

o "5

Too

ls".

Page 39: Leica TS06

Ope

rati

onFl

exLi

ne, 3

9

3.5

Q-S

urve

y A

pplic

atio

nD

escr

ipti

onAf

ter s

witc

hing

on

and

sett

ing

up c

orre

ctly

, the

inst

rum

ent

is im

med

iate

ly re

ady

for

mea

surin

g.

Acc

ess

Sele

ct Q

-Sur

vey

from

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.

QU

ICK

-SU

RVE

Y

The

proc

edur

e fo

r Q-S

urve

y is

iden

tical

to

the

proc

edur

e fo

r the

app

licat

ion

Surv

eyin

g. T

here

fore

thi

s pr

oced

ure

is o

nly

desc

ribed

onc

e w

ithin

the

app

licat

ion

chap

ter.

Refe

r to

"9.2

Sur

veyi

ng".

CO

DE

To f

ind/

ente

r cod

es. R

efer

to

"7.1

St

anda

rd C

odin

g".

STA

TIO

NTo

ent

er s

tatio

n da

ta a

nd s

et t

he

stat

ion.

Hz=

0To

set

the

orie

ntat

ion

to h

oriz

onta

l di

rect

ion

= 0.

Hz

/ H

zTo

set

the

horiz

onta

l ang

le re

adin

g to

th

e le

ft (a

ntic

lock

wis

e) o

r to

the

right

(c

lock

wis

e).

Page 40: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 40

Ope

rati

on

3.6

Dis

tanc

e M

easu

rem

ents

- G

uide

lines

for

Cor

rect

Res

ults

Des

crip

tion

A la

ser d

ista

ncer

(EDM

) is

inco

rpor

ated

into

the

Flex

Line

inst

rum

ents

. In

all v

ersi

ons,

th

e di

stan

ce c

an b

e de

term

ined

by

usin

g a

visi

ble

red

lase

r bea

m w

hich

em

erge

s co

axia

lly f

rom

the

tel

esco

pe o

bjec

tive.

The

re a

re t

wo

EDM

mod

es:

Non

-Pri

sm

mea

sure

men

ts

•W

hen

a di

stan

ce m

easu

rem

ent

is t

rigge

red,

the

ED

M m

easu

res

to t

he o

bjec

t w

hich

is in

the

bea

m p

ath

at t

hat

mom

ent.

If a

tem

pora

ry o

bstr

uctio

n, f

or

exam

ple

a pa

ssin

g ve

hicl

e, h

eavy

rain

, fog

or s

now

is b

etw

een

the

inst

rum

ent a

nd

the

poin

t to

be

mea

sure

d, t

he E

DM

may

mea

sure

to

the

obst

ruct

ion.

•Be

sur

e th

at th

e la

ser b

eam

is n

ot re

flect

ed b

y an

ythi

ng c

lose

to th

e lin

e of

sig

ht,

for e

xam

ple

high

ly re

flect

ive

obje

cts.

•Av

oid

inte

rrup

ting

the

mea

surin

g be

am w

hile

taki

ng N

on-P

rism

mea

sure

men

ts o

r m

easu

rem

ents

usi

ng re

flect

ive

foils

.

•Pr

ism

mea

sure

men

ts•

Non

-Pris

m m

easu

rem

ents

TSO

X_09

3

Page 41: Leica TS06

Ope

rati

onFl

exLi

ne, 4

1

•D

o no

t m

easu

re w

ith t

wo

inst

rum

ents

to

the

sam

e ta

rget

sim

ulta

neou

sly.

Pris

m

mea

sure

men

ts•

Accu

rate

mea

sure

men

ts t

o pr

ism

s sh

ould

be

mad

e in

Pris

m-s

tand

ard

mod

e.•

Mea

sure

men

ts to

str

ongl

y re

flect

ing

targ

ets

such

as

traf

fic li

ghts

in P

rism

mod

e w

ithou

t a

pris

m s

houl

d be

avo

ided

. The

mea

sure

d di

stan

ces

may

be

wro

ng o

r in

accu

rate

.•

Whe

n a

dist

ance

mea

sure

men

t is

trig

gere

d, t

he E

DM

mea

sure

s to

the

obj

ect

whi

ch is

in t

he b

eam

pat

h at

tha

t mom

ent.

If f

or e

xam

ple

peop

le, c

ars,

ani

mal

s,

or s

way

ing

bran

ches

cro

ss t

he la

ser b

eam

whi

le a

mea

sure

men

t is

bei

ng t

aken

, a

frac

tion

of t

he la

ser b

eam

is re

flect

ed f

rom

the

se o

bjec

ts a

nd m

ay le

ad t

o in

corr

ect

dist

ance

val

ues.

•M

easu

rem

ents

to p

rism

s ar

e on

ly c

ritic

al if

an

obje

ct c

ross

es th

e m

easu

ring

beam

at

a d

ista

nce

of 0

to 3

0m

and

the

dist

ance

to b

e m

easu

red

is m

ore

than

300

m.

•In

pra

ctic

e, b

ecau

se th

e m

easu

ring

time

is v

ery

shor

t, th

e us

er c

an a

lway

s fin

d a

way

of

avoi

ding

unw

ante

d ob

ject

s fr

om in

terf

errin

g in

the

bea

m p

ath.

Red

lase

r to

pri

sm•

Pris

m (

>3.5

km)

mod

e en

able

s di

stan

ce m

easu

rem

ents

of

over

3.5

km t

o st

anda

rd p

rism

s us

ing

the

visi

ble

red

lase

r bea

m.

Red

lase

r to

re

flec

tor

tape

•Th

e vi

sibl

e re

d la

ser b

eam

can

als

o be

use

d to

mea

sure

to

refle

ctiv

e fo

ils. T

o gu

aran

tee

the

accu

racy

the

red

lase

r bea

m m

ust b

e pe

rpen

dicu

lar t

o th

e re

flect

or

tape

and

it m

ust

be w

ell a

djus

ted.

•M

ake

sure

the

add

itive

con

stan

t be

long

s to

the

sel

ecte

d ta

rget

(re

flect

or).

Page 42: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 42

Sett

ing

4Se

ttin

g4.

1G

ener

al S

etti

ngs

Acc

ess

1. S

elec

t Se

ttin

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2. S

elec

t G

ener

al f

rom

the

SET

TIN

GS

MEN

U.

3. P

ress

t

o sc

roll

thro

ugh

the

scre

ens

of a

vaila

ble

sett

ings

.

SETT

ING

S

Del

Lang To

del

ete

a se

lect

ed la

ngua

ge.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onCo

ntra

st0%

to

100%

Sets

the

dis

play

con

tras

t in

10%

ste

ps.

Trig

ger

Key

1 / K

ey2

Trig

ger K

ey 1

is t

he t

op e

nd o

f th

e tr

igge

r key

. Trig

ger K

ey 2

is t

he

the

low

er e

nd o

f th

e tr

igge

r key

.O

ffTh

e tr

igge

r key

is d

eact

ivat

ed.

Page 43: Leica TS06

Sett

ing

Flex

Line

, 43

ALL

Sets

the

trig

ger k

ey w

ith th

e sa

me

func

tion

as A

LL.

DIS

TSe

ts t

he t

rigge

r key

with

the

sam

e fu

nctio

n as

D

IST.

USE

R K

ey 1

/ K

ey 2

Conf

igur

es

or

with

a fu

nctio

n fr

om th

e FN

C m

enu.

Ref

er to

"6

Func

tions

".Ti

lt C

orr.

Off

Tilti

ng c

ompe

nsat

ion

deac

tivat

ed.

1-ax

isVe

rtic

al a

ngle

s re

fer t

o th

e pl

umm

et li

ne.

2-ax

isVe

rtic

al a

ngle

s re

fer t

o th

e pl

umm

et li

ne a

nd t

he

horiz

onta

l dire

ctio

ns a

re c

orre

cted

by

the

stan

ding

ax

is t

ilt.

For c

orre

ctio

ns d

epen

ding

on

the

Hz

Corr

: set

ting,

re

fer t

o th

e ta

ble

"Tilt

and

hor

izon

tal c

orre

ctio

ns".

)If

the

inst

rum

ent i

s us

ed o

n an

uns

tabl

e ba

se, f

or e

xam

ple

a sh

akin

g pl

atfo

rm o

r shi

p, t

he c

ompe

nsat

or s

houl

d be

dea

ctiv

ated

. Thi

s av

oids

the

com

pens

ator

drif

ting

out

of it

's m

easu

ring

rang

e an

d in

terr

uptin

g th

e m

easu

ring

proc

ess

by in

dica

ting

an e

rror

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 44: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 44

Sett

ing

Hz

Corr

.O

nHo

rizon

tal c

orre

ctio

ns a

re a

ctiv

ated

. For

nor

mal

op

erat

ion

the

horiz

onta

l cor

rect

ion

shou

ld re

mai

n ac

tive.

Eac

h m

easu

red

horiz

onta

l ang

le w

ill b

e co

rrec

ted,

dep

endi

ng o

n th

e ve

rtic

al a

ngle

. Fo

r cor

rect

ions

dep

endi

ng o

n th

e Ti

lt C

orr:

set

ting,

re

fer t

o th

e ta

ble

"Tilt

and

hor

izon

tal c

orre

ctio

ns".

Off

Horiz

onta

l cor

rect

ions

are

dea

ctiv

ated

.Be

epTh

e be

ep is

an

acou

stic

sig

nal a

fter

eac

h ke

y st

roke

.N

orm

alN

orm

al v

olum

e.Lo

udIn

crea

sed

volu

me.

Off

Beep

is d

eact

ivat

ed.

Sect

or B

eep

On

Sect

or B

eep

soun

ds a

t rig

ht a

ngle

s (0

°, 9

0°, 1

80°,

27

0° o

r 0, 1

00, 2

00, 3

00 g

on).

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 45: Leica TS06

Sett

ing

Flex

Line

, 45

1.N

o be

ep.

2.Fa

st b

eep;

fro

m

95.0

to

99.5

gon

an

d 10

5.0

to 1

00.5

go

n.3.

Perm

anen

t bee

p;

from

99.

5 to

99

.995

gon

and

fr

om 1

00.5

to

100.

005

gon.

Off

Sect

or B

eep

is d

eact

ivat

ed.

Hz

Incr

emen

tRi

ght

Set

horiz

onta

l ang

le t

o cl

ockw

ise

dire

ctio

nm

easu

rem

ent.

Left

Set h

oriz

onta

l ang

le to

cou

nter

-clo

ckw

ise

dire

ctio

n m

easu

rem

ent.

Cou

nter

-clo

ckw

ise

dire

ctio

ns a

re

disp

laye

d bu

t ar

e sa

ved

as c

lock

wis

e di

rect

ions

.V-

Sett

ing

Sets

the

ver

tical

ang

le.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

TSO

X_09

4

1

190°

0°18

22

33

1

Page 46: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 46

Sett

ing

Zeni

thZe

nith

=0°;

Hor

izon

=90°

.

Hor

iz.

Zeni

th=9

0°; H

oriz

on=0

°.

Vert

ical

ang

les

are

posi

tive

abov

e th

e ho

rizon

and

neg

ativ

e be

low

it.

Slop

e %

45°=

100%

; Hor

izon

=0°.

Ve

rtic

al a

ngle

s are

exp

ress

ed in

%

with

pos

itive

abo

ve t

he

horiz

on a

nd n

egat

ive

belo

w it

.

)Th

e %

val

ue in

crea

ses

rapi

dly.

--.

--%

app

ears

on

the

disp

lay

abov

e 30

0%.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

90°

270°

180°0°

45°

TSO

X_01

8

180°

+90°

-90°

+45° -45°0°

TSO

X_01

9

Slop

e %

+300

%

+100

%

+18

% 0°

-100

%

-300

%20°

45°

71°34”

360s

gon

-50 g

on

-79,5 gon

--.-

-%

--.-

-%

±V

TSO

X_02

0

Page 47: Leica TS06

Sett

ing

Flex

Line

, 47

Face

I D

ef.

Sets

the

fac

e I i

n re

latio

n to

the

pos

ition

of

the

vert

ical

driv

e.V-

Left

Sets

fac

e I t

o be

whe

n th

e ve

rtic

al d

rive

is o

n th

e le

ft o

f th

e in

stru

men

t.V-

Righ

tSe

ts f

ace

I to

be w

hen

the

vert

ical

driv

e is

on

the

right

of

the

inst

rum

ent.

Lang

uage

Sets

the

chos

en la

ngua

ge. A

n un

limite

d nu

mbe

r of l

angu

ages

can

be

uplo

aded

ont

o th

e in

stru

men

t. T

he c

urre

nt lo

aded

lang

uage

(s)

are

show

n.A

sele

cted

lang

uage

can

be

dele

ted

by p

ress

ing

Del

Lang

. Thi

s fu

nctio

n is

ava

ilabl

e on

pag

e 2

of th

e SE

TTIN

GS

scre

en if

mor

e th

an

one

lang

uage

is in

stal

led,

and

the

sel

ecte

d la

ngua

ge is

not

the

ch

osen

ope

ratin

g la

ngua

ge.

Lang

. Cho

ice

If m

ultip

le la

ngua

ges

are

load

ed, a

scr

een

to c

hoos

e th

e la

ngua

ge

can

be s

how

n di

rect

ly a

fter

sw

itchi

ng o

n th

e in

stru

men

t.O

nTh

e la

ngua

ge s

cree

n is

sho

wn

as t

he s

tart

up

scre

en.

Off

The

lang

uage

scr

een

is n

ot s

how

n as

the

sta

rtup

sc

reen

.A

ngle

Uni

tSe

ts t

he u

nits

sho

wn

for a

ll an

gula

r fie

lds.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 48: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 48

Sett

ing

° ' "

Deg

ree

sexa

gesi

mal

.Po

ssib

le a

ngle

val

ues:

to 3

59°5

9'59

''de

c. d

egDe

gree

dec

imal

.Po

ssib

le a

ngle

val

ues:

to 3

59.9

99°

gon

Gon.

Pos

sibl

e an

gle

valu

es: 0

gon

to

399.

999

gon

mil

Mil.

Pos

sibl

e an

gle

valu

es: 0

to

6399

.99m

il.

)Th

e se

ttin

g of

the

ang

le u

nits

can

be

chan

ged

at a

ny t

ime.

The

ac

tual

dis

play

ed v

alue

s ar

e co

nver

ted

acco

rdin

g to

the

sele

cted

uni

t.M

in. R

eadi

ngSe

ts th

e nu

mbe

r of d

ecim

al p

lace

s sh

own

for a

ll an

gula

r fie

lds.

Thi

s is

for

dat

a di

spla

y an

d do

es n

ot a

pply

to

data

exp

ort

or s

tora

ge.

For A

ngle

Uni

t °

' '':

(0°

00'

01"

/0°

00'

05"

/0°

00' 1

0").

Dec

.deg

: (0.

0001

/ 0.

0005

/ 0

.001

).G

on: (

0.00

01 /

0.0

005

/ 0.

001)

.M

il: (

0.01

/ 0

.05

/ 0.

1).

Dis

t. U

nit

Sets

the

uni

ts s

how

n fo

r all

dist

ance

and

coo

rdin

ate

rela

ted

field

s.M

eter

Met

ers

[m].

US-

ftUS

fee

t [f

t].

INT-

ftIn

tern

atio

nal f

eet

[fi].

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 49: Leica TS06

Sett

ing

Flex

Line

, 49

ft-i

n/16

US f

eet-

inch

-1/1

6 in

ch [

ft].

Dis

t.D

ecim

alSe

ts th

e nu

mbe

r of d

ecim

al p

lace

s sh

own

for a

ll di

stan

ce fi

elds

. Thi

s is

for

dat

a di

spla

y an

d do

es n

ot a

pply

to

data

exp

ort

or s

tora

ge.

3Di

spla

ys d

ista

nce

with

thr

ee d

ecim

als.

4Di

spla

ys d

ista

nce

with

four

dec

imal

s.Te

mp.

Uni

tSe

ts t

he u

nits

sho

wn

for a

ll te

mpe

ratu

re f

ield

s.°C

Degr

ee C

elsi

us.

°FDe

gree

Fah

renh

eit.

Pres

s.U

nit

Sets

the

uni

ts s

how

n fo

r all

pres

sure

fie

lds.

hPa

Hect

o Pa

scal

.m

bar

Mill

ibar

.m

mH

gM

illim

eter

mer

cury

.in

Hg

Inch

mer

cury

. G

rade

Uni

tSe

ts h

ow t

he s

lope

gra

dien

t is

cal

cula

ted.

h:v

Horiz

onta

l : V

ertic

al, f

or e

xam

ple

5 : 1

.v:

hVe

rtic

al :

Horiz

onta

l, fo

r exa

mpl

e 1

: 5.

%(v

/h x

100

), f

or e

xam

ple

20 %

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 50: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 50

Sett

ing

Dat

a O

utpu

tSe

ts t

he lo

catio

n fo

r dat

a st

orag

e.In

t.M

em.

All d

ata

is re

cord

ed in

the

inte

rnal

mem

ory.

Inte

rf.

Data

is re

cord

ed v

ia th

e se

rial i

nter

face

or t

he U

SB

devi

ce p

ort,

dep

endi

ng o

n th

e po

rt s

elec

ted

in t

he

COM

MU

NIC

ATI

ON

PA

RA

MET

ERS

scre

en. T

his

Dat

a O

utpu

t se

ttin

g is

onl

y re

quire

d if

an e

xter

nal

stor

age

devi

ce is

con

nect

ed a

nd m

easu

rem

ents

are

st

arte

d at

the

inst

rum

ent w

ith D

IST/

REC

or A

LL. T

his

sett

ing

is n

ot re

quire

d if

the

inst

rum

ent

is t

otal

ly

cont

rolle

d by

a d

atal

ogge

r.G

SI F

orm

atSe

ts t

he G

SI o

utpu

t fo

rmat

.G

SI 8

81..0

0+12

3456

78G

SI 1

681

..00+

1234

5678

9012

3456

GSI

Mas

kSe

ts t

he G

SI o

utpu

t m

ask.

Mas

k1Pt

ID, H

z, V

, SD

, ppm

+mm

, hr,

hi.

Mas

k2Pt

ID, H

z, V

, SD

, E, N

, H, h

r.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 51: Leica TS06

Sett

ing

Flex

Line

, 51

Mas

k3St

atio

nID

, E, N

, H, h

i (St

atio

n).

Stat

ionI

D, O

ri, E

, N, H

, hi (

Stat

ion

Resu

lt).

PtID

, E, N

, H (

Cont

rol).

PtID

, Hz,

V (

Set

Azim

uth)

.Pt

ID, H

z, V

, SD

, ppm

+mm

, hr,

E, N

, H

(Mea

sure

men

t).

Code

rec

ord

Sets

if t

he c

odeb

lock

is s

aved

bef

ore

or a

fter

the

mea

sure

men

t.

Refe

r to

"7 C

odin

g".

Code

Sets

if t

he c

ode

will

be

used

for

one

, or m

any,

mea

sure

men

ts.

Res

et a

fter

RE

CTh

e se

t co

de is

cle

ared

fro

m t

he m

easu

rem

ent

scre

en a

fter

ALL

or R

EC is

sel

ecte

d.Pe

rman

ent

The

set

code

rem

ains

in t

he m

easu

rem

ent

scre

en

until

man

ually

del

eted

.D

ispl

ay il

l.O

ff t

o 10

0%Se

ts t

he d

ispl

ay il

lum

inat

ion

in 2

0% s

teps

.Re

ticl

e ill

.O

ff t

o 10

0%Se

ts t

he re

ticle

illu

min

atio

n in

20%

ste

ps.

Dis

pl.H

eate

rO

nTh

e di

spla

y he

ater

is a

ctiv

ated

.O

ffTh

e di

spla

y he

ater

is d

eact

ivat

ed.

)Th

e di

spla

y he

ater

is a

utom

atic

ally

act

ivat

ed w

hen

the

disp

lay

illum

inat

ion

is o

n an

d th

e in

stru

men

t te

mpe

ratu

re is

C.Pr

e-/S

uffi

x)

Onl

y us

ed f

or t

he S

take

out

appl

icat

ion.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 52: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 52

Sett

ing

Pref

ixAd

ds t

he c

hara

cter

ent

ered

for

Iden

tifi

er in

fro

nt

of t

he o

rigin

al p

oint

num

ber o

f th

e po

int

to b

e st

aked

.Su

ffix

Adds

the

cha

ract

er e

nter

ed f

or Id

enti

fier

at

the

end

of th

e or

igin

al p

oint

num

ber o

f the

poi

nt to

be

stak

ed.

Off

The

stak

ed p

oint

is s

tore

d w

ith t

he s

ame

poin

t nu

mbe

r as

the

poin

t to

be

stak

ed.

Iden

tifi

er)

Onl

y us

ed f

or t

he S

take

out

appl

icat

ion.

The

iden

tifie

r can

be

up to

four

cha

ract

ers

and

is a

dded

at t

he s

tart

, or

end

, of

a po

int

num

ber o

f a

poin

t to

be

stak

ed.

Sort

Typ

eTi

me

List

s ar

e so

rted

by

time

of e

ntry

.Pt

IDLi

sts

are

sort

ed b

y Po

int

IDs.

So

rt O

rder

Des

cen.

List

s ar

e or

dere

d in

des

cend

ing

orde

r of

sort

typ

e.A

scen

.Li

sts

are

orde

red

in a

scen

ding

ord

er o

f so

rt t

ype.

Dou

ble

PtID

Sets

if m

ultip

le p

oint

s ar

e ab

le t

o be

reco

rded

with

the

sam

e po

int

ID.

Allo

wed

Allo

ws

mul

tiple

poi

nts

with

the

sam

e po

int

ID.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 53: Leica TS06

Sett

ing

Flex

Line

, 53

Tilt

and

hor

izon

tal

corr

ecti

ons

Not

Allo

wed

Does

not

allo

w m

ultip

le p

oint

s w

ith th

e sa

me

poin

t ID

.A

uto-

Off

Enab

leTh

e in

stru

men

t sw

itche

s of

f af

ter 2

0 m

inut

es

with

out a

ny a

ctiv

ity ,

for e

xam

ple

no k

ey p

ress

ed o

r ve

rtic

al a

nd h

oriz

onta

l ang

le d

evia

tion

is

±3".

Dis

able

Auto

mat

ic s

witc

h-of

f is

dea

ctiv

ated

.

)Ba

tter

y di

scha

rges

qui

cker

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Sett

ing

Corr

ecti

onTi

lt

corr

ecti

onH

oriz

onta

l co

rrec

tion

Incl

ine

long

itud

inal

Incl

ine

tran

sver

sal

Hor

izon

tal

colli

mat

ion

Tilt

ing

axis

Off

On

No

No

Yes

Yes

1-A

xis

On

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

2-A

xis

On

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Off

Off

No

No

No

No

1-A

xis

Off

Yes

No

No

No

2-A

xis

Off

Yes

No

No

No

Page 54: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 54

Sett

ing

4.2

EDM

Set

ting

sD

escr

ipti

onTh

e se

ttin

gs o

n th

is s

cree

n de

fine

the

activ

e ED

M, E

lect

roni

c D

ista

nce

Mea

sure

men

t.

Diff

eren

t set

tings

for m

easu

rem

ents

are

ava

ilabl

e w

ith N

on-P

rism

(NP)

and

Pris

m (P

) ED

M m

odes

.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Set

ting

s fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

ED

M f

rom

the

SET

TIN

GS

MEN

U.

EDM

SET

TIN

GS

ATM

OS

To e

nter

atm

osph

eric

dat

a pp

m.

PPM To

ent

er a

n in

divi

dual

ppm

val

ue.

SCA

LETo

ent

er p

roje

ctio

n sc

ale

deta

ils.

SIG

NA

LTo

vie

w E

DM

Sig

nal r

efle

ctio

n va

lue.

FRE

Q.

To v

iew

the

ED

M f

requ

ency

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onED

M m

ode

Pris

m-

Stan

dard

Fine

mea

surin

g m

ode

for h

igh

prec

isio

n m

easu

rem

ents

w

ith p

rism

s.

Page 55: Leica TS06

Sett

ing

Flex

Line

, 55

Non

-Pri

sm-

Std.

For d

ista

nce

mea

sure

men

ts w

ithou

t pr

ism

s.

Non

-Pri

sm-

Trac

k.Fo

r con

tinuo

us d

ista

nce

mea

sure

men

ts w

ithou

t pr

ism

s.Pr

ism

(>

3.5k

m)

For l

ong

rang

e di

stan

ce m

easu

rem

ents

with

pris

ms.

Pris

m-F

ast

Qui

ck m

easu

ring

mod

e w

ith p

rism

s, w

ith h

ighe

r m

easu

ring

spee

d an

d re

duce

d ac

cura

cy.

Pris

m-

Trac

king

For c

ontin

uous

dis

tanc

e m

easu

rem

ents

with

pris

ms.

Tape

For d

ista

nce

mea

sure

men

ts u

sing

Ret

ro re

flect

ive

targ

ets.

Flex

Poin

tIn

clud

ed fo

r a

nd

.Opt

iona

l for

.

Allo

ws s

hort

dis

tanc

es, ~

30m

, to

be m

easu

red

with

out

a re

flect

or.

Pris

m T

ype

Roun

dSt

anda

rd p

rism

GPR

121/

111

Leic

a Co

nsta

nt: 0

.0m

m

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

48

38 86

2691

Page 56: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 56

Sett

ing

Min

iGM

P111

Leic

a Co

nsta

nt: +

17.5

mm

GMP1

11-0

Leic

a Co

nsta

nt: 0

.0m

m

JpM

ini

Min

ipris

mLe

ica

Cons

tant

: +34

.4m

m36

0°GR

Z4/1

22Le

ica

Cons

tant

: +23

.1m

m

360°

Min

iGR

Z101

Leic

a Co

nsta

nt: +

30.0

mm

Use

r1 /

Use

r2Th

e us

er c

an d

efin

e tw

o of

the

ir ow

n pr

ism

s.Co

nsta

nts

can

be e

nter

ed in

mm

in e

ither

Lei

ca C

onst

: or

Abs

. Con

st:.

For e

xam

ple:

User

pris

m c

onst

ant

Leic

a Co

nst:

Abs

. Con

st:

= -3

0.0

mm

= +4

.4m

m (

34.4

+ -

30 =

4.4

)=

-30.

0m

m

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

100

4030

50

86

86

5978

64

Page 57: Leica TS06

Sett

ing

Flex

Line

, 57

Tape

Leic

a Co

nsta

nt: +

34.4

mm

Non

eW

itho

ut p

rism

Leic

a Co

nsta

nt: +

34.4

mm

Leic

a Co

nst.

This

fie

ld d

ispl

ays

the

Leic

a pr

ism

con

stan

t fo

r the

sel

ecte

d Pr

ism

Ty

pe:

Whe

re P

rism

Typ

e: is

Use

r 1

or U

ser

2 th

is f

ield

bec

omes

edi

tabl

e to

set

a u

ser d

efin

ed c

onst

ant.

Inpu

t ca

n on

ly b

e m

ade

in m

m.

Lim

it va

lue:

-99

9.9

mm

to

+999

.9m

m.

Abs

. Con

stTh

is fi

eld

disp

lays

the

abso

lute

pris

m c

onst

ant f

or th

e se

lect

ed P

rism

Ty

pe:.

Whe

re P

rism

Typ

e: is

Use

r 1

or U

ser

2 th

is f

ield

bec

omes

edi

tabl

e to

set

a u

ser d

efin

ed c

onst

ant.

Inpu

t ca

n on

ly b

e m

ade

in m

m.

Lim

it va

lue:

-99

9.9

mm

to

+999

.9m

m.

Lase

r-Po

int

Off

Visi

ble

lase

r bea

m is

dea

ctiv

ated

.O

nVi

sibl

e la

ser b

eam

for

vis

ualis

ing

the

targ

et p

oint

is

activ

ated

.G

uide

Lig

htO

ffGu

ide

Ligh

t is

dea

ctiv

ated

.O

nGu

ide

Ligh

t is

activ

ated

. The

per

son

at th

e pr

ism

can

be

guid

ed b

y th

e fla

shin

g lig

hts

dire

ctly

to th

e lin

e of

sigh

t.

The

light

poi

nts

are

visi

ble

up t

o a

dist

ance

of

150

met

ers.

Thi

s is

use

ful w

hen

stak

ing

out

poin

ts.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 58: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 58

Sett

ing

Wor

king

rang

e: 5

m t

o 15

0m

(15

ft t

o 50

0ft

).Po

sitio

ning

acc

urac

y: 5

cm a

t 10

0m

(1.

97"

at 3

30ft

). a)

Fla

shin

g re

d di

ode

b) F

lash

ing

yello

w d

iode

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

TSO

X_09

5a b 6 m

(20

ft)

6 m

(20

ft)

100 m (300 ft)

Page 59: Leica TS06

Sett

ing

Flex

Line

, 59

ATM

OSP

HER

IC

DA

TA (

PPM

)Th

is s

cree

n en

able

s th

e en

try

of a

tmos

pher

ic p

aram

eter

s. D

ista

nce

mea

sure

men

t is

in

fluen

ced

dire

ctly

by

the

atm

osph

eric

con

ditio

ns o

f th

e ai

r in

whi

ch t

he

mea

sure

men

ts a

re t

aken

. In

orde

r to

take

the

se in

fluen

ces

into

con

side

ratio

n di

stan

ce m

easu

rem

ents

are

cor

rect

ed u

sing

atm

osph

eric

cor

rect

ion

para

met

ers.

The

refr

actio

n co

rrec

tion

is t

aken

into

acc

ount

in t

he c

alcu

latio

n of

the

hei

ght

diff

eren

ces

and

the

horiz

onta

l dis

tanc

e. R

efer

to

"14.

7 Sc

ale

Corr

ectio

n" f

or t

he

appl

icat

ion

of t

he v

alue

s en

tere

d in

thi

s sc

reen

.

PRO

JECT

ION

SCA

LETh

is s

cree

n en

able

s en

try

of t

he s

cale

of p

roje

ctio

n. C

oord

inat

es a

re c

orre

cted

with

th

e PP

M p

aram

eter

. Ref

er to

"14.

7 Sc

ale

Corr

ectio

n" fo

r the

app

licat

ion

of th

e va

lues

en

tere

d in

thi

s sc

reen

.

Ente

r in

divi

dual

PP

MTh

is s

cree

n en

able

s th

e en

try

of in

divi

dual

sca

ling

fact

ors.

Coo

rdin

ates

and

dis

tanc

e m

easu

rem

ents

are

cor

rect

ed w

ith t

he P

PM p

aram

eter

. Ref

er t

o "1

4.7

Scal

e Co

rrec

tion"

for

the

app

licat

ion

of t

he v

alue

s en

tere

d in

thi

s sc

reen

.

EDM

SIG

NA

L RE

FLEC

TIO

NTh

is s

cree

n te

sts

the

EDM

sig

nal s

tren

gth

(ref

lect

ion

stre

ngth

) in

ste

ps o

f 1%

. En

able

s op

timal

aim

ing

at d

ista

nt, b

arel

y vi

sibl

e, t

arge

ts. A

per

cent

age

bar a

nd a

be

epin

g so

und,

indi

cate

the

refle

ctio

n st

reng

th. T

he fa

ster

the

beep

the

stro

nger

the

refle

ctio

n.

)W

hen

PPM

=0 is

sel

ecte

d, th

e Le

ica

stan

dard

atm

osph

ere

of 1

013.

25m

bar,

12°C

, and

60%

rela

tive

hum

idity

will

be

appl

ied.

Page 60: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 60

Sett

ing

4.3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Para

met

ers

Des

crip

tion

For d

ata

tran

sfer

the

com

mun

icat

ion

para

met

ers

of t

he in

stru

men

t m

ust

be s

et.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Set

ting

s fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Com

m f

rom

the

SET

TIN

GS

MEN

U.

COM

M. -

PARA

MET

ERS

BT-P

IN To s

et a

PIN

cod

e fo

r the

Blu

etoo

th

conn

ectio

n.

)Th

is s

oftk

ey is

onl

y av

aila

ble

for

inst

rum

ents

with

a C

omm

unic

a-tio

n si

de c

over

. The

def

ault

Blue

toot

h PI

N is

’000

0’.

RESE

T To re

set

the

field

s to

the

def

ault

Leic

a st

anda

rd s

ettin

gs.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onPo

rtIn

stru

men

t por

t. If

a Co

mm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

is fi

tted

the

optio

ns a

re

sele

ctab

le. I

f th

ere

is n

o Co

mm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

the

val

ue is

set

to

RS23

2 an

d is

une

dita

ble.

RS23

2Co

mm

unic

atio

n is

via

the

ser

ial i

nter

face

.U

SBCo

mm

unic

atio

n is

via

the

USB

hos

t po

rt.

Page 61: Leica TS06

Sett

ing

Flex

Line

, 61

The

follo

win

g fie

lds

are

activ

e on

ly w

hen

Port

: RS2

32 is

set

.

Blue

toot

hCo

mm

unic

atio

n is

via

Blu

etoo

th.

Aut

omat

ical

lyCo

mm

unic

atio

n is

set

to

auto

det

ect.

Blue

toot

hA

ctiv

eBl

ueto

oth

sens

or is

act

ivat

ed.

Inac

tive

Blue

toot

h se

nsor

is d

eact

ivat

ed.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onBa

udra

teSp

eed

of d

ata

tran

sfer

from

rece

iver

to

devi

ce in

bits

per

sec

ond.

1200

, 240

0, 4

800,

960

0, 1

4400

, 192

00,

3840

0, 5

7600

, 115

200

Dat

abit

sN

umbe

r of

bits

in a

blo

ck o

f di

gita

l dat

a.7

Dat

a tr

ansf

er is

real

ised

with

7 d

atab

its.

8D

ata

tran

sfer

is re

alis

ed w

ith 8

dat

abits

.Pa

rity

Even

Even

par

ity. A

vaila

ble

if da

ta b

it is

set

to

7.O

ddO

dd p

arity

. Ava

ilabl

e if

data

bit

is s

et t

o 7.

Non

eN

o pa

rity.

Ava

ilabl

e if

data

bit

is s

et t

o 8.

Endm

ark

CR/L

FTh

e te

rmin

ator

is a

car

riage

retu

rn f

ollo

wed

by

a lin

e fe

ed.

CRTh

e te

rmin

ator

is a

car

riage

retu

rn.

Stop

bits

1N

umbe

r of

bits

at

the

end

of a

blo

ck o

f di

gita

l dat

a.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 62: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 62

Sett

ing

Leic

a st

anda

rd

sett

ings

Whe

n RE

SET

is s

elec

ted

the

com

mun

icat

ion

para

met

ers

are

rese

t to

the

defa

ult L

eica

st

anda

rd s

ettin

gs:

•11

5200

Bau

d, 8

Dat

abit,

No

Parit

y, C

R/LF

End

mar

k, 1

Sto

pbit.

Inte

rfac

e pl

ug

conn

ecti

ons

a)Ex

tern

al b

atte

ryb)

Not

con

nect

ed /

inac

tive

c)GN

D

d)D

ata

rece

ptio

n (T

H_R

XD)

e)D

ata

tran

sfer

(TH

_TXD

)TS

OX_

029

a b c d e

Page 63: Leica TS06

Tool

sFl

exLi

ne, 6

3

5To

ols

5.1

Adj

ust

Des

crip

tion

The

AD

JUST

MEN

TS m

enu

cont

ains

tool

s to

be

used

for t

he e

lect

roni

c ad

just

men

t of

the

inst

rum

ent

and

for s

ettin

g ad

just

men

t re

min

ders

. Usi

ng t

hese

too

ls h

elps

to

mai

ntai

n th

e m

easu

ring

accu

racy

of

the

inst

rum

ent.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

TO

OLS

from

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct A

djus

t fr

om t

he T

OO

LS M

ENU

.3.

Sele

ct a

n Ad

just

men

t op

tion

from

the

AD

JUST

MEN

TS s

cree

n.

Adj

ustm

ent

opti

ons

In t

he A

DJU

STM

ENT

scre

en t

here

are

sev

eral

adj

ustm

ent

optio

ns.

Men

u se

lect

ion

Des

crip

tion

Hz-

Colli

mat

ion

Refe

r to

"11.

3 Ad

just

ing

Line

-of-

Sigh

t an

d Ve

rtic

al In

dex

Erro

r".

V-In

dex

Refe

r to

"11.

3 Ad

just

ing

Line

-of-

Sigh

t an

d Ve

rtic

al In

dex

Erro

r".

Tilt

Axi

sRe

fer t

o "1

1.4

Adju

stin

g th

e Ti

lting

Axi

s Er

ror"

.Vi

ew

Adj

ustm

ent

Dat

a

Dis

play

s th

e cu

rren

t adj

ustm

ent v

alue

s th

at h

ave

been

set

for H

z-Co

llim

atio

n, V

-inde

x an

d Ti

lt Ax

is.

Page 64: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 64

Tool

s

5.2

Star

t U

p Se

quen

ceD

escr

ipti

onTh

roug

h th

e St

artu

p to

ol, i

t is

pos

sibl

e to

reco

rd a

use

r def

ined

seq

uenc

e of

key

pr

esse

s so

tha

t, a

fter

sw

itchi

ng o

n th

e in

stru

men

t, a

par

ticul

ar s

cree

n ca

n be

di

spla

yed

afte

r the

Lev

el/P

lum

met

scr

een

inst

ead

of t

he M

AIN

MEN

U. F

or e

xam

ple,

th

e ge

nera

l SET

TIN

GS

scre

en f

or c

onfig

urin

g th

e in

stru

men

t se

ttin

gs.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

TO

OLS

from

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct S

tart

up f

rom

the

TO

OLS

MEN

U.

Aut

o st

art

step

-by-

step

1.Pr

ess

RECO

RD in

the

AU

TO S

TAR

T sc

reen

.2.

Pres

s O

K t

o co

nfirm

the

info

rmat

ion

mes

sage

and

beg

in t

he re

cord

ing

proc

ess.

3.Th

e ne

xt k

ey p

ress

es a

re s

tore

d, u

p to

a m

axim

um o

f 16

. To

end

the

reco

rdin

g pr

ess

ESC.

4.If

the

auto

sta

rt S

tatu

s: is

set

to A

ctiv

e, th

e st

ored

key

pre

sses

will

be

exec

uted

au

tom

atic

ally

aft

er s

witc

hing

on

the

inst

rum

ent.

Adj

ust

Rem

inde

rD

efin

es t

he t

ime

perio

d fr

om t

he la

st a

djus

tmen

t to

whe

n a

rem

inde

r mes

sage

sho

uld

disp

lay

to d

o an

othe

r adj

ustm

ent.

O

ptio

ns a

re: N

ever

, 2 w

eeks

, 1 m

onth

, 3 m

onth

s, 6

mon

ths,

12

mon

ths.

The

mes

sage

will

dis

play

the

next

tim

e th

e in

stru

men

t is

switc

hed

on a

fter

the

tim

e pe

riod

has

been

reac

hed.

Men

u se

lect

ion

Des

crip

tion

Page 65: Leica TS06

Tool

sFl

exLi

ne, 6

5

)Th

e au

tom

atic

sta

rt s

eque

nce

has

the

sam

e ef

fect

as

pres

sing

the

key

s m

anua

lly.

Cert

ain

inst

rum

ent

sett

ings

can

not

be

mad

e in

thi

s w

ay. R

elat

ive

entr

ies

such

as

auto

mat

ical

ly s

ettin

g ED

M m

ode:

Pri

sm-F

ast u

pon

switc

hing

on

the

inst

rum

ent,

are

no

t po

ssib

le.

5.3

Syst

em In

form

atio

nD

escr

ipti

onTh

e Sy

stem

info

rmat

ion

scre

ens

disp

lay

inst

rum

ent,

sys

tem

and

firm

war

e in

form

atio

n, a

s w

ell a

s se

ttin

gs f

or t

he d

ate

and

time.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Too

ls f

rom

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct S

ysIn

fo fr

om t

he T

OO

LS M

ENU

.

SYST

EM

INFO

RMA

TIO

NTh

is s

cree

n di

spla

ys in

form

atio

n ab

out

the

inst

rum

ent

and

oper

atin

g sy

stem

.

SOFT

W.

To d

ispl

ay d

etai

ls o

f th

e fir

mw

are

pack

age

inst

alle

d on

the

inst

ru-

men

t.D

ATE To

cha

nge

the

date

and

for

mat

.TI

ME

To c

hang

e th

e tim

e.

Page 66: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 66

Tool

s

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

SOFT

W. t

o vi

ew t

he f

irmw

are

pack

age

info

rmat

ion.

SOFT

WA

RE-

INFO

RMA

TIO

N)

Befo

re s

elec

ting

FORM

AT,

to

form

at t

he in

tern

al m

emor

y, e

nsur

e th

at a

ll im

port

ant d

ata

is fi

rst

tran

sfer

red

to a

com

pute

r. Jo

bs, f

orm

ats,

cod

elis

ts,

conf

igur

atio

n fil

es, u

ploa

ded

lang

uage

s an

d fir

mw

are

will

be

dele

ted

by

form

attin

g.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onIn

str.

-Fi

rmw

are

Dis

play

s th

e fir

mw

are

vers

ion

num

ber i

nsta

lled

on t

he

inst

rum

ent.

Build

No.

Dis

play

s th

e bu

ild n

umbe

r of

the

firm

war

e.A

ctiv

e La

ngua

geD

ispl

ays

the

curr

ent

lang

uage

and

ver

sion

num

ber s

elec

ted

for

the

inst

rum

ent.

EDM

-Fir

mw

are

Dis

play

s th

e ve

rsio

n nu

mbe

r of

the

EDM

firm

war

e.M

aint

enan

ce

End

Dis

play

s th

e en

d da

te o

f th

e m

aint

enan

ce a

gree

men

t fo

r the

in

stru

men

t.

App

licat

ion

Info

rmat

ion

Dis

play

s a

list

of t

he a

pplic

atio

ns a

vaila

ble

on t

he in

stru

men

t.A

tick

will

dis

play

in t

he c

heck

box

bes

ide

each

app

licat

ion

that

is

lice

nsed

.

Page 67: Leica TS06

Tool

sFl

exLi

ne, 6

7

5.4

Lice

nce

Key

sD

escr

ipti

onTo

ful

ly a

ctiv

ate

hard

war

e fu

nctio

nalit

y, fi

rmw

are

appl

icat

ions

and

firm

war

e co

ntra

cts,

lice

nce

keys

may

be

requ

ired

on t

he in

stru

men

t. F

or a

ll in

stru

men

ts,

licen

ce k

eys

can

be m

anua

lly e

nter

ed o

r upl

oade

d vi

a Fl

exO

ffic

e. F

or in

stru

men

ts

fitte

d w

ith a

Com

mun

icat

ion

side

cov

er li

cenc

e ke

ys c

an a

lso

be u

ploa

ded

via

a US

B m

emor

y st

ick.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Too

ls f

rom

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct L

ic.K

ey f

rom

the

TO

OLS

MEN

U.

Ente

r lic

ence

key

)Se

lect

ing

DEL

ETE

from

thi

s sc

reen

will

del

ete

all f

irmw

are

licen

ce k

eys

on t

he

inst

rum

ent

and

the

firm

war

e m

aint

enan

ce li

cenc

e.

Nex

t st

ep

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onM

etho

dM

etho

d of

lice

nce

key

entr

y. E

ither

Man

ual E

ntry

or U

ploa

d K

ey F

ile.

Key

Lice

nce

key.

Ava

ilabl

e w

hen

Met

hod:

Man

ual E

ntry

.

IFTH

ENa

licen

ce k

ey is

m

anua

lly e

nter

ed.

OK

pro

cess

es th

e en

try.

An

acce

ptan

ce o

r err

or m

essa

ge w

ill

disp

lay

depe

ndin

g on

the

val

ue e

nter

ed. B

oth

mes

sage

s re

quire

con

firm

atio

n.

Page 68: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 68

Tool

s

5.5

Inst

rum

ent

Prot

ecti

on w

ith

PIN

Des

crip

tion

The

inst

rum

ent

can

be p

rote

cted

by

a Pe

rson

al Id

entif

icat

ion

Num

ber.

If PI

N

prot

ectio

n is

act

ivat

ed,t

he in

stru

men

t will

alw

ays

prom

pt fo

r a P

IN c

ode

entr

y be

fore

st

artin

g up

. If a

wro

ng P

IN h

as b

een

ente

red

five

times

, a P

erso

nal U

nblo

cKin

g (P

UK)

code

is re

quire

d. T

his

can

be f

ound

on

the

inst

rum

ent

deliv

ery

pape

rs.

Act

ivat

e PI

N c

ode

step

-by-

step

1.Se

lect

TO

OLS

from

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct P

IN f

rom

the

TO

OLS

MEN

U.

3.Ac

tivat

e PI

N p

rote

ctio

n by

set

ting

Use

PIN

Cod

e: O

n.4.

Ente

r a p

erso

nal P

IN C

ode

(max

. 6 n

umer

ics)

in t

he N

ew P

IN-C

ode

field

.5.

Acce

pt w

ith O

K.

)N

ow t

he in

stru

men

t is

pro

tect

ed a

gain

st u

naut

horis

ed u

se. A

fter

sw

itchi

ng o

n th

e in

stru

men

t PI

N c

ode

entr

y is

nec

essa

ry.

Lock

inst

rum

ent

step

-by-

step

If PI

N p

rote

ctio

n is

act

ivat

ed, i

t is

pos

sibl

e to

lock

the

inst

rum

ent

from

with

in a

ny

appl

icat

ion

with

out

switc

hing

off

the

inst

rum

ent.

1.Pr

ess

FNC

whe

n w

ithin

any

app

licat

ion.

2.Se

lect

Loc

k w

ith

PIN

fro

m t

he F

UN

CTIO

NS

men

u.

a lic

ence

key

is t

o be

up

load

ed.

OK

beg

ins

the

uplo

ad o

f th

e lic

ence

key

file

.IF

THEN

Page 69: Leica TS06

Tool

sFl

exLi

ne, 6

9

Ente

ring

the

PU

K

code

If a

wro

ng P

IN h

as b

een

ente

red

five

times

, the

sys

tem

will

pro

mpt

for

a P

erso

nal

Unbl

ocKi

ng c

ode.

The

PUK

cod

e ca

n be

fou

nd o

n th

e in

stru

men

t de

liver

y pa

pers

.If

the

PUK

code

ent

ered

is c

orre

ct th

en th

e in

stru

men

t will

sta

rt u

p an

d re

set t

he P

IN

code

to

defa

ult

valu

e 0

and

Use

PIN

Cod

e: O

ff.

Dea

ctiv

ate

PIN

co

de s

tep-

by-s

tep

1.Se

lect

TO

OLS

from

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct P

IN f

rom

the

TO

OLS

MEN

U.

3.En

ter t

he c

urre

nt P

IN in

PIN

-CO

DE:

.4.

Pres

s O

K.

5.D

eact

ivat

e PI

N p

rote

ctio

n by

set

ting

Use

PIN

Cod

e: O

ff.

6.Ac

cept

with

OK

.

)Th

e in

stru

men

t is

now

no

long

er p

rote

cted

aga

inst

una

utho

rised

use

.

Page 70: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 70

Tool

s

5.6

Load

ing

Soft

war

eD

escr

ipti

onTo

load

app

licat

ion

soft

war

e or

an

addi

tiona

l lan

guag

e, c

onne

ct t

he in

stru

men

t to

Fl

exO

ffic

e vi

a th

e se

rial i

nter

face

and

load

usi

ng "F

lexO

ffic

e - S

oftw

are

Uplo

ad".

Ref

er

to t

he F

lexO

ffic

e on

line

help

for

fur

ther

info

rmat

ion.

Fo

r ins

trum

ents

fitt

ed w

ith a

Com

mun

icat

ion

side

cov

er, t

he s

oftw

are

can

be lo

aded

vi

a a

USB

mem

ory

stic

k. T

his

proc

ess

is d

escr

ibed

bel

ow.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Too

ls f

rom

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct L

oad

FW f

rom

the

TO

OLS

MEN

U.

)•

Load

FW

is o

nly

an o

ptio

n on

the

TO

OLS

MEN

U f

or t

hose

inst

rum

ents

fitt

ed

with

a C

omm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

.•

Nev

er d

isco

nnec

t th

e po

wer

sup

ply

durin

g th

e sy

stem

upl

oad

proc

ess.

The

ba

tter

y m

ust

be a

t le

ast

75%

cap

acity

bef

ore

com

men

cing

the

upl

oad.

Load

ing

firm

war

e an

d la

ngua

ges

step

-by-

step

1.To

load

firm

war

e an

d la

ngua

ges:

Sel

ect

Firm

war

e. T

he S

elec

t Fi

le s

cree

n w

ill

appe

ar.

To lo

ad o

nly

lang

uage

s: S

elec

t La

ngua

ges

only

and

ski

p to

ste

p 4.

2.Se

lect

the

firm

war

e fil

e fr

om t

he s

yste

m f

olde

r of

the

USB

mem

ory

stic

k. A

ll fir

mw

are

and

lang

uage

file

s m

ust b

e st

ored

in th

e sy

stem

fold

er to

be

tran

sfer

red

to t

he in

stru

men

t.3.

Pres

s O

K.

Page 71: Leica TS06

Tool

sFl

exLi

ne, 7

1

4.Th

e U

ploa

d La

ngua

ges

scre

en w

ill a

ppea

r dis

play

ing

all l

angu

age

files

in t

he

syst

em f

olde

r of

the

USB

mem

ory

stic

k. S

elec

t Ye

s or

No

for a

lang

uage

file

to

be u

ploa

ded.

At

leas

t on

e la

ngua

ge m

ust

be s

et t

o Ye

s.5.

Pres

s O

K.

6.Pr

ess

Yes

on t

he p

ower

war

ning

mes

sage

to

proc

eed

and

uplo

ad t

he f

irmw

are

and/

or s

elec

ted

lang

uage

s.7.

Onc

e su

cces

sful

ly lo

aded

, the

sys

tem

will

shu

tdow

n an

d re

star

t ag

ain

auto

mat

ical

ly.

Page 72: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 72

Func

tion

s

6Fu

ncti

ons

6.1

Ove

rvie

wD

escr

ipti

onFu

nctio

ns c

an b

e ac

cess

ed b

y pr

essi

ng F

NC,

o

r f

rom

any

mea

sure

men

t scr

een.

•FN

C op

ens

the

func

tions

men

u an

d a

func

tion

can

be s

elec

ted

and

activ

ated

.

• o

r ,

activ

ates

the

spe

cific

func

tion

assi

gned

to t

he k

ey. A

ny fu

nctio

n fr

om

the

func

tion

men

u ca

n be

ass

igne

d to

the

se k

eys.

Ref

er t

o "4

.1 G

ener

al

Sett

ings

".

Func

tion

sFu

ncti

onD

escr

ipti

onLe

vel/P

lum

met

Activ

ates

the

lase

r plu

mm

et a

nd e

lect

roni

c le

vel.

Off

set

Refe

r to

"6.2

Tar

get

Off

set"

.N

on-P

rism

/Pri

sm

Togg

leCh

ange

s be

twee

n th

e tw

o ED

M m

odes

. Ref

er t

o "4

.2 E

DM

Se

ttin

gs".

Del

ete

Last

Rec

ord

Del

etes

the

last

reco

rded

dat

a bl

ock.

Thi

s ca

n be

eith

er a

m

easu

rem

ent

bloc

k or

a c

ode

bloc

k.

)D

elet

ing

the

last

reco

rd is

not

reve

rsib

le! O

nly

reco

rds

reco

rded

in S

urve

ying

can

be

dele

ted.

Hei

ght

tran

sfer

Refe

r to

"6.3

Hei

ght

Tran

sfer

".H

idde

n po

int

Refe

r to

"6.4

Hid

den

Poin

t".

Page 73: Leica TS06

Func

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 7

3

Free

Cod

ing

Star

ts C

odin

g ap

plic

atio

n to

sel

ect a

cod

e fr

om a

cod

elis

t or

ente

r a n

ew c

ode.

Sam

e fu

nctio

nalit

y lik

e th

e so

ftke

y CO

DE.

Lase

rpoi

nter

Activ

ates

/dea

ctiv

ates

the

visi

ble

lase

r bea

m fo

r illu

min

atin

g th

e ta

rget

poi

nt.

Mai

n M

enu

Retu

rns

to t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

Dis

play

-Lig

ht O

n /O

ffAc

tivat

es a

nd d

eact

ivat

es t

he d

ispl

ay il

lum

inat

ion

light

.D

ista

nce

unit

Sets

the

dis

tanc

e m

easu

rem

ent

unit.

Ang

le u

nit

Sets

the

ang

le m

easu

rem

ent

unit.

Lock

wit

h PI

NRe

fer t

o "5

.5 In

stru

men

t Pr

otec

tion

with

PIN

".Ch

eck

Tie

Refe

r to

"6.5

Che

ck T

ie".

Mai

n se

ttin

gsRe

fer t

o "4

.1 G

ener

al S

ettin

gs".

EDM

Tra

ckin

gRe

fer t

o "6

.6 E

DM

Tra

ckin

g".

Func

tion

Des

crip

tion

Page 74: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 74

Func

tion

s

6.2

Targ

et O

ffse

t6.

2.1

Ove

rvie

wA

vaila

bilit

y

Des

crip

tion

This

func

tion

calc

ulat

es th

e ta

rget

poi

nt c

oord

inat

es if

it is

not

pos

sibl

e to

set

up

the

refle

ctor

, or t

o ai

m a

t the

targ

et p

oint

dire

ctly

. The

off

set v

alue

s (le

ngth

, tra

v. a

nd/o

r he

ight

off

set)

can

be

ente

red.

The

val

ues

for t

he a

ngle

s an

d di

stan

ces

are

calc

ulat

ed

to d

eter

min

e th

e ta

rget

poi

nt.

Acc

ess

1.Pr

ess

FNC

whe

n w

ithin

any

app

licat

ion.

2.Se

lect

Off

set

from

the

FU

NCT

ION

S m

enu.

99

9

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Mea

sure

d po

int

P2Ca

lcul

ated

off

set

poin

td1

+Le

ngth

off

set,

pos

tive

d1-

Leng

th o

ffse

t, n

egat

ive

d2+

Trav

. off

set,

pos

itive

d2-

Trav

. off

set,

neg

ativ

eTS

OX_

022d1

-d1

+d2

-

d2+

P1

P2

P0

Page 75: Leica TS06

Func

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 7

5

Ente

r of

fet

valu

es

RESE

T To re

set

offs

et v

alue

s to

0.

CYLN

DER

To e

nter

cyl

indr

ical

off

sets

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onTr

av.

Off

set

Perp

endi

cula

r off

set.

Pos

itive

if t

he o

ffse

t po

int

is t

o th

e rig

ht o

f th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.Le

ngth

O

ffse

tLo

ngitu

dina

l off

set.

Pos

itive

if th

e of

fset

poi

nt is

furt

her a

way

than

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

Hei

ght

Off

set

Hei

ght o

ffse

t. P

ositi

ve if

the

offs

et p

oint

is h

ighe

r tha

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.M

ode

Perio

d fo

r whi

ch t

he o

ffse

t is

to

appl

y.R

eset

aft

er

REC

The

offs

et v

alue

s ar

e re

set t

o 0

afte

r the

poi

nt is

sav

ed.

Perm

anen

tTh

e of

fset

val

ues

are

appl

ied

to a

ll fu

rthe

r m

easu

rem

ents

.

Page 76: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 76

Func

tion

s

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

OK

to

calc

ulat

e th

e co

rrec

ted

valu

es a

nd re

turn

to

the

appl

icat

ion

from

whi

ch t

he o

ffse

t fu

nctio

n w

as s

tart

ed. T

he c

orre

cted

ang

le a

nd d

ista

nces

ar

e di

spla

yed

as s

oon

as a

val

id d

ista

nce

mea

sure

men

t ha

s be

en t

rigge

red

or

exis

ts.

•O

r, pr

ess

CYLN

DER

to

ente

r cyl

indr

ical

off

sets

. Ref

er t

o "6

.2.2

Cyl

inde

r Off

set

Suba

pplic

atio

n".

6.2.

2Cy

linde

r O

ffse

t Su

bapp

licat

ion

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

Det

erm

ines

the

coor

dina

tes

of th

e ce

nter

poi

nt o

f cyl

indr

ical

obj

ects

and

thei

r rad

ius.

Th

e ho

rizon

tal a

ngle

to

poin

ts o

n bo

th t

he le

ft a

nd ri

ght

side

s of

the

obj

ect

are

mea

sure

d, a

nd t

he d

ista

nce

to t

he o

bjec

t as

wel

l.

)Th

e of

fset

val

ues

are

alw

ays

rese

t to

0 w

hen

the

appl

icat

ion

is q

uit.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

99

9

Page 77: Leica TS06

Func

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 7

7

Acc

ess

Pres

s CY

LND

ER f

rom

Tar

get

Off

set

Ente

r of

fset

val

ues.

CYLI

ND

RICA

L O

FFSE

T

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Cent

er p

oint

of

cylin

dric

al o

bjec

tH

z1Ho

rizon

tal a

ngle

to

a po

int

on t

he

left

sid

e of

the

obj

ect

Hz2

Horiz

onta

l ang

le t

o a

poin

t on

the

rig

ht s

ide

of t

he o

bjec

td

Dist

ance

to th

e ob

ject

in th

e m

iddl

e be

twee

n Hz

1 an

d Hz

2R

Radi

us o

f cy

linde

Azim

uth

from

Hz1

to

Hz2

P0H

z2

Hz1

αd

P1R

TSO

X_02

3

HzL

eft

To t

rigge

r mea

sure

men

t fo

r the

left

si

de o

f the

obj

ect.

HzR

ight

To tr

igge

r mea

sure

men

t for

the

right

si

de o

f the

obj

ect.

Page 78: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 78

Func

tion

s

Nex

t st

epO

nce Δ

Hz:

is z

ero,

pre

ss A

LL t

o co

mpl

ete

the

mea

sure

men

t an

d di

spla

y th

e re

sults

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onH

z Le

ftM

easu

red

horiz

onta

l dire

ctio

n to

the

left

sid

e of

the

obje

ct. U

sing

the

vert

ical

hai

r, ai

m a

t th

e le

ft s

ide

of t

he o

bjec

t, t

hen

pres

s H

zLef

t.H

z R

ight

Mea

sure

d ho

rizon

tal d

irect

ion

to th

e rig

ht s

ide

of th

e ob

ject

. Usi

ng th

e ve

rtic

al h

air,

aim

at

the

right

sid

e of

the

obj

ect,

the

n pr

ess

HzR

ight

.Sl

ope

dist

ance

to

the

refle

ctor

Hz

Dev

iatio

n an

gle.

Rot

ate

the

inst

rum

ent

to a

im in

the

dire

ctio

n of

the

ce

nter

poi

nt o

f th

e cy

lindr

ical

obj

ect,

suc

h th

at Δ

Hz

is z

ero.

Pris

m

Off

set

Pris

m o

ffse

t dis

tanc

e be

twee

n th

e ce

nter

of t

he p

rism

and

the

surf

ace

of th

e ob

ject

to b

e m

easu

red.

If th

e ED

M m

ode

is N

on-P

rism

, the

val

ue

is s

et t

o ze

ro a

utom

atic

ally

.

Page 79: Leica TS06

Func

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 7

9

CYLI

ND

RICA

L O

FFSE

T RE

SULT

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

FIN

ISH

to

retu

rn t

o th

e En

ter

offs

et v

alue

s sc

reen

. Fro

m t

he E

nter

off

set

valu

es s

cree

n, p

ress

OK

to

retu

rn t

o th

e ap

plic

atio

n w

here

FN

C w

as s

elec

ted.

FIN

ISH

To re

cord

resu

lts a

nd re

turn

to E

nter

of

fset

val

ues

scre

en.

NEW

To m

easu

re a

new

cyl

indr

ical

obj

ect.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onPt

IDD

efin

ed p

oint

ID o

f th

e ce

nter

poi

nt.

Des

cD

escr

iptio

n of

the

cen

ter p

oint

if d

esire

d.Ea

stEa

stin

g co

ordi

nate

of

the

cent

er p

oint

.N

orth

Nor

thin

g co

ordi

nate

of

the

cent

er p

oint

.H

eigh

tH

eigh

t of

the

poi

nt m

easu

red

with

the

refle

ctor

.

)Th

is is

not

the

cal

cula

ted

heig

ht o

f th

e ce

nter

poi

nt.

Radi

usRa

dius

of

the

cylin

der.

Page 80: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 80

Func

tion

s

6.3

Hei

ght

Tran

sfer

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

This

fun

ctio

n de

term

ines

the

hei

ght

of t

he in

stru

men

t fr

om m

easu

rem

ents

to

a m

axim

um o

f fiv

e ta

rget

poi

nts,

with

kno

wn

heig

hts,

in t

wo

face

s.W

ith m

easu

rem

ents

to s

ever

al ta

rget

s, th

e im

prov

emen

t is

indi

cate

d in

the

"Δ"

valu

e.

Acc

ess

1.Pr

ess

FNC

whe

n w

ithin

any

app

licat

ion.

2.Se

lect

Hei

ght

Tran

sfer

fro

m t

he F

UN

CTIO

NS

men

u.

Hei

ght

tran

sfer

st

ep-b

y-st

ep1.

Sele

ct a

kno

wn

poin

t an

d in

put

the

refle

ctor

hei

ght

•Pt

Hgt

: To

ente

r the

hei

ght

of a

fix

poin

t.•

hi: T

o en

ter t

he h

eigh

t tr

ansf

er v

alue

s fo

r the

inst

rum

ent.

2.Pr

ess

ALL

to

com

plet

e th

e m

easu

rem

ent

and

disp

lay

the

calc

ulat

ed h

eigh

t H

0.

99

9

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

to

P3Ta

rget

poi

nts

of k

now

n he

ight

s

P1

P0

P3

P2

TSO

X_02

4

Page 81: Leica TS06

Func

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 8

1

•A

ddTg

: Add

s an

othe

r hei

ght

of a

kno

wn

poin

t.•

FACE

: Mea

sure

s to

the

sam

e ta

rget

in s

econ

d fa

ce.

•O

K: S

aves

the

cha

nges

and

set

s th

e st

atio

n he

ight

.

6.4

Hid

den

Poin

tA

vaila

bilit

y

Des

crip

tion

This

func

tion

is u

sed

for m

easu

rem

ents

to a

poi

nt th

at is

not

dire

ctly

vis

ible

, usi

ng a

sp

ecia

l hid

den

poin

t ro

d.

Acc

ess

1.Pr

ess

FNC

whe

n w

ithin

any

app

licat

ion.

2.Se

lect

Hid

den

Poin

t fr

om t

he F

UN

CTIO

NS

men

u.N

ext

step

If re

quire

d, p

ress

RO

D/E

DM

to

defin

e th

e ro

d or

EDM

set

tings

.

99

9

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Hidd

en p

oint

1-2

Pris

ms

1 an

d 2

d1Di

stan

ce b

etw

een

pris

m 1

and

the

hi

dden

poi

ntd2

Dist

ance

bet

wee

n pr

ism

1 a

nd 2

TSO

X_09

6

P1P0

d1

d21

2

Page 82: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 82

Func

tion

s

ROD

SET

TIN

GS

Nex

t st

epIn

the

HID

DEN

PO

INT

scre

en, m

easu

re to

the

first

and

sec

ond

pris

ms

usin

g A

LL a

nd

the

HID

DEN

PO

INT

RESU

LT s

cree

n is

dis

play

ed.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onED

M-M

ode

Chan

ges

the

EDM

Mod

e.Pr

ism

typ

eCh

ange

s th

e pr

ism

typ

e.Pr

ism

Con

stD

ispl

ays

the

pris

m c

onst

ant.

Rod

Leng

thTo

tal l

engt

h of

hid

den

poin

t ro

d.D

ist.

R1-

R2

Spac

ing

betw

een

the

cent

ers

of t

he p

rism

s R1

and

R2.

Mea

s. T

ol

Lim

it fo

r the

diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

the

give

n an

d m

easu

red

spac

ing

of

the

pris

ms.

If th

e to

lera

nce

valu

e is

exc

eede

d, th

e fu

nctio

n w

ill is

sue

a w

arni

ng.

Page 83: Leica TS06

Func

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 8

3

HID

DEN

PO

INT

RES

ULT

Dis

play

s Ea

stin

g, N

orth

ing

and

Hei

ght

coor

dina

tes

of t

he h

idde

n po

int.

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

FIN

ISH

to

retu

rn t

o th

e ap

plic

atio

n w

here

FN

C w

as s

elec

ted.

FIN

ISH

To re

cord

resu

lts a

nd re

turn

to

appl

i-ca

tion

whe

re F

NC

was

sel

ecte

d.N

EWTo

retu

rn t

o th

e H

IDD

EN P

OIN

T sc

reen

.

Page 84: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 84

Func

tion

s

6.5

Chec

k Ti

eA

vaila

bilit

y

Des

crip

tion

This

fun

ctio

n ca

lcul

ates

and

dis

play

s th

e sl

ope

and

horiz

onta

l dis

tanc

e, h

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

, azi

mut

h, g

rade

, and

coo

rdin

ate

diff

eren

ces

betw

een

the

last

tw

o m

easu

red

poin

ts. V

alid

dis

tanc

e m

easu

rem

ents

are

requ

ired

for t

he c

alcu

latio

n.

Acc

ess

1.Pr

ess

FNC

whe

n w

ithin

any

app

licat

ion.

2.Se

lect

Che

ck T

ie f

rom

the

FU

NCT

ION

S m

enu.

99

9

aAz

imut

hSl

ope

dist

ance

Heig

ht d

ista

nce

Horiz

onta

l dis

tanc

eP0

Inst

rum

ent

stat

ion

P1Fi

rst

poin

tP2

Seco

nd p

oint

TSO

X_02

1P0P1

P2

a

Page 85: Leica TS06

Func

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 8

5

CHEC

K T

IE

Mes

sage

sTh

e fo

llow

ing

are

impo

rtan

t m

essa

ges

or w

arni

ngs

that

may

app

ear.

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

OK

to

retu

rn t

o th

e ap

plic

atio

n w

here

FN

C w

as s

elec

ted.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onBe

arin

gD

iffer

ence

in b

earin

g be

twee

n th

e tw

o po

ints

.G

rade

Diff

eren

ce in

gra

dien

t be

twee

n th

e tw

o po

ints

.D

iffer

ence

in h

oriz

onta

l dis

tanc

e be

twee

n th

e tw

o po

ints

.

Diff

eren

ce in

slo

pe d

ista

nce

betw

een

the

two

poin

ts.

Δ

Diff

eren

ce in

hei

ght

betw

een

the

two

poin

ts.

Δ E

ast

Diff

eren

ce in

Eas

ting

coor

dina

te b

etw

een

the

two

poin

ts.

Δ N

orth

Diff

eren

ce in

Nor

thin

g co

ordi

nate

bet

wee

n th

e tw

o po

ints

Hei

ght

Diff

eren

ce in

the

hei

ght

coor

dina

te b

etw

een

the

two

poin

ts.

Mes

sage

sD

escr

ipti

onLe

ss t

han

two

valid

m

easu

rem

ents

!Th

e va

lues

can

not

be c

alcu

late

d as

the

re a

re le

ss t

han

two

valid

mea

sure

men

ts.

Page 86: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 86

Func

tion

s

6.6

EDM

Tra

ckin

gD

escr

ipti

onTh

is f

unct

ion

activ

ates

or d

eact

ivat

es t

he t

rack

ing

mea

sure

men

t m

ode.

The

new

se

ttin

g is

dis

play

ed f

or a

bout

one

sec

ond

and

then

set

. The

fun

ctio

n ca

n on

ly b

e ac

tivat

ed fr

om w

ithin

the

sam

e ED

M m

ode

and

pris

m ty

pe. T

he fo

llow

ing

optio

ns a

re

avai

labl

e.

)Th

e la

st a

ctiv

e m

easu

rem

ent m

ode

rem

ains

set

whe

n th

e in

stru

men

t is

switc

hed

off.

EDM

Mod

eTr

acki

ng m

easu

rem

ent

mod

eO

ff <

=> O

nPr

ism

Pris

m-S

tand

ard

<=>

Pris

m-T

rack

ing

/ Pr

ism

-Fas

t <=

> Pr

ism

-Tra

ckin

g.N

on-P

rism

Non

-Pris

m-S

tand

ard

<=>

Non

-Pris

m-T

rack

.

Page 87: Leica TS06

Codi

ngFl

exLi

ne, 8

7

7Co

ding

7.1

Stan

dard

Cod

ing

Des

crip

tion

Code

s co

ntai

n in

form

atio

n ab

out r

ecor

ded

poin

ts. W

ith th

e he

lp o

f cod

ing,

poi

nts

can

be a

ssig

ned

to a

par

ticul

ar g

roup

sim

plify

ing

late

r pro

cess

ing.

GSI

cod

ing

Code

s ar

e al

way

s st

ored

as

free

cod

es (

WI4

1-49

), t

hat

mea

ns t

hat

code

s ar

e no

t di

rect

ly li

nked

to

a po

int.

The

y ar

e st

ored

bef

ore

or a

fter

the

mea

sure

men

t de

pend

ing

on t

he s

ettin

g m

ade.

Poi

nt c

odes

(W

I71-

79)

are

not

avai

labl

e.A

code

is a

lway

s re

cord

ed fo

r eac

h m

easu

rem

ent

as lo

ng a

s th

e co

de is

dis

play

ed in

th

e Co

de: f

ield

. For

a c

ode

not t

o be

reco

rded

, the

Cod

e: fi

eld

mus

t be

clea

red.

Thi

s ca

n be

set

to

occu

r aut

omat

ical

ly. R

efer

to

"4.1

Gen

eral

Set

tings

".

Acc

ess

•Ei

ther

, sel

ect

Q-S

urve

y fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U a

nd p

ress

CO

DE.

•O

r, pr

ess

FNC

whe

n w

ithin

any

app

licat

ion

and

sele

ct F

ree

Codi

ng.

COD

ING

RECO

RDTo

reco

rd th

e co

de w

ithou

t mea

sure

-m

ent.

Add

List

To a

dd t

he e

nter

ed c

ode

to t

he

code

list.

Page 88: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 88

Codi

ng

Exte

nd /

edit

cod

esTo

eac

h co

de a

des

crip

tion

and

a m

axim

um o

f 8

attr

ibut

es w

ith u

p to

16

char

acte

rs

each

can

be

assi

gned

. Exi

stin

g co

de a

ttrib

utes

, dis

play

ed in

fiel

ds In

fo 1

: to

Info

8:,

can

be o

verw

ritte

n fr

eely

with

the

fol

low

ing

exce

ptio

ns:

The

code

list

edito

r of F

lexO

ffic

e ca

n as

sign

a s

tatu

s to

the

att

ribut

es.

•At

trib

utes

with

sta

tus

"fix

ed" a

re w

rite-

prot

ecte

d. T

hey

cann

ot b

e ov

erw

ritte

n or

ed

ited.

•Fo

r att

ribut

es w

ith s

tatu

s "M

anda

tory

" an

inpu

t or

a c

onfir

mat

ion

is re

quire

d.•

Attr

ibut

es w

ith s

tatu

s "N

orm

al"

can

be e

dite

d fr

eely

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onFi

nd/N

ewCo

de n

ame.

Afte

r ent

ry, t

he f

irmw

are

sear

ches

for

a m

atch

ing

code

nam

e, a

nd

disp

lays

thes

e in

the

code

fiel

d. If

a m

atch

ing

code

nam

e do

esn’

t exi

st

this

val

ue b

ecom

es t

he n

ew c

ode

nam

e.Co

deLi

st o

f ex

istin

g co

de n

ames

.D

esc.

Addi

tiona

l rem

arks

.In

fo1

to

Info

8M

ore

info

rmat

ion

lines

, fre

ely

edita

ble.

Use

d to

des

crib

e at

trib

utes

of

the

code

.

Page 89: Leica TS06

Codi

ngFl

exLi

ne, 8

9

7.2

Qui

ck C

odin

gA

vaila

bilit

y

Des

crip

tion

Usin

g th

e qu

ick

code

func

tion,

a p

rede

fined

cod

e ca

n be

cal

led

dire

ctly

via

the

keyp

ad

on t

he in

stru

men

t. T

he c

ode

is s

elec

ted

by e

nter

ing

a tw

o di

git

num

ber,

the

mea

sure

men

t is

the

n tr

igge

red

and

the

mea

sure

d da

ta a

nd c

ode

save

d.A

tota

l of

99 q

uick

cod

es c

an b

e as

sign

ed.

The

quic

k co

de n

umbe

r is

assi

gned

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith t

he o

rder

in w

hich

the

cod

es

wer

e en

tere

d, fo

r exa

mpl

e, 0

1 ->

firs

t cod

e in

the

code

list

... 1

0 ->

tent

h co

de in

the

code

list

. Alte

rnat

ivel

y ea

ch c

ode

can

be a

ssig

ned

a un

ique

one

or t

wo

digi

t nu

mbe

r in

the

Cod

elis

t M

anag

er in

Fle

xOff

ice.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Sur

veyi

ng f

rom

the

PRO

GRA

MS

men

u.3.

Sele

ct S

tart

4.Pr

ess

Q-C

OD

E

Qui

ck c

odin

g st

ep-

by-s

tep

1.Pr

ess

Q-C

OD

E.2.

Ente

r a t

wo

digi

t nu

mbe

r on

the

keyp

ad.

-9

9

)A

two

digi

t co

de m

ust

alw

ays

be e

nter

ed o

n th

e ke

ypad

eve

n if

only

a

one

digi

t co

de w

as a

ssig

ned

in t

he C

odel

ist

Man

ager

. Fo

r exa

mpl

e: 4

->

ente

r 04.

Page 90: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 90

Codi

ng

3.Th

e co

de is

sel

ecte

d, t

he m

easu

rem

ent

trig

gere

d an

d th

e m

easu

red

data

and

co

de s

aved

. The

nam

e of

the

sel

ecte

d co

de is

dis

play

ed a

fter

the

mea

sure

men

t.4.

Pres

s Q

-CO

DE

agai

n to

end

qui

ck c

odin

g.

Mes

sage

sTh

e fo

llow

ing

are

impo

rtan

t m

essa

ges

or w

arni

ngs

that

may

app

ear.

Flex

Off

ice

Code

lists

can

be

easi

ly c

reat

ed a

nd u

ploa

ded

to t

he in

stru

men

t us

ing

the

supp

lied

Flex

Off

ice

soft

war

e.

Mes

sage

sD

escr

ipti

onA

ttri

b. c

anno

t be

cha

nged

!At

trib

ute

with

fix

ed s

tatu

s ca

nnot

be

chan

ged.

No

code

list

avai

labl

e !

No

code

list

in m

emor

y. M

anua

l inp

ut f

or c

ode

and

attr

ibut

es a

re c

alle

d au

tom

atic

ally

.Co

de n

ot f

ound

!N

o co

de is

ass

igne

d to

the

ent

ered

num

ber.

Page 91: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

edFl

exLi

ne, 9

1

8A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Sta

rted

8.1

Ove

rvie

wD

escr

ipti

onAp

plic

atio

ns a

re p

rede

fined

pro

gram

s, th

at c

over

a w

ide

spec

trum

of s

urve

ying

dut

ies

and

faci

litat

e da

ily w

ork

in th

e fie

ld. T

he fo

llow

ing

appl

icat

ions

are

ava

ilabl

e, a

lthou

gh

appl

icat

ion

pack

ages

for

eac

h Fl

exLi

ne in

stru

men

t m

ay v

ary

from

tha

t st

ated

bel

ow:

App

licat

ion

Surv

eyin

g9

99

Stak

eout

99

9

Free

Sta

tion

99

9

Refe

renc

e Li

ne9

99

Refe

renc

e Ar

cO

ptio

nal

99

Tie

Dis

tanc

e9

99

Area

& V

olum

e9

99

Rem

ote

Heig

ht9

99

Cons

truc

tion

99

9

COGO

Opt

iona

l9

9

Refe

renc

e Pl

ane

Opt

iona

l9

9

Road

2D

Opt

iona

l9

9

Page 92: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 92

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

ed

)O

nly

soft

keys

uni

que

to t

he a

pplic

atio

ns a

re e

xpla

ined

in t

he a

pplic

atio

n ch

apte

rs.

Refe

r to

"2.4

Sof

tkey

s" f

or d

escr

iptio

ns o

f th

e co

mm

on s

oftk

eys.

8.2

Star

ting

an

App

licat

ion

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Pr

ess

to

mov

e th

roug

h th

e sc

reen

s of

ava

ilabl

e ap

plic

atio

ns.

3.Pr

ess

a fu

nctio

n ke

y, F

1 -

F4, t

o se

lect

the

spe

cifie

d ap

plic

atio

n in

the

PR

OG

RAM

S m

enu.

Pre-

sett

ings

sc

reen

sPr

e-se

ttin

gs f

or S

urve

ying

is s

how

n as

an

exam

ple.

Any

add

ition

al s

ettin

gs f

or

part

icul

ar a

pplic

atio

ns a

re e

xpla

ined

with

in t

he c

hapt

ers

for t

hose

app

licat

ions

.

Road

wor

ks 3

DN

ot a

vaila

ble

Opt

iona

l9

Trav

erse

PRO

Not

ava

ilabl

eO

ptio

nal

9

App

licat

ion

Page 93: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

edFl

exLi

ne, 9

3

[ •

] =

Sett

ing

has

been

mad

e.[

]

= Se

ttin

g ha

s no

t be

en m

ade.

F1-F

4 To s

elec

t m

enu

item

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onSe

t Jo

bTo

def

ine

the

job

whe

re d

ata

will

be

save

d. R

efer

to

"8.3

Set

ting

the

Job"

.Se

t St

atio

nTo

def

ine

the

curr

ent p

ositi

on o

f the

inst

rum

ent s

tatio

n. R

efer

to

"8.4

Set

ting

the

Stat

ion"

.Se

t O

rien

tati

onTo

def

ine

the

orie

ntat

ion,

hor

izon

tal d

irect

ion,

of t

he in

stru

men

t st

atio

n. R

efer

to

"8.5

Set

ting

the

Orie

ntat

ion"

.St

art

Star

ts t

he s

elec

ted

appl

icat

ion.

Page 94: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 94

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

ed

8.3

Sett

ing

the

Job

Des

crip

tion

All d

ata

is s

aved

in Jo

bs, l

ike

file

dire

ctor

ies.

Jobs

con

tain

mea

sure

men

t da

ta o

f di

ffer

ent t

ypes

, for

exa

mpl

e m

easu

rem

ents

, cod

es, f

ixed

poi

nts,

or s

tatio

ns. J

obs

are

indi

vidu

ally

man

agea

ble

and

can

be e

xpor

ted,

edi

ted

or d

elet

ed s

epar

atel

y.

Acc

ess

Sele

ct S

et Jo

b in

Pre

-set

ting

s sc

reen

.

SELE

CT JO

B

NEW

To c

reat

e a

new

job.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onJo

bN

ame

of a

n ex

istin

g jo

b to

be

used

.O

pera

tor

Nam

e of

ope

rato

r, if

ente

red.

Dat

eD

ate

the

sele

cted

job

was

cre

ated

. Ti

me

Tim

e th

e se

lect

ed jo

b w

as c

reat

ed.

Page 95: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

edFl

exLi

ne, 9

5

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

OK

to

cont

inue

with

the

sel

ecte

d jo

b.•

Or,

pres

s N

EW t

o op

en t

he N

EW JO

B sc

reen

and

cre

ate

a ne

w jo

b.

Reco

rded

dat

aO

nce

a jo

b is

set

up,

all

subs

eque

nt re

cord

ed d

ata

will

be

stor

ed in

thi

s jo

b.If

no jo

b w

as d

efin

ed a

nd a

n ap

plic

atio

n w

as s

tart

ed, o

r if

in Q

-Sur

vey

and

a m

easu

rem

ent

was

reco

rded

, the

n th

e sy

stem

aut

omat

ical

ly c

reat

es a

new

job

and

nam

es it

"D

EFAU

LT".

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

OK

to

conf

irm t

he jo

b an

d re

turn

to

the

Pre-

Sett

ings

scr

een.

8.4

Sett

ing

the

Stat

ion

Des

crip

tion

All m

easu

rem

ents

and

coo

rdin

ate

com

puta

tions

are

refe

renc

ed t

o th

e se

t st

atio

n co

ordi

nate

s.Th

e st

atio

n co

ordi

nate

s th

at a

re s

et m

ust

incl

ude:

•at

leas

t gr

id c

oord

inat

es (

E, N

), a

nd•

the

stat

ion

heig

ht, i

f re

quire

d.

The

coor

dina

tes

can

be e

nter

ed m

anua

lly o

r sel

ecte

d fr

om t

he m

emor

y.

Page 96: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 96

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

ed

Acc

ess

Sele

ct S

et S

tati

on in

the

Pre

-set

ting

s sc

reen

.

Set

Stat

ion

)If

no s

tatio

n w

as s

et a

nd a

n ap

plic

atio

n w

as s

tart

ed, o

r if

in Q

-Sur

vey

and

a m

easu

rem

ent

was

reco

rded

, the

n th

e la

st s

tatio

n is

set

as

the

curr

ent

stat

ion.

Nex

t st

epTh

e En

ter

inst

rum

ent

heig

ht s

cree

n ap

pear

s on

ce t

he s

tatio

n co

ordi

nate

s ha

ve

been

ent

ered

. Ent

er t

he in

stru

men

t he

ight

if d

esire

d an

d pr

ess

OK

to

retu

rn t

o th

e Pr

e-Se

ttin

gs s

cree

n.

Dir

ecti

ons

XEa

stin

gY

Nor

thin

gZ

Heig

htSt

atio

n co

ordi

nate

sX0

East

ing

coor

dina

te o

f st

atio

nY0

Nor

thin

g co

ordi

nate

of

stat

ion

Z0H

eigh

t of

sta

tion

TSO

X_09

7

ZY

Y0X0

Z0

X

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onSt

atio

nSt

atio

n na

me

of a

pre

viou

sly

save

d st

atio

n po

sitio

n.hi

Hei

ght

of t

he in

stru

men

t fr

om t

he g

roun

d su

rfac

e.

Page 97: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

edFl

exLi

ne, 9

7

8.5

Sett

ing

the

Ori

enta

tion

8.5.

1O

verv

iew

Des

crip

tion

All m

easu

rem

ents

and

coo

rdin

ate

com

puta

tions

are

refe

renc

ed to

the

orie

ntat

ion

of

the

set s

tatio

n. T

he o

rient

atio

n ca

n be

ent

ered

man

ually

or d

eter

min

ed fr

om p

oint

s th

at a

re e

ither

mea

sure

d or

sel

ecte

d fr

om t

he m

emor

y.

Acc

ess

Sele

ct S

et O

rien

tati

on in

the

Pre

-set

ting

s sc

reen

and

cho

ose:

•M

anua

l Ang

le S

etti

ng T

o en

ter a

new

bea

ring.

Ref

er t

o "8

.5.2

Man

ual

Orie

ntat

ion"

.•

Coor

dina

tes

To c

alcu

late

and

set

the

orie

ntat

ion

usin

g ex

istin

g co

ordi

nate

s.

A m

axim

um o

f fiv

e ta

rget

poi

nts

can

be u

sed.

Ref

er to

"8.

5.3

Orie

ntat

ion

with

Co

ordi

nate

s".

Page 98: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 98

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

ed

8.5.

2M

anua

l Ori

enta

tion

Acc

ess

Sele

ct M

anua

l Ang

le S

etti

ng in

the

ORI

ENTA

TIO

N s

cree

n.

MA

NU

AL

AN

GLE

SE

TTIN

G

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to m

easu

re a

nd re

cord

the

dist

ance

and

hor

izon

tal a

ngle

s. T

his

will

cal

cula

te a

nd s

et t

he o

rient

atio

n an

d re

turn

to

the

Pre-

Sett

ings

scr

een.

•O

r, pr

ess

REC

to re

cord

the

horiz

onta

l dire

ctio

n on

ly. T

his

will

set

the

orie

ntat

ion

and

retu

rn t

o th

e Pr

e-Se

ttin

gs s

cree

n.

Hz=

0 To s

et B

eari

ng: 0

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onBe

arin

gHo

rizon

tal d

irect

ion

of t

he s

tatio

n.hr

Heig

ht o

f th

e re

flect

or.

BS ID

Poin

t ID

of

the

back

sigh

t po

int.

Page 99: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

edFl

exLi

ne, 9

9

8.5.

3O

rien

tati

on w

ith

Coor

dina

tes

Dia

gram

0

Acc

ess

Sele

ct C

oord

inat

es in

the

ORI

ENTA

TIO

N s

cree

n.

Ori

enta

tion

wit

h co

ordi

nate

s

Nex

t st

epFi

nd a

n ex

istin

g ba

cksi

ght

poin

t in

the

poi

ntse

arch

or e

nter

EN

H co

ordi

nate

s fo

r a

new

poi

nt. P

ress

OK

to

cont

inue

to

Sigh

t ta

rget

poi

nt.

Sigh

t ta

rget

poi

nt

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nK

now

n co

ordi

nate

sP1

Tar

get

poin

tP2

Tar

get

poin

tP3

Tar

get

poin

tCa

lcua

tion

sH

z1 S

tatio

n or

ient

atio

nTS

OX_

025

P1P2

Hz1

Hz=0

P0

P3 Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onBS

IDPo

int

ID o

f th

e ba

cksi

ght

poin

t.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onBS

IDPo

int

ID o

f th

e se

lect

ed, o

r ent

ered

bac

ksig

ht p

oint

.

Page 100: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 100

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

ed

Nex

t st

epAf

ter e

ach

mea

sure

men

t th

e m

essa

ge, D

o yo

u w

ant

to t

ake

addi

tion

al

mea

sure

men

ts a

ppea

rs. S

elec

ting:

•Ye

s re

turn

s to

the

Sig

ht t

arge

t po

int

scre

en t

o ta

ke a

n ad

ditio

nal

mea

sure

men

t. A

max

imum

of

five

targ

et p

oint

s ca

n be

use

d.•

No

proc

eeds

to

the

ORI

ENTA

TIO

N R

ESU

LT s

cree

n.

hrH

eigh

t of

the

refle

ctor

.H

zH

oriz

onta

l dire

ctio

n to

the

tar

get

poin

t.A

zim

uth

Azim

uth

to t

he t

arge

t po

int.

The

horiz

onta

l dis

tanc

e to

the

tar

get

poin

t.Th

e ve

rtic

al d

ista

nce

to t

he t

arge

t po

int.

)Af

ter t

he f

irst

mea

sure

men

t th

e fin

ding

of o

ther

tar

get

poin

ts (o

r the

sam

e po

int w

hen

chan

ging

face

s) is

eas

ier b

y tu

rnin

g th

e in

stru

men

t to

set

the

indi

cate

d an

gle

diff

eren

ce

near

to

0°00

'00"

.1/

ISt

atus

indi

catio

n. S

how

s th

at t

he fi

rst

poin

t w

as m

easu

red

in f

ace

I.1/

I II

Stat

us in

dica

tion.

Sho

ws

that

the

firs

t po

int

was

mea

sure

d in

fac

es I

and

II.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 101: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

edFl

exLi

ne, 1

01

Resu

lt c

alcu

lati

onIf

mor

e th

an o

ne ta

rget

poi

nt is

mea

sure

d th

en th

e or

ient

atio

n is

com

pute

d us

ing

the

"leas

t sq

uare

s m

etho

d".

Ori

enta

tion

res

ults

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

Res

id t

o di

spla

y th

e re

sidu

als.

•O

r, pr

ess

OK

to

set

the

orie

ntat

ion

and

retu

rn t

o th

e Pr

e-Se

ttin

gs s

cree

n.

IFTH

ENth

e or

ient

atio

n is

onl

y m

easu

red

in fa

ce

IIth

e ho

rizon

tal d

irect

ion

is b

ased

on

face

II.

the

orie

ntat

ion

is m

easu

red

only

in fa

ce

I or a

mix

ture

of

I and

IIth

e ho

rizon

tal d

irect

ion

is b

ased

on

face

I.

a ta

rget

poi

nt is

mea

sure

d se

vera

l tim

es

in t

he s

ame

face

the

last

val

id m

easu

rem

ent i

s us

ed fo

r the

co

mpu

tatio

n.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onPt

sN

umbe

r of

poin

ts u

sed

in t

he c

alcu

latio

n.

Stat

ion

Stat

ion

nam

e fo

r whi

ch t

he o

rient

atio

n ha

s be

en s

et.

Hz

Corr

Hor

izon

tal c

orre

ctio

nSt

d. D

ev.

Stan

dard

dev

iatio

n in

dica

ting

the

pote

ntia

l var

ianc

e be

twee

n th

e tr

ue

orie

ntat

ion

and

that

cal

cula

ted.

Page 102: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 102

App

licat

ions

- G

etti

ng S

tart

ed

Ori

enta

tion

re

sidu

als

)If

no o

rient

atio

n w

as s

et a

nd a

n ap

plic

atio

n w

as s

tart

ed, o

r if

in Q

-Sur

vey

and

a m

easu

rem

ent

was

reco

rded

, the

n th

e cu

rren

t ho

rizon

tal d

irect

ion

is s

et a

s th

e or

ient

atio

n.

Nex

t st

epSe

lect

Sta

rt t

o be

gin

the

appl

icat

ion.

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Targ

et p

oint

P2Ta

rget

poi

ntΔ

Hz

Diff

eren

ce in

hor

izon

tal d

irect

ion

ΔDi

ffer

ence

in h

oriz

onta

l dis

tanc

HHe

ight

diff

eren

ce

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onBS

IDPo

int

IDs

of t

he t

arge

t po

ints

use

d in

cal

cula

ting

the

orie

ntat

ion.

Δ H

zTh

e di

ffer

ence

in h

oriz

onta

l dire

ctio

n to

the

tar

get

poin

t.

Δ

The

diff

eren

ce in

hor

izon

tal d

ista

nce

to t

he t

arge

t po

int.

Δ H

eigh

tTh

e di

ffer

ence

in h

eigh

t to

the

tar

get

poin

t.

TSOX_026

P0

P1

P2

Page 103: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 103

9A

pplic

atio

ns9.

1Co

mm

on F

ield

sD

escr

ipti

on o

f fi

elds

The

follo

win

g ta

ble

desc

ribes

com

mon

fie

lds

that

are

fou

nd w

ithin

the

firm

war

e ap

plic

atio

ns. T

hese

fiel

ds a

re d

escr

ibed

her

e on

ce a

nd n

ot re

peat

ed in

the

appl

icat

ion

chap

ters

unl

ess

the

field

has

a s

peci

fic m

eani

ng w

ithin

tha

t ap

plic

atio

n.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onPt

ID, P

oint

, Poi

nt 1

Poin

t ID

of

the

poin

t.hr

Hei

ght

of t

he re

flect

or.

Hz

Hor

izon

tal d

irect

ion

to t

he p

oint

.V

Vert

ical

ang

le t

o th

e po

int.

Hor

izon

tal d

ista

nce

to t

he p

oint

.Sl

ope

dist

ance

to

the

poin

t.H

eigh

t to

the

poi

nt.

East

East

ing

coor

dina

te o

f th

e po

int.

Nor

thN

orth

ing

coor

dina

te o

f th

e po

int.

Hei

ght

Hei

ght

coor

dina

te o

f th

e po

int.

Page 104: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 104

App

licat

ions

9.2

Surv

eyin

gA

vaila

bilit

y

Des

crip

tion

Surv

eyin

g is

an

appl

icat

ion

used

for

the

mea

sure

men

t of

an

unlim

ited

num

ber o

f po

ints

. It i

s co

mpa

rabl

e to

Q-S

urve

y fr

om th

e M

AIN

MEN

U, b

ut in

clud

es p

re-s

ettin

gs

for t

he jo

b, s

tatio

n an

d or

ient

atio

n pr

ior t

o be

ginn

ing

a su

rvey

.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Sur

veyi

ng f

rom

the

PRO

GRA

MS

men

u.3.

Com

plet

e ap

plic

atio

n pr

e-se

ttin

gs. R

efer

to

"8 A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted"

.

SURV

EYIN

G

99

9

Indi

vPt

To s

witc

h be

twee

n in

divi

dual

and

cu

rren

t po

int

num

bers

. D

ATA To v

iew

mea

sure

men

t da

ta.

CO

DE

To f

ind/

ente

r cod

es. R

efer

to

"7.1

St

anda

rd C

odin

g".

Q-C

OD

ETo

act

ivat

e qu

ick

codi

ng. R

efer

to

"7.2

Qui

ck C

odin

g".

Page 105: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 105

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to

reco

rd a

noth

er p

oint

.•

Or,

pres

s ES

C to

exi

t th

e ap

plic

atio

n.

9.3

Stak

eout

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

Stak

eout

is a

n ap

plic

atio

n us

ed t

o pl

ace

mar

ks in

the

fie

ld a

t pr

edet

erm

ined

poi

nts.

Th

ese

pred

eter

min

ed p

oint

s ar

e th

e po

ints

to b

e st

aked

. The

poi

nts

to b

e st

aked

may

al

read

y ex

ist

in a

job

on t

he in

stru

men

t, o

r be

man

ually

ent

ered

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onR

emar

k /

Code

Rem

ark

or C

ode

nam

e de

pend

ing

on th

e co

ding

met

hod.

Thr

ee c

odin

g m

etho

ds a

re a

vaila

ble:

1.Re

mar

k co

ding

: Thi

s te

xt is

sto

red

with

the

cor

resp

ondi

ng

mea

sure

men

t. T

he c

ode

is n

ot re

late

d to

a c

odel

ist,

it is

just

a

sim

ple

rem

ark.

A c

odel

ist

on t

he in

stru

men

t is

not

nec

essa

ry.

2.Ex

pand

ed c

odin

g w

ith c

odel

ist:

Pre

ss

CO

DE.

The

cod

e th

at w

as

ente

red

is s

earc

hed

for w

ithin

the

code

list

and

it is

pos

sibl

e to

add

at

trib

utes

to

the

code

. The

fie

ld n

ame

will

cha

nge

to C

ode:

.3.

Qui

ck c

odin

g: P

ress

Q

-CO

DE

and

ente

r the

sho

rtcu

t to

the

code

. Th

e co

de is

sel

ecte

d an

d th

e m

easu

rem

ent s

tart

s. T

he fi

eld

nam

e w

ill c

hang

e to

Cod

e:.

99

9

Page 106: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 106

App

licat

ions

The

appl

icat

ion

can

cont

inuo

usly

dis

play

diff

eren

ces,

bet

wee

n cu

rren

t po

sitio

n an

d de

sire

d st

ake

out

posi

tion.

Stak

eout

mod

esPo

ints

can

be

stak

ed u

sing

diff

eren

t mod

es: P

olar

mod

e, O

rtho

gona

l to

stat

ion

mod

e an

d Ca

rtes

ian

mod

e.Po

lar

Stak

eout

mod

e

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Curr

ent

posi

tion

P2Po

int

to b

e st

aked

a-Δ

:D

iffer

ence

in h

oriz

onta

l dis

tanc

eb+

Δ H

z: D

iffer

ence

in d

irect

ion

c+Δ

:D

iffer

ence

in h

eigh

tTS

OX_

027

P1

P2

P0

a-

c-b+

Page 107: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 107

Ort

hogo

nal t

o St

atio

n St

akeo

ut m

ode

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Curr

ent

posi

tion

P2Po

int

to b

e st

aked

d1-

Δ Le

ngth

: Diff

eren

ce in

long

itudi

nal

dist

ance

d2+

Δ Tr

av: D

iffer

ence

in p

erpe

ndic

ular

di

stan

ced3

Heig

ht: D

iffer

ence

in h

eigh

tP0

P1

P2

d2+

d3+

d1-

TSO

X_02

8

Page 108: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 108

App

licat

ions

Cart

esia

n St

akeo

ut m

ode

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

STA

KEO

UT

from

the

PRO

GRA

MS

men

u.3.

Com

plet

e ap

plic

atio

n pr

e-se

ttin

gs. R

efer

to

"8 A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted"

.

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Curr

ent

posi

tion

P2Po

int

to b

e st

aked

East

:Diff

eren

ce in

Eas

ting

coor

dina

teb

Δ N

orth

: Diff

eren

ce in

Nor

thin

g co

ordi

-na

tec

Δ H

eigh

t: D

iffer

ence

in h

eigh

tP0

P1a

bcP2

TSO

X_03

2

Page 109: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 109

STA

KEO

UT

MA

NU

AL

To m

anua

lly e

nter

coo

rdin

ates

of

a po

int.

B&

D To e

nter

the

dire

ctio

n an

d ho

rizon

tal

dist

ance

to

a st

ake

out

poin

t.

)Pr

ess

to m

ove

thro

ugh

the

page

s. T

he b

otto

m th

ree

mea

sure

men

t fie

lds

on t

he s

cree

n w

ill c

hang

e fo

r the

Pol

ar, O

rtho

gona

l or C

arte

sian

mod

es.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onSe

arch

Valu

e fo

r Poi

nt ID

sea

rch.

Aft

er e

ntry

, the

firm

war

e se

arch

es f

or

mat

chin

g po

ints

, and

dis

play

s th

ese

in P

tID

: If a

mat

chin

g po

int d

oesn

’t ex

ist

the

poin

tsea

rch

scre

en o

pens

.Ty

peDi

spla

ys t

he t

ype

of p

oint

sel

ecte

d.•

Mea

sure

d, o

r •

Fixp

oint

Δ H

zAn

gle

offs

et: P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is t

o th

e rig

ht o

f th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.

Page 110: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 110

App

licat

ions

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to

reco

rd m

easu

rem

ents

for

a s

take

out

poi

nt.

•O

r, pr

ess

ESC

to e

xit

the

appl

icat

ion.

Δ

Hor

izon

tal o

ffse

t: P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is f

urth

er a

way

tha

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.Δ

H

eigh

t of

fset

: Pos

itive

if s

take

out

poi

nt is

hig

her t

han

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

ΔLe

ngth

Long

itudi

nal o

ffse

t: P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is f

urth

er a

way

tha

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.Δ

Trav

.Pe

rpen

dicu

lar o

ffse

t: P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is t

o th

e rig

ht o

f th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.Δ

Hei

ght

Hei

ght

offs

et: P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is h

ighe

r tha

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.Δ

East

East

ing

offs

et: P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is to

the

right

of t

he m

easu

red

poin

t.Δ

Nor

thN

orth

ing

offs

et: P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is f

urth

er a

way

tha

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

Hei

ght

Hei

ght

offs

et: P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is h

ighe

r tha

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 111: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 111

9.4

Free

Sta

tion

9.4.

1St

arti

ng F

ree

Stat

ion

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

Free

Sta

tion

is a

n ap

plic

atio

n us

ed t

o de

term

ine

the

inst

rum

ents

pos

ition

fro

m

mea

sure

men

ts t

o kn

own

poin

ts. A

min

imum

of

two

know

n po

ints

can

be

used

to

dete

rmin

e th

e po

sitio

n an

d a

max

imum

of

5 or

10

know

n po

ints

.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Fre

e St

atio

n fr

om t

he P

RO

GR

AM

S m

enu.

3.Co

mpl

ete

appl

icat

ion

pre-

sett

ings

. Ref

er t

o "8

App

licat

ions

- G

ettin

g St

arte

d".

95

poin

ts9

10 p

oint

s9

10 p

oint

s

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Know

n po

int

P2Kn

own

poin

tP3

Know

n po

int

TSO

X_03

3

P0E

HN

P1

P2

P3

Page 112: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 112

App

licat

ions

4. S

et A

ccur

acy

Lim

it:

•St

atus

: On

to a

ctiv

ate

a w

arni

ng m

essa

ge if

the

calc

ulat

ed s

tand

ard

devi

atio

n ex

ceed

s th

e lim

it.•

Set

the

accu

racy

lim

its f

or t

he E

astin

g, N

orth

ing

and

Hei

ght

coor

dina

tes

and

the

stan

dard

dev

iatio

n an

gle.

•Pr

ess

OK

to

save

the

lim

its a

nd re

turn

to

the

Pre-

sett

ings

scr

een.

5.Se

lect

Sta

rt t

o be

gin

the

appl

icat

ion.

Ente

r ta

rget

dat

aEn

ter t

he n

ame

of th

e st

atio

n an

d th

e he

ight

of t

he in

stru

men

t in

the

Ente

r st

atio

n da

ta s

cree

n an

d pr

ess

OK

. N

ext

step

To a

cces

s th

e Si

ght

targ

et p

oint

scr

een:

•Ei

ther

, pre

ss O

K a

fter

ent

erin

g th

e ta

rget

dat

a fie

lds.

•O

r, pr

ess

SK

IP t

o sk

ip e

nter

ing

the

targ

et d

ata

field

s ag

ain

whe

n m

easu

ring

the

sam

e po

int

in a

noth

er f

ace.

Sigh

t ta

rget

poi

ntIn

the

Sig

ht t

arge

t po

int

scre

en:

2 / I

: Ind

icat

es t

hat

the

seco

nd p

oint

was

mea

sure

d in

fac

e I.

2 / I

II: I

ndic

ates

tha

t th

e se

cond

poi

nt w

as m

easu

red

in f

aces

I an

d II.

Page 113: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 113

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

Nex

tPt

to m

easu

re t

he n

ext

know

n po

int.

•O

r, pr

ess

COM

PUTE

to

calc

ulat

e th

e st

atio

n po

sitio

n.

9.4.

2M

easu

ring

Info

rmat

ion

Mea

sure

men

t se

quen

ces

The

follo

win

g m

easu

rem

ent

sequ

ence

s ar

e po

ssib

le:

•H

oriz

onta

l dire

ctio

n an

d ve

rtic

al-a

ngle

s on

ly (

rese

ctio

n)•

Dis

tanc

e an

d ho

rizon

tal d

irect

ion

and

vert

ical

-ang

le•

Hor

izon

tal d

irect

ion

and

vert

ical

-ang

les

to s

ome

poin

t(s)

and

hor

izon

tal d

irect

ion

and

vert

ical

ang

les

plus

dis

tanc

e to

oth

er p

oint

(s).

Sing

le fa

ce I,

sin

gle

face

II, o

r dua

l fac

e I a

nd II

mea

sure

men

ts a

re a

lway

s po

ssib

le. N

o sp

ecifi

c po

int

sequ

ence

or s

peci

fic f

ace

sequ

ence

s ar

e re

quire

d.

COM

PUTE

To c

alcu

late

and

dis

play

the

sta

tion

coor

dina

tes,

if a

t le

ast

two

poin

ts

and

a di

stan

ce w

ere

mea

sure

d.N

extP

tTo

retu

rn t

o th

e En

ter

targ

et d

ata

scre

en t

o se

lect

the

nex

t kn

own

poin

t.

Page 114: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 114

App

licat

ions

Dua

l fac

e m

easu

rem

ents

Whe

n m

easu

ring

the

sam

e ta

rget

in b

oth

face

s, t

he re

flect

or h

eigh

t m

ay n

ot b

e ch

ange

d w

hen

obse

rvin

g in

the

sec

ond

face

. Err

or c

heck

s ar

e m

ade

for d

ual f

ace

mea

sure

men

ts t

o en

sure

the

sam

e po

int

is s

ight

ed w

ith t

he o

ther

fac

e.

)•

If a

targ

et p

oint

is m

easu

red

seve

ral t

imes

in t

he s

ame

face

the

last

val

id

mea

sure

men

t is

use

d fo

r com

puta

tion.

•Fo

r the

cal

cula

tion

of t

he s

tatio

n po

sitio

n, m

easu

red

targ

et p

oint

s ca

n be

re-

mea

sure

d, in

clud

ed in

cal

cula

tions

, or e

xclu

ded

from

cal

cula

tions

.

Mea

sure

men

ts n

ot

incl

uded

in

com

puta

tion

s

Targ

et p

oint

s w

ith 0

.000

hei

ght a

re d

isca

rded

for h

eigh

t pro

cess

ing.

If a

targ

et p

oint

ha

s a

valid

hei

ght

of 0

.000

m, u

se 0

.001

m t

o in

clud

e it

for h

eigh

t pr

oces

sing

.

9.4.

3Co

mpu

tati

on P

roce

dure

Des

crip

tion

The

mea

surin

g pr

oced

ure

auto

mat

ical

ly d

eter

min

es t

he m

etho

d of

eva

luat

ion,

for

ex

ampl

e re

sect

ion

or t

hree

poi

nt re

sect

ion.

If m

ore

than

the

min

imum

requ

ired

mea

sure

men

ts a

re p

erfo

rmed

, the

pro

cedu

re

uses

a le

ast

squa

res

adju

stm

ent

to d

eter

min

e th

e 3D

pos

ition

and

ave

rage

s or

ient

atio

n an

d he

ight

mea

sure

men

ts.

•Th

e or

igin

al a

vera

ged

face

I an

d fa

ce II

mea

sure

men

ts a

re u

sed

for t

he

com

puta

tion

proc

ess.

All m

easu

rem

ents

are

tre

ated

with

the

sam

e ac

cura

cy, w

heth

er t

hese

are

m

easu

red

in s

ingl

e or

dua

l fac

e.

Page 115: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 115

•Ea

stin

g an

d N

orth

ing

are

dete

rmin

ed b

y th

e le

ast

squa

res

met

hod,

whi

ch

incl

udes

sta

ndar

d de

viat

ion

and

impr

ovem

ents

for

hor

izon

tal d

irect

ion

and

horiz

onta

l dis

tanc

es.

•Th

e fin

al h

eigh

t (H)

is c

ompu

ted

from

ave

rage

d he

ight

diff

eren

ces

base

d on

the

orig

inal

mea

sure

men

ts.

•Th

e ho

rizon

tal d

irect

ion

is c

ompu

ted

with

the

orig

inal

ave

rage

d fa

ce I

and

face

II

mea

sure

men

ts a

nd t

he f

inal

com

pute

d pl

an p

ositi

on.

9.4.

4Fr

ee S

tati

on R

esul

tsA

cces

sPr

ess

COM

PUTE

from

the

Sigh

t ta

rget

poi

nt s

cree

n af

ter a

t lea

st tw

o po

ints

and

a

dist

ance

hav

e be

en m

easu

red.

STA

TIO

N

COO

RDIN

ATE

STh

is s

cree

n di

spla

ys c

alcu

late

d st

atio

n co

ordi

nate

s. T

he f

inal

com

pute

d re

sults

are

Ea

stin

g, N

orth

ing

and

Hei

ght c

oord

inat

es o

f the

pre

sent

inst

rum

ent s

tatio

n, in

clud

ing

the

inst

rum

ent

heig

ht.

Stan

dard

dev

iatio

ns a

nd re

sidu

als

for a

ccur

acy

asse

ssm

ents

are

pro

vide

d.

Page 116: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 116

App

licat

ions

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

RESI

D t

o di

spla

y th

e ta

rget

resi

dual

s.

Targ

et R

esid

uals

The

TARG

ET R

ESID

UA

LS s

cree

n di

spla

ys t

he c

ompu

ted

resi

dual

s fo

r the

hor

izon

tal

and

vert

ical

dis

tanc

es a

nd t

he h

oriz

onta

l dire

ctio

n. R

esid

ual =

Cal

cula

ted

valu

e -

Mea

sure

d va

lue.

Mes

sage

sTh

e fo

llow

ing

are

impo

rtan

t m

essa

ges

or w

arni

ngs

that

may

app

ear.

RESI

D To d

ispl

ay re

sidu

als.

Ref

er to

"Ta

rget

Re

sidu

als"

.St

dDev To d

ispl

ay t

he s

tand

ard

devi

atio

n of

th

e co

ordi

nate

s an

d an

gle.

)If

the

inst

rum

ent

heig

ht w

as s

et t

o 0.

000

in t

he s

etup

scr

een,

the

n th

e st

atio

n he

ight

refe

rs t

o th

e he

ight

of

the

tiltin

g ax

is.

Mes

sage

sD

escr

ipti

onSe

lect

ed p

oint

has

no

valid

dat

a!Th

is m

essa

ge o

ccur

s if

the

sele

cted

tar

get

poin

t ha

s no

Ea

stin

g or

Nor

thin

g co

ordi

nate

.

Page 117: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 117

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

OK

to

retu

rn t

o th

e PR

OG

RAM

S m

enu.

Max

5/1

0 po

ints

su

ppor

ted!

5/10

poi

nts

have

alre

ady

been

mea

sure

d an

d an

othe

r po

int i

s se

lect

ed. T

he s

yste

m s

uppo

rts

a m

axim

um o

f 10

poin

ts f

or

a

nd 5

poi

nts

for

.In

valid

dat

a -

no

posi

tion

com

pute

d!Th

e m

easu

rem

ents

may

not

allo

w f

inal

sta

tion

coor

dina

tes

(Eas

tings

, Nor

thin

gs)

to b

e co

mpu

ted.

Inva

lid d

ata

- no

heig

ht

com

pute

d!Ei

ther

the

tar

get

heig

ht is

inva

lid o

r ins

uffic

ient

m

easu

rem

ents

are

ava

ilabl

e to

com

pute

a f

inal

sta

tion

heig

ht.

Hz

(I -

II)

> 0.

9 de

g,

mea

sure

poi

nt a

gain

!Th

is e

rror

occ

urs

if a

poin

t was

mea

sure

d in

one

face

and

th

e m

easu

rem

ent

in t

he o

ther

face

diff

ers

by m

ore

than

18

0° ±

0.9

° fo

r the

hor

izon

tal a

ngle

.V

(I -

II)

> 0.

9 de

g,

mea

sure

poi

nt a

gain

!Th

is e

rror

occ

urs

if a

poin

t was

mea

sure

d in

one

face

and

th

e m

easu

rem

ent

in t

he o

ther

face

diff

ers

by m

ore

than

36

0° -

V ±

0.9

° fo

r the

ver

tical

ang

le.

Mor

e po

ints

or

dist

ance

req

uire

d!Th

ere

is in

suff

icie

nt d

ata

mea

sure

d to

be

able

to co

mpu

te

a po

sitio

n. E

ither

ther

e ar

e no

t eno

ugh

poin

ts u

sed

or n

ot

enou

gh d

ista

nces

mea

sure

d.

Mes

sage

sD

escr

ipti

on

Page 118: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 118

App

licat

ions

9.5

Ref

eren

ce E

lem

ent

- R

efer

ence

Lin

e9.

5.1

Ove

rvie

wA

vaila

bilit

y

Des

crip

tion

Refe

renc

e el

emen

t is

an

over

arch

ing

nam

e fo

r the

tw

o re

fere

nce

appl

icat

ions

, Re

fere

nce

Line

and

Ref

eren

ce A

rc.

Refe

renc

e Li

ne is

an

appl

icat

ion

that

fac

ilita

tes

the

easy

sta

ke o

ut o

r che

ckin

g of

lin

es, f

or e

xam

ple,

for b

uild

ings

, sec

tions

of r

oad,

or s

impl

e ex

cava

tions

. It a

llow

s th

e us

er to

def

ine

a re

fere

nce

line

and

then

com

plet

e th

e fo

llow

ing

task

s w

ith re

spec

t to

that

line

:

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Ref

eren

ce E

lem

ent

from

the

PR

OG

RA

MS

men

u.3.

Com

plet

e ap

plic

atio

n pr

e-se

ttin

gs. R

efer

to

"8 A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted"

.4.

Sele

ct R

efLi

ne

Nex

t st

epD

efin

e th

e ba

se li

ne f

or t

he re

fere

nce

line.

99

9

•Li

ne &

off

set

•Gr

id s

take

out

•St

ake

out

poin

ts•

Line

seg

men

tatio

n st

ake

out

Page 119: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 119

9.5.

2D

efin

ing

the

Base

Lin

eD

escr

ipti

onA

refe

renc

e lin

e ca

n be

def

ined

by

refe

renc

ing

a kn

own

base

line

. The

refe

renc

e lin

e ca

n be

off

set

eith

er lo

ngitu

dina

lly, i

n pa

ralle

l or v

ertic

ally

to

the

base

line

, or b

e ro

tate

d ar

ound

the

first

bas

e po

int a

s re

quire

d. F

urth

erm

ore

the

refe

renc

e he

ight

can

be

sel

ecte

d as

the

firs

t po

int,

sec

ond

poin

t or

inte

rpol

ated

alo

ng t

he re

fere

nce

line.

Def

ine

the

base

lin

eTh

e ba

se li

ne is

fixe

d by

two

base

poi

nts.

All

poin

ts c

an b

e ei

ther

mea

sure

d, m

anua

lly

ente

red,

or s

elec

ted

from

the

mem

ory.

Def

ine

the

base

line

by

mea

surin

g or

sel

ectin

g th

e st

art

and

end

poin

ts o

f th

e lin

e.N

ext

step

Afte

r def

inin

g th

e ba

se li

ne t

he R

EFER

ENCE

LIN

E -

MA

IN s

cree

n w

ill a

ppea

r for

de

finin

g th

e re

fere

nce

line.

Base

line

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Star

t po

int

P2En

d po

int

d1Kn

own

dist

ance

d2D

iffer

ence

in h

eigh

Azim

uth

βEl

evat

ion

angl

e be

twee

n th

e st

art

an

d en

d po

ints

d1d2

P1

P0

P2

TSO

X_08

8

Page 120: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 120

App

licat

ions

9.5.

3D

efin

ing

the

Ref

eren

ce L

ine

Des

crip

tion

The

base

line

can

be

offs

et f

rom

, eith

er lo

ngitu

dina

lly, i

n pa

ralle

l or v

ertic

ally

, or b

e ro

tate

d ar

ound

the

firs

t ba

se p

oint

. Thi

s ne

w li

ne c

reat

ed f

rom

the

off

sets

is c

alle

d th

e re

fere

nce

line.

All

mea

sure

d da

ta re

fers

to

the

refe

renc

e lin

e.Re

fere

nce

line

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Star

t po

int

P2En

d po

int

d1Ba

se li

ned2

Refe

renc

e lin

e

P1Ba

se p

oint

P2Ba

se p

oint

aBa

se li

ned1

Para

llel o

ffse

td2

Long

itudi

nal o

ffse

tP3

Refe

renc

e po

int

r+Ro

tatio

n pa

ram

eter

bRe

fere

nce

line

d1d2

P1

P2

P0TS

OX_

034

ab

d2

d1P1

P2

P3

TSO

X_03

4a

r+

Page 121: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 121

Acc

ess

Afte

r com

plet

ing

the

mea

sure

men

ts re

quire

d fo

r def

inin

g th

e ba

se li

ne, t

he

REFE

REN

CE L

INE

- M

AIN

scr

een

will

app

ear.

REFE

REN

CE L

INE

- M

AIN

GRI

D To s

take

out

a g

rid re

lativ

e to

the

re

fere

nce

line.

MEA

SUR

ETo

mea

sure

Lin

e &

Off

set.

STA

KE

To st

ake

out p

oint

s ort

hogo

nal t

o th

e re

fere

nce

line.

New

BLTo

def

ine

a ne

w b

ase

line.

SH

IFT=

0To

rese

t al

l off

set

valu

es t

o 0.

SEG

MEN

TTo

sub

divi

de a

refe

renc

e lin

e in

to a

de

finab

le n

umbe

r of

segm

ents

and

st

ake

out

the

new

poi

nts

on t

he

refe

renc

e lin

e.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onLe

ngth

Leng

th o

f th

e ba

se li

ne.

Page 122: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 122

App

licat

ions

Nex

t st

epSe

lect

a s

oftk

ey o

ptio

n, M

EASU

RE, S

TAK

E, G

RID

or

SEG

MEN

T, t

o pr

ocee

d a

suba

pplic

atio

n.

Off

set

Para

llel o

ffse

t of

the

refe

renc

e lin

e re

lativ

e to

the

bas

e lin

e (P

1-P2

).Po

sitiv

e va

lues

are

to

the

right

of

the

base

line

.Li

neLo

ngitu

dina

l off

set

of t

he s

tart

poi

nt, r

efer

ence

poi

nt (

P3),

of t

he

refe

renc

e lin

e in

the

dire

ctio

n of

bas

e po

int

2.Po

sitiv

e va

lues

are

tow

ards

bas

e po

int

2.H

eigh

tH

eigh

t of

fset

of

the

refe

renc

e lin

e to

the

sel

ecte

d re

fere

nce

heig

ht.

Posi

tive

valu

es a

re h

ighe

r tha

n th

e se

lect

ed re

fere

nce

heig

ht.

Rota

teRo

tatio

n of

the

refe

renc

e lin

e cl

ockw

ise

arou

nd t

he re

fere

nce

poin

t (P

3).

Ref.

Hgt

Poin

t 1

Heig

ht d

iffer

ence

s ar

e co

mpu

ted

rela

tive

to th

e he

ight

of

the

firs

t re

fere

nce

poin

t.Po

int

2He

ight

diff

eren

ces

are

com

pute

d re

lativ

e to

the

heig

ht

of t

he s

econ

d re

fere

nce

poin

t.In

terp

olat

edHe

ight

diff

eren

ces

are

com

pute

d al

ong

the

refe

renc

e lin

e.N

o H

eigh

tHe

ight

diff

eren

ces

are

not c

ompu

ted

or s

how

n.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 123: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 123

9.5.

4Su

bapp

licat

ion

Mea

sure

Lin

e &

Off

set

Des

crip

tion

The

Mea

sure

Lin

e &

Off

set

suba

pplic

atio

n ca

lcul

ates

from

mea

sure

men

ts o

r co

ordi

nate

s, lo

ngitu

dina

l off

sets

, par

alle

l off

sets

and

hei

ght d

iffer

ence

s of

the

targ

et

poin

t re

lativ

e to

the

refe

renc

e lin

e.

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Star

t po

int

P2En

d po

int

P3M

easu

red

poin

tP4

Refe

renc

e po

int

d1Δ

Off

set

d2Δ

Line

P1

P2

P3d2

d1

P4

P0

TSO

X_03

5

Page 124: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 124

App

licat

ions

Exam

ple

of h

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

rel

ativ

e to

fir

st r

efer

ence

po

int

Acc

ess

Pres

s M

EASU

RE in

the

REF

EREN

CE L

INE

- M

AIN

scr

een.

Mea

sure

line

&

offs

et

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to

mea

sure

and

reco

rd.

•O

r, pr

ess

PR

EV t

o re

turn

to

the

REFE

REN

CE L

INE

- M

AIN

scr

een.

P1St

art

poin

tP2

Targ

et p

oint

P3Ta

rget

poi

nta

Refe

renc

e he

ight

d1He

ight

diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

star

t po

int

and

the

refe

renc

e he

ight

d2He

ight

diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

P2 a

nd

the

refe

renc

e he

ight

d3He

ight

diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

P3 a

nd

the

refe

renc

e he

ight

TSO

X_03

7

a

d1d2d3

P1

P3

P2

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onΔ

Line

Calc

ulat

ed d

ista

nce

long

itudi

nal t

o th

e re

fere

nce

line.

ΔO

ffse

tCa

lcul

ated

dis

tanc

e pe

rpen

dicu

lar f

rom

the

refe

renc

e lin

e.Δ

Ca

lcul

ated

hei

ght

diff

eren

ce re

lativ

e to

the

def

ined

refe

renc

e he

ight

.

Page 125: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 125

9.5.

5Su

bapp

licat

ion

Stak

eout

Des

crip

tion

The

stak

eout

sub

appl

icat

ion

calc

ulat

es th

e di

ffer

ence

bet

wee

n a

mea

sure

d po

int a

nd

the

calc

ulat

ed p

oint

. The

ort

hogo

nal (ΔL

ine,

ΔO

ffse

t, Δ

) a

nd p

olar

(ΔHz

, Δ

, Δ

) di

ffer

ence

s ar

e di

spla

yed.

Exam

ple

orth

ogon

al s

take

out

Acc

ess

Pres

s ST

AK

E fr

om t

he R

EFER

ENCE

LIN

E -

MA

IN s

cree

n.

Ort

hogo

nal

stak

eout

Ente

r the

sta

ke o

ut e

lem

ents

for

the

tar

get

poin

ts t

o be

sta

ked

out

rela

tive

to t

he

refe

renc

e lin

e.

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Refe

renc

e po

int

P2St

ake

out

poin

tP3

Mea

sure

d po

int

aRe

fere

nce

line

Para

llel o

ffse

tc

Δ Lo

ngitu

dina

l off

set

TSO

X_03

8

P1

P2

P3b

a

c

P0

Page 126: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 126

App

licat

ions

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

OK

to

proc

eed

to m

easu

rem

ent

mod

e.

ORT

HO

G.

STA

KEO

UT

The

sign

s fo

r the

dis

tanc

e an

d an

gle

diff

eren

ces

are

corr

ectio

n va

lues

(re

quire

d m

inus

act

ual).

The

arr

ows

indi

cate

the

dire

ctio

n to

mov

e to

get

to

the

stak

e ou

t po

int.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onLi

neLo

ngitu

dina

l off

set:

Pos

itive

if s

take

out

poi

nt is

furt

her a

way

from

the

refe

renc

e lin

e.O

ffse

tPe

rpen

dicu

lar o

ffse

t: P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is t

o th

e rig

ht o

f the

re

fere

nce

line.

Hei

ght

Hei

ght

offs

et: P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is h

ighe

r tha

n th

e re

fere

nce

line.

Nex

tPt

To a

dd t

he n

ext

poin

t to

be

stak

ed

out.

Page 127: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 127

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to

mea

sure

and

reco

rd.

•O

r, pr

ess

PR

EV t

o re

turn

to

the

REFE

REN

CE L

INE

- M

AIN

scr

een.

9.5.

6Su

bapp

licat

ion

Gri

d St

akeo

utD

escr

ipti

onTh

e Gr

id s

ubap

plic

atio

n ca

lcul

ates

and

dis

play

s th

e st

ake

out e

lem

ents

for t

he p

oint

s on

the

grid

, ort

hogo

nal (Δ

Line

, ΔO

ffse

t, Δ

) a

nd p

olar

(ΔH

z, Δ

, Δ

).

The

grid

is

def

ined

with

out

boun

darie

s. It

can

be

exte

nded

ove

r the

firs

t an

d se

cond

bas

e po

ints

of

the

refe

renc

e lin

e.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onΔ

Hz

Hor

izon

tal d

irect

ion

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e te

lesc

ope

mus

t be

turn

ed c

lock

wis

e to

the

stak

e ou

t poi

nt.

Δ

Hor

izon

tal d

ista

nce

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e st

ake

out

poin

t is

fur

ther

aw

ay t

han

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

Δ

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ce f

rom

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e st

ake

out

poin

t is

hig

her t

han

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

ΔO

ffse

tPe

rpen

dicu

lar d

ista

nce

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int t

o th

e st

ake

out p

oint

. Po

sitiv

e if

the

stak

e ou

t po

int

is t

o th

e rig

ht o

f th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.Δ

Line

Long

itudi

nal d

ista

nce

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e st

ake

out

poin

t is

fur

ther

aw

ay t

han

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

Page 128: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 128

App

licat

ions

Exam

ple

Gri

d St

akeo

ut

Acc

ess

Pres

s G

RID

from

the

REF

EREN

CE L

INE

- M

AIN

scr

een.

aRe

fere

nce

line

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Star

t po

int

P2En

d po

int

d1St

art

dist

ance

d2In

crem

ent

d3Li

ne o

ffet

sTS

OX_

039

P1

P2

d1

a d2d3

P0

Page 129: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 129

GRI

D D

EFIN

ITIO

NEn

ter t

he c

hain

age

and

the

incr

emen

t of

grid

poi

nts

in le

ngth

and

cro

ss d

irect

ion

of

the

refe

renc

e lin

e.

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

OK

to

proc

eed

to t

he S

TAK

EOU

T G

RID

scr

een.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onSt

art

Chai

nD

ista

nce

from

the

refe

renc

e lin

e st

art p

oint

to th

e be

ginn

ing

grid

sta

rt

poin

t.In

crem

ent

Leng

th o

f in

crem

enta

tion.

Off

set

Off

set

dist

ance

fro

m t

he re

fere

nce

line.

Page 130: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 130

App

licat

ions

STA

KEO

UT

GR

IDTh

e si

gns

for t

he d

ista

nce

and

angl

e di

ffer

ence

s ar

e co

rrec

tion

valu

es (

requ

ired

min

us a

ctua

l). T

he a

rrow

s in

dica

te t

he d

irect

ion

to m

ove

to g

et t

o th

e st

ake

out

poin

t.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onLi

ne <

->Gr

id in

crem

ent v

alue

s. T

he s

take

out

poi

nt is

in th

e di

rect

ion

from

the

first

to

the

seco

nd re

fere

nce

poin

t.O

ffse

t <-

>O

ffse

t in

crem

ent

valu

es. T

he s

take

out

poi

nt is

to

the

right

of

the

refe

renc

e lin

e.Δ

Hz

Hor

izon

tal d

irect

ion

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e te

lesc

ope

mus

t be

tur

ned

cloc

kwis

e to

the

sta

ke o

ut

poin

t.

Δ

Hor

izon

tal d

ista

nce

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e st

ake

out p

oint

is fu

rthe

r aw

ay th

an th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.

Page 131: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 131

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to

mea

sure

and

reco

rd.

•O

r, pr

ess

ESC

to re

turn

to th

e D

EFIN

E G

RID

scr

een

and

from

ther

e, p

ress

PR

EV

to re

turn

to

the

REFE

REN

CE L

INE

- M

AIN

scr

een.

9.5.

7Su

bapp

licat

ion

Line

Seg

men

tati

onD

escr

ipti

onTh

e lin

e se

gmen

tatio

n su

bapp

licat

ion

calc

ulat

es a

nd d

ispl

ays

the

stak

e ou

t ele

men

ts

for t

he p

oint

s al

ong

the

line,

ort

hogo

nal (Δ

Line

, ΔO

ffse

t, Δ

) an

d po

lar (ΔH

z,

Δ, Δ

). Li

ne S

egm

enta

tion

is li

mite

d to

the

refe

renc

e lin

e, b

etw

een

the

defin

ed

star

t an

d en

d po

ints

of

the

line.

Δ

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ce f

rom

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e st

ake

out

poin

t is

hig

her t

han

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

ΔLi

neLo

ngitu

dina

l dis

tanc

e fr

om th

e m

easu

red

poin

t to

the

stak

e ou

t poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if st

ake

out

poin

t is

fur

ther

aw

ay t

han

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

ΔO

ffse

tPe

rpen

dicu

lar d

ista

nce

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

po

int.

Pos

itive

if s

take

out

poi

nt is

to th

e rig

ht o

f the

mea

sure

d po

int.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 132: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 132

App

licat

ions

Exam

ple

Line

Seg

men

tati

on S

take

out

Acc

ess

Pres

s S

EGM

ENT

from

the

REF

EREN

CE L

INE

- M

AIN

scr

een.

SEG

MEN

T D

EFIN

ITIO

NEn

ter e

ither

the

num

ber o

f seg

men

ts, o

r the

leng

th o

f seg

men

ts a

nd d

efin

e ho

w th

e re

mai

ning

line

leng

th is

trea

ted.

Thi

s m

iscl

osur

e ca

n be

pla

ced

at th

e st

art,

at t

he e

nd

or d

istr

ibut

ed e

venl

y al

ong

the

line.

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Firs

t re

fere

nce

poin

tP2

Seco

nd re

fere

nce

poin

ta

Refe

renc

e lin

ed1

Segm

ent

leng

thd2

Mis

clos

ure

TSO

X_04

0

P1

P2

a

d1

d2

P0

Page 133: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 133

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onLi

ne L

engt

hCa

lcul

ated

leng

th o

f th

e de

fined

refe

renc

e lin

e.Se

gmen

t Le

ngth

Leng

th o

f ea

ch s

egm

ent.

Upd

ated

aut

omat

ical

ly if

the

num

ber o

f se

gmen

ts is

ent

ered

.Se

gmen

t N

o.N

umbe

r of s

egm

ents

. Upd

ated

aut

omat

ical

ly if

the

segm

ent l

engt

h is

en

tere

d.M

iscl

osur

eAn

y re

mai

ning

line

leng

th a

fter

seg

men

t le

ngth

has

bee

n en

tere

d.D

istr

ibut

ion

Met

hod

of m

iscl

osur

e di

strib

utio

n.N

one

All o

f th

e m

iscl

osur

e w

ill b

e pl

aced

aft

er t

he la

st

segm

ent.

At

star

tAl

l of

the

mis

clos

ure

will

be

plac

ed b

efor

e th

e fir

st

segm

ent.

Page 134: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 134

App

licat

ions

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

OK

to

proc

eed

to t

he S

TAK

EOU

T SE

GM

ENT

scre

en.

STA

KEO

UT

SEG

MEN

TTh

e si

gns

for t

he d

ista

nce

and

angl

e di

ffer

ence

s ar

e co

rrec

tion

valu

es (

requ

ired

min

us a

ctua

l). T

he a

rrow

s in

dica

te t

he d

irect

ion

to m

ove

to g

et t

o th

e st

ake

out

poin

t.

Equa

lTh

e m

iscl

osur

e w

ill b

e eq

ually

dis

trib

uted

bet

wee

n al

l se

gmen

ts.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onSe

gmen

t N

oSe

gmen

t nu

mbe

r. In

clud

es t

he m

iscl

osur

e se

gmen

t, if

app

licab

le.

Cum

.Len

gth

Sum

of

the

segm

ent

leng

ths.

Cha

nges

with

the

cur

rent

num

ber o

f se

gmen

ts. I

nclu

des

the

mis

clos

ure

segm

ent

leng

th if

app

licab

le.

Page 135: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 135

Mes

sage

sTh

e fo

llow

ing

are

impo

rtan

t m

essa

ges

or w

arni

ngs

that

may

app

ear.

ΔH

zHo

rizon

tal d

irect

ion

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

po

int.

Pos

itive

if t

he t

eles

cope

mus

t be

tur

ned

cloc

kwis

e to

the

st

ake

out

poin

t.Δ

Ho

rizon

tal d

ista

nce

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int t

o th

e st

ake

out p

oint

. Po

sitiv

e if

the

stak

e ou

t po

int

is f

urth

er a

way

tha

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.Δ

H

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e st

ake

out

poin

t is

hig

her t

han

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

ΔLi

neLo

ngitu

dina

l dis

tanc

e fr

om t

he m

easu

red

poin

t to

the

sta

ke o

ut

poin

t. P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is fu

rthe

r aw

ay th

an th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.Δ

Off

set

Perp

endi

cula

r dis

tanc

e fr

om t

he m

easu

red

poin

t to

the

sta

ke o

ut

poin

t. P

ositi

ve if

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is t

o th

e rig

ht o

f th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Mes

sage

sD

escr

ipti

onBa

se li

ne t

oo s

hort

!Ba

se li

ne is

sho

rter

than

1cm

. Cho

ose

base

poi

nts

such

that

th

e ho

rizon

tal s

epar

atio

n of

bot

h po

ints

is a

t le

ast

1cm

.

Page 136: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 136

App

licat

ions

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to

mea

sure

and

reco

rd.

•O

r, pr

ess

ESC

to re

turn

to

the

DEF

INE

SEG

MEN

T sc

reen

and

fro

m t

here

, pre

ss

PREV

to

retu

rn t

o th

e RE

FERE

NCE

LIN

E -

MA

IN s

cree

n.•

Or,

cont

inue

sel

ectin

g ES

C to

exi

t th

e ap

plic

atio

n.

9.6

Ref

eren

ce E

lem

ent

- R

efer

ence

Arc

9.6.

1O

verv

iew

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

Refe

renc

e el

emen

t is

an

over

arch

ing

nam

e fo

r the

tw

o re

fere

nce

appl

icat

ions

, Re

fere

nce

Line

and

Ref

eren

ce A

rc.

The

Refe

renc

e Ar

c ap

plic

atio

n al

low

s th

e us

er t

o de

fine

a re

fere

nce

arc

and

then

co

mpl

ete

the

follo

win

g ta

sks

with

resp

ect

to t

he a

rc:

Coor

dina

tes

inva

lid !

No

coor

dina

tes

or in

valid

coo

rdin

ates

for

a p

oint

. Ens

ure

that

poi

nts

used

hav

e at

leas

t Ea

stin

g an

d N

orth

ing

coor

dina

tes.

Save

via

RS2

32 !

Dat

a O

utpu

t: is

set

to

Inte

rf. i

n th

e SE

TTIN

GS

men

u. T

o be

abl

e to

suc

cess

fully

sta

rt re

fere

nce

line,

Dat

a O

utpu

t:

mus

t be

set

to

Int.

Mem

.

Mes

sage

sD

escr

ipti

on

Opt

iona

l9

9

Page 137: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 137

•Li

ne &

off

set

•St

akeo

ut (

Poin

t, A

rc, C

hord

, Ang

le)

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Ref

eren

ce E

lem

ent

from

the

PR

OG

RA

MS

men

u.3.

Com

plet

e ap

plic

atio

n pr

e-se

ttin

gs. R

efer

to

"8 A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted"

.4.

Sele

ct R

efA

rc.

Nex

t st

epD

efin

e th

e re

fere

nce

arc.

9.6.

2D

efin

ing

the

Ref

eren

ce A

rcD

escr

ipti

onTh

e re

fere

nce

arc

can

be d

efin

ed b

y a

cent

er p

oint

and

sta

rt p

oint

, or a

sta

rt p

oint

, en

d po

int,

and

radi

us. A

ll po

ints

can

be

eith

er m

easu

red,

man

ually

ent

ered

, or

sele

cted

fro

m t

he m

emor

y.

Refe

renc

e ar

cP0

Inst

rum

ent

stat

ion

P1St

art

poin

tP2

End

poin

tP3

Cent

er p

oint

rRa

dius

of

arc

TSO

X08

9

r

P1P0

P3

P2

Page 138: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 138

App

licat

ions

)Al

l arc

s ar

e de

fined

in a

clo

ckw

ise

dire

ctio

n an

d al

l cal

cula

tions

are

mad

e in

tw

o di

men

sion

s.

Acc

ess

Sele

ct R

efA

rc a

nd t

hen

the

met

hod

to d

efin

e th

e ar

c by

:•

Cent

re, S

tart

Poi

nt.

•St

art

and

End

Pt, R

adiu

s.

Refe

renc

e A

rc -

M

easu

re t

o st

art

poin

t

Nex

t st

epAf

ter d

efin

ing

the

refe

renc

e ar

c th

e RE

FERE

NCE

AR

C -

MA

IN P

AG

E sc

reen

will

ap

pear

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onSt

artP

tPo

int

ID o

f th

e st

art

poin

t.Ct

rPt

Poin

t ID

of

the

cent

er p

oint

.En

dPt

Poin

t ID

of

the

end

poin

t.Ra

dius

Radi

us o

f th

e ar

c.

Page 139: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 139

REFE

REN

CE A

RC

- M

AIN

PA

GE

Nex

t st

epSe

lect

a s

oftk

ey o

ptio

n, M

EASU

RE o

r STA

KE,

to

proc

eed

a su

bapp

licat

ion.

9.6.

3Su

bapp

licat

ion

Mea

sure

Lin

e &

Off

set

Des

crip

tion

The

Mea

sure

Lin

e &

Off

set

suba

pplic

atio

n ca

lcul

ates

from

mea

sure

men

ts o

r co

ordi

nate

s, lo

ngitu

dina

l and

ort

hogo

nal o

ffse

ts a

nd h

eigh

t diff

eren

ces

of th

e ta

rget

po

int

rela

tive

to t

he re

fere

nce

arc.

New

Arc

To d

efin

e a

new

bas

e ar

c.M

EASU

RE

To m

easu

re L

ine

& O

ffse

t.ST

AK

ETo

sta

ke o

ut.

Page 140: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 140

App

licat

ions

Exam

ple

refe

renc

e ar

c -

mea

sure

line

& o

ffse

t

Acc

ess

Pres

s M

EASU

RE f

rom

the

REF

EREN

CE A

RC

- M

AIN

PA

GE

scre

en.

Mea

sure

Lin

e &

O

ffse

t

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to

mea

sure

and

reco

rd.

•O

r, pr

ess

PR

EV t

o re

turn

to

the

REFE

REN

CE A

RC -

MA

IN P

AG

E sc

reen

.

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Star

t po

int

P2En

d po

int

P3M

easu

red

poin

tP4

Refe

renc

e po

int

d1-

Δ O

ffse

td2

Line

d2+

d1+

P4

P1

P3

P2

P0TS

OX_

036

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onΔ

Line

Calc

ulat

ed d

ista

nce

long

itudi

nal t

o th

e re

fere

nce

arc.

ΔO

ffse

tCa

lcul

ated

dis

tanc

e pe

rpen

dicu

lar f

rom

the

refe

renc

e ar

c.Δ

Ca

lcul

ated

hei

ght d

iffer

ence

rela

tive

to th

e st

art p

oint

of r

efer

ence

arc

.

Page 141: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 141

9.6.

4Su

bapp

licat

ion

Stak

eout

Des

crip

tion

The

stak

eout

sub

appl

icat

ion

calc

ulat

es th

e di

ffer

ence

bet

wee

n a

mea

sure

d po

int a

nd

the

calc

ulat

ed p

oint

. The

refe

renc

e ar

c ap

plic

atio

n su

ppor

ts f

our w

ays

to s

take

out

:

Stak

e ou

t po

int

To s

take

out

a p

oint

by

ente

ring

a lin

e an

d an

off

set

valu

e.

•St

ake

out

poin

t•

Stak

e ou

t ch

ord

•St

ake

out

arc

•St

ake

out

angl

e

P0Ce

nter

poi

nt o

f ar

cP1

Star

t po

int

of a

rcP2

Mea

sure

d po

int

P3St

ake

out

poin

tP4

End

poin

t of

arc

aRa

dius

of

arc

b+Li

ne o

ffse

tc-

Perp

endi

cula

r off

set

TSO

X_04

2P0

aP1

P3 P2

c-

b+

P4

Page 142: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 142

App

licat

ions

Stak

e ou

t ar

cTo

sta

ke o

ut a

ser

ies

of e

quid

ista

nt p

oint

s al

ong

the

arc.

Stak

e ou

t ch

ord

To s

take

out

a s

erie

s of

equ

idis

tant

cho

rds

alon

g th

e ar

c.

P0Ce

nter

poi

nt o

f ar

cP1

Star

t po

int

of a

rcP2

Stak

e ou

t po

int

P3St

ake

out

poin

tP4

End

poin

t of

arc

aRa

dius

of

arc

bAr

c le

ngth

TSO

X_04

3P0

P1

P2b

b

aP3P4

P0Ce

nter

poi

nt o

f ar

cP1

Star

t po

int

of a

rcP2

Stak

e ou

t po

int

P3St

ake

out

poin

tP4

End

poin

t of

arc

aRa

dius

of

arc

bCh

ord

leng

thTS

OX_

044

P0P1

P2

a

b

P3P4

Page 143: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 143

Stak

e ou

t an

gle

To s

take

out

a s

erie

s of

poi

nts

alon

g th

e ar

c de

fined

by

the

angl

e se

gmen

ts fr

om th

e ce

nter

poi

nt o

f th

e ar

c.

Acc

ess

1.Pr

ess

STA

KE

from

the

REF

EREN

CE A

RC -

MA

IN P

AG

E sc

reen

.2.

Sele

ct o

ne o

f th

e fo

ur m

etho

ds o

f st

ake

out

avai

labl

e.

Stak

e ou

t po

int,

ar

c, c

hord

or

angl

eEn

ter t

he s

take

out

val

ues.

Pre

ss P

T -/

PT +

to to

ggle

thro

ugh

the

calc

ulat

ed s

take

out

po

ints

.

P0Ce

nter

poi

nt o

f ar

cP1

Star

t po

int

of a

rcP2

Stak

e ou

t po

int

P3St

ake

out

poin

tP4

End

poin

t of

arc

aRa

dius

of

arc

bAn

gle

TSO

X_04

5P0

P1P2

P3 abbb

P4

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onD

istr

b.Fo

r sta

keou

t arc

: Met

hod

of m

iscl

osur

e di

strib

utio

n. If

the

ente

red

arc

leng

th is

not

an

inte

ger o

f th

e w

hole

arc

, the

re w

ill b

e a

mis

clos

ure.

Non

eAl

l of t

he m

iscl

osur

e w

ill b

e ad

ded

to th

e la

st a

rc-s

ectio

n.Eq

ual

The

mis

clos

ure

will

be

equa

lly d

istr

ibut

ed b

etw

een

all

sect

ions

.

Page 144: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 144

App

licat

ions

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

OK

to

proc

eed

to m

easu

rem

ent

mod

e.

REF.

ARC

ST

AK

EOU

TTh

e si

gns

for t

he d

ista

nce

and

angl

e di

ffer

ence

s ar

e co

rrec

tion

valu

es (

requ

ired

min

us a

ctua

l). T

he a

rrow

s in

dica

te t

he d

irect

ion

to m

ove

to g

et t

o th

e st

ake

out

poin

t.

Star

t A

rcAl

l of

the

mis

clos

ure

will

be

adde

d to

the

firs

t ar

c-se

ctio

n.A

rc L

engt

hFo

r sta

keou

t ar

c: T

he le

ngth

of

the

arc-

segm

ent

to s

take

out

.Ch

ord

Leng

thFo

r sta

keou

t ch

ord:

The

leng

th o

f th

e ch

ord

to s

take

out

.

Ang

leFo

r sta

ke o

ut a

ngle

: The

ang

le a

roun

d th

e ce

nter

poi

nt o

f th

e ar

c, o

f th

e po

ints

to

be s

take

d ou

t.Li

neFo

r sta

ke o

ut a

rc, c

hord

and

ang

le: L

ongi

tudi

nal o

ffse

t fr

om t

he

refe

renc

e ar

c. T

his

is c

alcu

late

d by

the

arc

leng

th, c

hord

leng

th o

r ang

le

and

the

sele

cted

mis

clos

ure

dist

ribut

ion.

For s

take

out

poi

nt: L

ongi

tudi

nal o

ffse

t fr

om t

he re

fere

nce

arc.

Off

set

Perp

endi

cula

r off

set

from

the

refe

renc

e ar

c.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 145: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 145

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

A

LL t

o m

easu

re a

nd re

cord

.•

Or,

pres

s P

REV

to

retu

rn t

o th

e RE

FERE

NCE

ARC

- M

AIN

PA

GE

scre

en.

•O

r, co

ntin

ue s

elec

ting

ESC

to e

xit

the

appl

icat

ion.

Nex

tPt

To a

dd t

he n

ext

poin

t to

be

stak

ed

out.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onΔ

Hz

Hor

izon

tal d

irect

ion

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e te

lesc

ope

mus

t be

turn

ed c

lock

wis

e to

the

stak

e ou

t poi

nt.

Δ

Hor

izon

tal d

ista

nce

from

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e st

ake

out

poin

t is

fur

ther

aw

ay t

han

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

Δ

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ce f

rom

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Posi

tive

if th

e st

ake

out

poin

t is

hig

her t

han

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

Page 146: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 146

App

licat

ions

9.7

Tie

Dis

tanc

eA

vaila

bilit

y

Des

crip

tion

Tie

Dis

tanc

e is

an

appl

icat

ion

used

to

com

pute

slo

pe d

ista

nce,

hor

izon

tal d

ista

nce,

he

ight

diff

eren

ce a

nd a

zim

uth

of t

wo

targ

et p

oint

s w

hich

are

eith

er m

easu

red,

se

lect

ed f

rom

the

mem

ory,

or e

nter

ed u

sing

the

key

pad.

Tie

dist

ance

m

etho

dsTh

e us

er c

an c

hoos

e be

twee

n tw

o di

ffer

ent

met

hods

:•

Poly

gona

l: P1

-P2,

P2-

P3, P

3-P4

.•

Radi

al: P

1-P2

, P1-

P3, P

1-P4

.

Poly

gona

l met

hod

99

9

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

-P4

Targ

et p

oint

sd1

Dist

ance

fro

m P

1-P2

d2Di

stan

ce f

rom

P2-

P3d3

Dist

ance

fro

m P

3-P4

α1Az

imut

h fr

om P

1-P2

α2Az

imut

h fr

om P

2-P3

α3Az

imut

h fr

om P

3-P4

TSO

X_04

6

P1

P0

P2P3

P4

Hz = 0

d3

d2d11

23

Page 147: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 147

Radi

al m

etho

d

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Tie

Dis

tanc

e fr

om t

he P

RO

GRA

MS

men

u.3.

Com

plet

e ap

plic

atio

n pr

e-se

ttin

gs. R

efer

to

"8 A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted"

.4.

Sele

ct P

olyg

onal

or R

adia

l.

Tie

dist

ance

m

easu

rem

ents

Afte

r com

plet

ing

the

mea

sure

men

ts re

quire

d, th

e TI

E D

ISTA

NCE

RES

ULT

scr

een

will

ap

pear

.

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

-P4

Targ

et p

oint

sd1

Dist

ance

fro

m P

1-P2

d2Di

stan

ce f

rom

P1-

P3d3

Dist

ance

fro

m P

1-P4

α1Az

imut

h fr

om P

1-P4

α2Az

imut

h fr

om P

1-P3

α3Az

imut

h fr

om P

1-P2

TSO

X_04

7

P1

P0

P2

P3

P4

Hz = 0

d1d3

d21

23

Page 148: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 148

App

licat

ions

TIE

DIS

TAN

CE

RESU

LT -

Poly

gona

l m

etho

d

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

ESC

to e

xit

the

appl

icat

ion.

New

Pt 1

To c

alcu

late

an

addi

tiona

l lin

e. A

ppli-

catio

n st

arts

aga

in a

t po

int

1.N

ewPt

2To

set

poi

nt 2

as

the

star

ting

poin

t of

a ne

w li

ne. A

new

poi

nt 2

mus

t be

m

easu

red.

RAD

IAL

To s

witc

h to

radi

al m

etho

d.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onG

rade

Grad

e [%

] be

twee

n po

int

1 an

d po

int

2.Δ

Sl

ope

dist

ance

bet

wee

n po

int

1 an

d po

int

2.

Δ

Hor

izon

tal d

ista

nce

betw

een

poin

t 1

and

poin

t 2.

Δ

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

poin

t 1

and

poin

t 2.

Bear

ing

Azim

uth

betw

een

poin

t 1

and

poin

t 2.

Page 149: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 149

9.8

Are

a &

Vol

ume

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

Area

& V

olum

e is

an

appl

icat

ion

used

to

com

pute

onl

ine

area

s to

a m

axim

um o

f 50

po

ints

con

nect

ed b

y st

raig

hts.

The

targ

et p

oint

s ha

ve to

be

mea

sure

d, s

elec

ted

from

m

emor

y, o

r ent

ered

via

the

key

pad

in a

clo

ckw

ise

dire

ctio

n. T

he c

alcu

late

d ar

ea is

pr

ojec

ted

onto

the

hor

izon

tal p

lane

(2D

) or

pro

ject

ed o

nto

the

slop

ed re

fere

nce

plan

e de

fined

by

thre

e po

ints

(3D

). Fu

rthe

rmor

e a

volu

me

with

con

stan

t he

ight

can

be

cal

cula

ted

in re

latio

n to

the

are

a (2

D/3

D).

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Are

a &

Vol

ume

from

the

PRO

GRA

MS

men

u.3.

Com

plet

e ap

plic

atio

n pr

e-se

ttin

gs. R

efer

to

"8 A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted"

.

99

9

P0

Inst

rum

ent

stat

ion

P1

Star

t po

int

P2Ta

rget

poi

ntP3

Targ

et p

oint

P4Ta

rget

poi

nta

Perim

eter

, pol

ygon

al le

ngth

fro

m

star

t poi

nt to

the

curr

ent m

easu

red

poin

t.b

Calc

ulat

ed a

rea

alw

ays

clos

ed t

o th

e st

art

poin

t P1

, pro

ject

ed o

nto

the

horiz

onta

l pla

ne.

TSO

X_04

8P1

a

P2P3

P4

P0

b

Page 150: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 150

App

licat

ions

ARE

A &

VO

LUM

ETh

e gr

aphi

c al

way

s sh

ows

the

area

pro

ject

ed o

nto

the

horiz

onta

l pla

ne.

)Th

e 2D

are

a is

cal

cula

ted

and

disp

laye

d on

ce t

hree

poi

nts

have

bee

n m

easu

red

or

sele

cted

. The

3D

are

a is

cal

cula

ted

once

the

slo

ped

refe

renc

e pl

ane

is d

efin

ed b

y th

ree

poin

ts.

1PtB

ACK

To u

ndo

mea

sure

men

t or s

elec

tion

of

the

prev

ious

poi

nt.

RESU

LTTo

dis

play

and

reco

rd a

dditi

onal

re

sults

(pe

rimet

er, v

olum

e).

VO

LUM

ETo

cal

cula

te a

vol

ume

with

con

stan

t he

ight

. The

hei

ghts

hav

e to

be

ente

red

or m

easu

red.

Def

. 3D

To d

efin

e th

e sl

oped

refe

renc

e pl

ane

by s

elec

ting

or m

easu

ring

thre

e po

ints

.

Page 151: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 151

Gra

phic

al

repr

esen

tati

on

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

RESU

LT t

o ca

lcul

ate

area

and

vol

ume

and

proc

eed

to t

he A

rea

& V

olum

e Re

sult

scr

eens

.

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Targ

et p

oint

whi

ch d

efin

es t

he

slop

ed re

fere

nce

plan

eP2

Targ

et p

oint

whi

ch d

efin

es t

he

slop

ed re

fere

nce

plan

eP3

Targ

et p

oint

whi

ch d

efin

es t

he

slop

ed re

fere

nce

plan

eP4

Targ

et p

oint

aCo

nsta

nt h

eigh

tb

Perim

eter

(3D

), po

lygo

nal l

engt

h fr

om t

he s

tart

poi

nt t

o th

e cu

rren

t m

easu

red

poin

t of

the

are

a (3

D)

cAr

ea (

3D),

pro

ject

ed o

nto

the

slop

ed re

fere

nce

plan

ed

Volu

me

(3D

) =

a x

ce

Perim

eter

(2D

), po

lygo

nal l

engt

h fr

om t

he s

tart

poi

nt t

o th

e cu

rren

t m

easu

red

poin

t of

the

are

a (2

D)

fAr

ea (

2D),

pro

ject

ed o

nto

the

hori-

zont

al p

lane

gVo

lum

e (2

D)

= f

x a

TSO

X_04

9

P1

aa

P2P3

P4

P0

cd

b

fe

g

Page 152: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 152

App

licat

ions

2D/3

D-A

REA

&

VOLU

ME

RESU

LT

)Pe

rimet

er a

nd v

olum

e ar

e up

date

d if

furt

her a

rea

poin

ts a

re a

dded

.

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

New

Are

a to

def

ine

a ne

w a

rea.

•O

r, pr

ess

Add

Tg t

o ad

d a

new

tar

get

poin

t to

the

exi

stin

g ar

ea.

•O

r, pr

ess

ESC

to e

xit

the

appl

icat

ion.

Page 153: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 153

9.9

Rem

ote

Hei

ght

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

Rem

ote

Hei

ght

is a

n ap

plic

atio

n us

ed t

o co

mpu

te p

oint

s di

rect

ly a

bove

the

bas

e pr

ism

with

out

a pr

ism

at

the

targ

et p

oint

.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Rem

ote

Hei

ght

from

the

PR

OG

RA

MS

men

u.3.

Com

plet

e ap

plic

atio

n pr

e-se

ttin

gs. R

efer

to

"8 A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted"

.

99

9

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Base

poi

ntP2

Rem

ote

poin

td1

Slop

e di

stan

cea

Heig

ht d

iffer

ence

fro

m P

1 to

P2

αVe

rtic

al a

ngle

bet

wee

n ba

se p

oint

an

d re

mot

e po

int

TSO

X_05

0

a

P1

P0

P2

d1α

Page 154: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 154

App

licat

ions

Rem

ote

heig

ht

mea

sure

men

tM

easu

re t

o th

e ba

se p

oint

or p

ress

hr=

? to

det

erm

ine

an u

nkno

wn

refle

ctor

hei

ght.

Nex

t st

epAf

ter m

easu

ring,

the

REM

OTE

HEI

GH

T sc

reen

app

ears

.

REM

OTE

HEI

GH

T -

Aim

at

rem

ote

poin

t

Aim

the

inst

rum

ent

at t

he in

acce

ssib

le re

mot

e po

int.

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

OK

to s

ave

the

mea

sure

men

t and

reco

rd th

e ca

lcul

ated

coo

rdin

ates

of

the

rem

ote

poin

t.•

Or,

pres

s BA

SE t

o en

ter a

nd m

easu

re a

new

bas

e po

int.

•O

r, pr

ess

ESC

to e

xit

the

appl

icat

ion.

9.10

Cons

truc

tion

9.10

.1St

arti

ng C

onst

ruct

ion

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

Cons

truc

tion

is a

n ap

plic

atio

n us

ed to

def

ine

a co

nstr

uctio

n si

te b

y co

mbi

ning

set

-up

of t

he in

stru

men

t al

ong

a co

nstr

uctio

n lin

e, m

easu

ring

and

stak

ing

out

poin

ts in

re

latio

n to

the

line

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onΔ

H

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

bet

wee

n th

e ba

se p

oint

and

the

rem

ote

poin

t.H

eigh

tH

eigh

t of

the

rem

ote

poin

t.

99

9

Page 155: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 155

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Con

stru

ctio

n fr

om t

he P

ROG

RAM

S m

enu.

3.Se

lect

Set

ED

M: t

o se

t th

e ED

M s

ettin

gs. R

efer

to

"4.2

ED

M S

ettin

gs".

4.Se

lect

:•

New

con

stru

ctio

n lin

e -

To d

efin

e a

new

con

stru

ctio

n si

te, o

r•

Cont

inue

pre

viou

s si

te -

To c

ontin

ue w

ith a

pre

viou

s co

nstr

uctio

n si

te (s

kips

se

t-up

).

)If

coor

dina

tes

wer

e en

tere

d by

EN

H a

nd m

easu

red

to k

now

n po

ints

, a p

laus

ibili

ty

chec

k di

spla

ys t

he c

alcu

late

d lin

e le

ngth

, the

act

ual l

engt

h an

d th

e di

ffer

ence

.

Nex

t st

epM

easu

re t

o th

e lin

e st

art

and

end

poin

ts a

nd t

he L

AY-

OU

T sc

reen

app

ears

.

9.10

.2La

yout

Des

crip

tion

Sear

ch o

r ent

er p

oint

s fo

r sta

king

out

rela

tive

to t

he d

efin

ed c

onst

ruct

ion

line.

The

on

-scr

een

grap

hics

sho

w t

he p

ositi

on o

f th

e pr

ism

rela

tive

to t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Belo

w th

e gr

aphi

c, th

e ex

act v

alue

s ar

e di

spla

yed,

com

bine

d w

ith a

rrow

s to

sho

w th

e di

rect

ion

for s

taki

ng o

ut t

he p

oint

.

)•

Be a

war

e th

at t

he li

ne s

tart

poi

nt a

nd t

he li

ne e

nd p

oint

are

mea

sure

d in

the

pr

evio

us c

oord

inat

e sy

stem

. Whe

n st

akin

g ou

t th

ese

poin

ts t

hey

appe

ar in

the

ol

d sy

stem

and

app

ear a

s sh

ifted

.

Page 156: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 156

App

licat

ions

•D

urin

g us

e of

the

appl

icat

ion

the

prev

ious

orie

ntat

ion

and

stat

ion

para

met

ers

will

be

repl

aced

by

the

new

cal

cula

ted

ones

. The

line

sta

rt p

oint

will

be

set

to E

=0,

N=0

.•

The

heig

ht o

f th

e lin

e st

art

poin

t is

alw

ays

used

as

the

refe

renc

e he

ight

!

Acc

ess

•Ei

ther

, sel

ect N

ew c

onst

ruct

ion

line

from

the

Cons

truc

tion

pre-

sett

ings

scr

een

and

mea

sure

sta

rt a

nd e

nd p

oint

s of

the

line

.•

Or,

sele

ct C

onti

nue

prev

ious

sit

e fr

om t

he C

onst

ruct

ion

pre-

sett

ings

scr

een.

LAY-

OU

TTh

e gr

aphi

cs a

re s

cale

d to

giv

e a

bett

er o

verv

iew

. The

refo

re it

is p

ossi

ble

that

the

st

ake

out

poin

t m

oves

in t

he g

raph

ic.

AsB

UIL

TTo

sw

itch

to A

sBui

lt m

ode

to c

heck

po

ints

rela

tive

to t

he c

onst

ruct

ion

line.

Shi

ftLN

To e

nter

val

ues

for s

hift

ing

the

line.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onΔ

LiLo

ngitu

dina

l off

set:

Pos

itive

if t

arge

t po

int

is f

urth

er a

way

tha

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.

Page 157: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 157

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

AsB

UIL

T to

che

ck p

oint

loca

tions

rela

tive

to a

con

truc

tion

line.

•O

r, pr

ess

Shi

ftLN

to

ente

r off

set

valu

es f

or s

hift

ing

the

cons

truc

tion

line.

9.10

.3A

s Bu

ilt C

heck

Des

crip

tion

The

As b

uilt

scre

en d

ispl

ays

the

Line

, Off

set a

nd Δ

o

f a m

easu

red

poin

t in

rela

tion

to th

e co

nstr

uctio

n lin

e. T

he o

n-sc

reen

gra

phic

s sh

ow th

e po

sitio

n of

the

mea

sure

d po

int

rela

tive

to t

he c

onst

ruct

ion

line.

)Th

e he

ight

of

the

line

star

t po

int

is a

lway

s us

ed a

s th

e re

fere

nce

heig

ht!

Acc

ess

Pres

s A

sBU

ILT

from

the

LA

Y O

UT

scre

en.

AS-

BUIL

T CH

ECK

The

grap

hics

are

sca

led

to g

ive

a be

tter

ove

rvie

w. T

here

fore

it is

pos

sibl

e th

at t

he

stat

ion

poin

t m

oves

in t

he g

raph

ics.

ΔO

fPe

rpen

dicu

lar o

ffse

t: P

ositi

ve if

tar

get

poin

t is

to

the

right

of

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

Δ

Hei

ght o

ffse

t: P

ositi

ve if

targ

et p

oint

is h

ighe

r tha

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 158: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 158

App

licat

ions

LAYO

UT

To s

witc

h to

Lay

out

mod

e to

sta

ke

out

poin

ts.

Shi

ftLN

To e

nter

val

ues

for s

hift

ing

the

line.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onΔ

LiLo

ngitu

dina

l off

set:

Posi

tive

if m

easu

red

poin

t is

fur

ther

alo

ng t

he

cons

truc

tion

line

from

the

sta

rt p

oint

Of

Perp

endi

cula

r off

set:

Pos

itive

if m

easu

red

poin

t is

to

the

right

of

the

cons

truc

tion

line.

Δ

Calc

ulat

ed d

iffer

ence

in h

eigh

t: P

ositi

ve if

mea

sure

d po

int

is h

ighe

r tha

n th

e co

nstr

uctio

n lin

e st

art

poin

t he

ight

.

Page 159: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 159

9.11

COG

O9.

11.1

Star

ting

CO

GO

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

COGO

is a

n ap

plic

atio

n us

ed t

o pe

rfor

m c

oord

inat

e ge

omet

ry c

alcu

latio

ns s

uch

as,

coor

dina

tes

of p

oint

s, b

earin

gs b

etw

een

poin

ts a

nd d

ista

nces

bet

wee

n po

ints

The

COGO

cal

cula

tion

met

hods

are

:

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

CO

GO

fro

m t

he P

RO

GR

AM

S m

enu.

3.Co

mpl

ete

appl

icat

ion

pre-

sett

ings

. Ref

er t

o "8

App

licat

ions

- G

ettin

g St

arte

d".

4.Se

lect

fro

m t

he C

OG

O M

AIN

MEN

U:

9.11

.2In

vers

e an

d Tr

aver

seA

cces

s1.

Sele

ct In

vers

e &

Tra

vers

e fr

om t

he C

OG

O M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Inve

rse

or T

rave

rse.

Opt

iona

l9

9

•In

vers

e an

d Tr

aver

se•

Off

set

•In

ters

ectio

ns•

Exte

nsio

n

•In

vers

e &

Tra

vers

e•

Off

set

•In

ters

ecti

on•

Exte

nsio

n

Page 160: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 160

App

licat

ions

Inve

rse

Use

the

inve

rse

suba

pplic

atio

n to

cal

cula

te th

e di

stan

ce, d

irect

ion,

hei

ght d

iffer

ence

an

d gr

ade

betw

een

two

know

n po

ints

.

Trav

erse

Use

the

trav

erse

sub

appl

icat

ion

to c

alcu

late

the

pos

ition

of

a ne

w p

oint

usi

ng t

he

bear

ing

and

the

dist

ance

fro

m a

kno

wn

poin

t. O

ffse

t op

tiona

l.

Kno

wn

P1Fi

rst

know

n po

int

P2Se

cond

kno

wn

poin

tU

nkno

wn

αDi

rect

ion

from

P1

to P

2d1

Slop

e di

stan

ce b

etw

een

P1 a

nd P

2d2

Horiz

onta

l dis

tanc

e be

twee

n P1

and

P2

d3He

ight

diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

P1 a

nd P

2TS

OX_

098

d1d3

d2P1

P2

Kno

wn

P1Kn

own

poin

Dire

ctio

n fr

om P

1 to

P2

d1Di

stan

ce b

etw

een

P1 a

nd P

2d2

Posi

tive

offs

et t

o th

e rig

htd3

Neg

ativ

e of

fset

to

the

left

Unk

now

nP2

COGO

poi

nt w

ithou

t of

fset

P3CO

GO p

oint

with

pos

itive

off

set

P4CO

GO p

oint

with

neg

ativ

e of

fset

TSO

X_09

9

d1

d2d3

P1

P3

P2P4

Page 161: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 161

9.11

.3In

ters

ecti

ons

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Inte

rsec

tion

fro

m t

he C

OG

O M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

the

des

ired

COGO

met

hod:

Bear

ing-

Bear

ing

Use

the

bear

ing-

bear

ing

suba

pplic

atio

n to

cal

cula

te t

he in

ters

ectio

n po

int

of t

wo

lines

. A li

ne is

def

ined

by

a po

int

and

a di

rect

ion.

•Br

g-Br

g•

Dst

-Dst

•Br

g-D

st•

Ln-L

n

Kno

wn

P1Fi

rst

know

n po

int

P2Se

cond

kno

wn

poin

tα1

Dire

ctio

n fr

om P

1 to

P3

α2D

irect

ion

from

P2

to P

3U

nkno

wn

P3CO

GO p

oint

TSO

X_10

0

P1P2

P31

2

Page 162: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 162

App

licat

ions

Bear

ing-

Dis

tanc

eUs

e th

e be

arin

g-di

stan

ce s

ubap

plic

atio

n to

cal

cula

te t

he in

ters

ectio

n po

int

of a

line

an

d a

circ

le. T

he li

ne is

def

ined

by

a po

int a

nd a

dire

ctio

n. T

he c

ircle

is d

efin

ed b

y th

e ce

nter

poi

nt a

nd t

he ra

dius

.

Dis

tanc

e-D

ista

nce

Use

the

dist

ance

-dis

tanc

e su

bapp

licat

ion

to c

alcu

late

the

inte

rsec

tion

poin

t of

tw

o ci

rcle

s. T

he c

ircle

s ar

e de

fined

by

the

know

n po

int

as t

he c

ente

r poi

nt a

nd t

he

dist

ance

fro

m t

he k

now

n po

int

to t

he C

OGO

poi

nt a

s th

e ra

dius

.

Kno

wn

P1Fi

rst

know

n po

int

P2Se

cond

kno

wn

poin

Dire

ctio

n fr

om P

1 to

P3

and

P4r

Radi

us, a

s th

e di

stan

ce f

rom

P2

to P

4 or

P3

Unk

now

nP3

Firs

t CO

GO p

oint

P4Se

cond

CO

GO p

oint

TSO

X_10

1

r

P1

P2

P4 P3

Kno

wn

P1Fi

rst

know

n po

int

P2Se

cond

kno

wn

poin

tr1

Radi

us, a

s th

e di

stan

ce f

rom

P1

to P

3 or

P4

r2Ra

dius

, as

the

dist

ance

fro

m P

2 to

P3

or P

4U

nkno

wn

P3Fi

rst

COGO

poi

ntP4

Seco

nd C

OGO

poi

ntTS

OX_

102

r1r2

P1

P2P3

P4

Page 163: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 163

By P

oint

sUs

e th

e lin

e-lin

e su

bapp

licat

ion

to c

alcu

late

the

inte

rsec

tion

poin

t of t

wo

lines

. A li

ne

is d

efin

ed b

y tw

o po

ints

.

9.11

.4O

ffse

tsA

cces

s1.

Sele

ct O

ffse

t fr

om t

he C

OG

O M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

the

des

ired

COGO

met

hod:

Dis

tanc

e -

Off

set

Use

the

dist

ance

-off

set

suba

pplic

atio

n to

cal

cula

te t

he d

ista

nce

and

offs

et o

f a

know

n po

int,

with

the

bas

epoi

nt in

rela

tion

to a

line

.

Kno

wn

P1Fi

rst

know

n po

int

P2Se

cond

kno

wn

poin

tP3

Third

kno

wn

poin

tP4

Four

th k

now

n po

int

aLi

ne f

rom

P1

to P

2b

Line

fro

m P

3 to

P4

Unk

now

nP5

COGO

poi

ntTS

OX_

103

ab

P1

P2

P3

P4

P5

•D

istO

ff•

Set

Pt•

Plan

e

Page 164: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 164

App

licat

ions

Set

poin

t by

....

Use

the

set

poin

t su

bapp

licat

ion

to c

alcu

late

the

coo

rdin

ates

of

a ne

w p

oint

in

rela

tion

to a

line

fro

m k

now

n lo

ngitu

dina

l and

off

set

dist

ance

s.

Kno

wn

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Star

t po

int

P2En

d po

int

P3O

ffse

t po

int

Unk

now

nd1

Δ Li

ned2

Δ O

ffse

tP4

COGO

(ba

se)

poin

tTS

OX

104

d1d2

P1

P0

P2

P3

P4

Kno

wn

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Star

t po

int

P2En

d po

int

d1Δ

Line

d2Δ

Off

set

Unk

now

nP3

COGO

poi

ntTS

OX

105

d1d2

P1

P0

P2

P3

Page 165: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 165

Plan

e of

fset

Use

the

plan

e of

fset

sub

appl

icat

ion

to c

alcu

late

the

coor

dina

tes

of a

new

poi

nt a

nd

its h

eigh

t an

d of

fset

, in

rela

tion

to a

kno

wn

plan

e an

d of

fset

poi

nt.

9.11

.5Ex

tens

ion

Acc

ess

Sele

ct E

xten

sion

fro

m t

he C

OG

O M

AIN

MEN

U.

Exte

nsio

nUs

e th

e Ex

tens

ion

suba

pplic

atio

n to

cal

cula

te th

e ex

tend

ed p

oint

from

a k

now

n ba

se

line.

Kno

wn

P1Po

int

1 w

hich

def

ines

pla

neP2

Poin

t 2

whi

ch d

efin

es p

lane

P3Po

int

3 w

hich

def

ines

pla

neP4

Off

set

poin

tU

nkno

wn

P5CO

GO (

inte

rsec

tion)

poi

ntd1

Off

set

TSO

X_10

6

d1

P1

P3P2

P4

P5

Kno

wn

P1Ba

selin

e st

art

poin

tP3

Base

line

end

poin

L1, Δ

L2Di

stan

ceU

nkno

wn

P2, P

4Ex

tend

ed C

OGO

poi

nts

TSO

X_10

7

P1P2

P3P4

∆ L1

∆ L2

Page 166: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 166

App

licat

ions

9.12

Roa

d 2D

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

Road

2D

is a

n ap

plic

atio

n us

ed t

o m

easu

re o

r sta

ke o

ut p

oint

s re

lativ

e to

a d

efin

ed

elem

ent.

The

ele

men

t can

be

a lin

e, c

urve

or s

pira

l. Ch

aina

ge, i

ncre

men

tal s

take

out

s an

d of

fset

s (le

ft a

nd ri

ght)

are

sup

port

ed.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

RO

AD

2D

fro

m t

he P

RO

GR

AM

S m

enu.

3.Co

mpl

ete

appl

icat

ion

pre-

sett

ings

. Ref

er t

o "8

App

licat

ions

- G

ettin

g St

arte

d".

4.Se

lect

the

ele

men

t ty

pe:

Opt

iona

l9

9

P0Ce

nter

poi

ntP1

Star

t po

int

of a

rcP2

End

poin

t of

arc

P3Po

int

to s

take

aAn

ti-cl

ockw

ise

bCl

ockw

ise

c+Di

stan

ce f

rom

sta

rt o

f ar

c,

follo

win

g cu

rve

d-Pe

rpen

dicu

lar o

ffse

t fr

om a

rcr

Radi

us o

f ar

cTS

OX_

132

P0P1

rc+b

a

P3

d-

P2

•Li

ne•

Curv

e•

Spir

al

Page 167: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 167

Elem

ents

ASt

raig

htB

Spira

lC

Curv

eR

Radi

us

aPe

rpen

dicu

lar o

ffse

t le

ftb

Perp

endi

cula

r off

set

right

cIn

crem

ent

dCh

aina

geTS

OX_

119

AB

C

a

c

b

R

d =

112.

000

d =

122.

000

d =

132.

000

d =

155.

000

d =

102.

000

Page 168: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 168

App

licat

ions

Def

ine

the

elem

ent

step

-by-

step

1.En

ter,

mea

sure

or s

elec

t fr

om m

emor

y th

e st

art

and

end

poin

ts.

2.Fo

r cur

ve a

nd s

pira

l ele

men

ts t

he R

OA

D 2

D s

cree

n fo

r def

inin

g th

e el

emen

t ap

pear

s.

3.Fo

r a c

urve

ele

men

t:

•En

ter t

he ra

dius

and

cur

ve d

irect

ion.

•Pr

ess

OK

.Fo

r a s

pira

l ele

men

t:

•Se

lect

the

met

hod

to b

e us

ed, R

ad/P

ar o

r Rad

/Len

.•

Ente

r the

radi

us a

nd p

aram

eter

, or r

adiu

s an

d le

ngth

, dep

endi

ng o

n th

e m

etho

d ch

osen

.•

Sele

ct t

he t

ype

and

dire

ctio

n of

the

spi

ral.

•Pr

ess

OK

.

Page 169: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 169

4.W

hen

the

elem

ent

has

been

def

ined

the

RO

AD

2D

- M

AIN

PA

GE

appe

ars.

Chai

nage

and

m

etho

dEn

ter t

he c

hain

age

valu

es a

nd p

ress

:•

STA

KE:

to

sele

ct t

he p

oint

and

off

set

(cen

ter,

left

or r

ight

), t

o st

ake

out

and

star

t th

e m

easu

rem

ent.

The

cor

rect

ion

from

act

ual p

oint

to

stak

e ou

t po

int

is

show

n on

the

dis

play

.•

MEA

SUR

E: to

mea

sure

, or s

elec

t poi

nts

from

mem

ory,

to c

alcu

late

the

chai

nage

, lin

e an

d of

fset

fro

m t

he d

efin

ed e

lem

ent.

Spir

al t

ype

ASp

iral i

nB

Spria

l out

TSO

X_11

2

A

B

Page 170: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 170

App

licat

ions

Ente

r st

akeo

ut

valu

es

Nex

t st

ep•

If in

sta

keou

t m

ode,

pre

ss O

K t

o be

gin

stak

ing

out.

•O

r, if

in m

easu

rem

ent

mod

e, p

ress

ALL

to

mea

sure

and

reco

rd.

Page 171: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 171

9.13

Roa

dwor

ks 3

D9.

13.1

Star

ting

Roa

dwor

ks 3

DA

vaila

bilit

y

Des

crip

tion

Road

wor

ks 3

D is

an

appl

icat

ion

used

to s

take

out

poi

nts

or fo

r as-

built

che

cks

rela

tive

to a

road

alig

nmen

t, in

clud

ing

slop

es. I

t su

ppor

ts t

he f

ollo

win

g fe

atur

es:

•H

oriz

onta

l alig

nmen

ts w

ith t

he e

lem

ents

str

aigh

t, c

urve

, and

spi

ral (

entr

y an

d ex

it as

wel

l as

part

ial).

•Ve

rtic

al a

lignm

ents

with

the

ele

men

ts s

trai

ght,

cur

ve a

nd q

uadr

atic

par

abol

a.•

Uplo

ad o

f ho

rizon

tal a

nd v

ertic

al a

lignm

ents

whi

ch a

re in

gsi

dat

a fo

rmat

of

Flex

Off

ice

Road

Lin

e Ed

itor.

•Cr

eatio

n, v

iew

and

del

etio

n of

alig

nmen

ts o

nboa

rd.

•Us

e of

des

ign

heig

ht o

f ve

rtic

al a

lignm

ents

or m

anua

lly e

nter

ed h

eigh

ts.

•Lo

g fil

e vi

a Fo

rmat

man

ager

of

Flex

Off

ice.

Road

wor

ks 3

D

met

hods

Road

wor

ks 3

D h

as t

he f

ollo

win

g su

bapp

licat

ions

:

)Th

e ap

plic

atio

n ca

n be

tria

lled

15 ti

mes

. Aft

er 1

5 tr

ials

, it

is n

ecce

ssar

y to

ent

er t

he

licen

ce c

ode.

-O

ptio

nal

9

•Su

bapp

licat

ion

Chec

k•

Suba

pplic

atio

n Ch

eck

Slop

e•

Suba

pplic

atio

n St

ake

•Su

bapp

licat

ion

Stak

e Sl

ope

Page 172: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 172

App

licat

ions

Road

wor

ks 3

D

step

-by-

step

1.Cr

eate

or u

ploa

d ro

ad a

lignm

ents

.2.

Sele

ct h

oriz

onta

l and

/or v

ertic

al a

lignm

ent

files

.3.

Def

ine

stak

e/ch

eck/

slop

e pa

ram

eter

.4.

Sele

ct o

ne o

f th

e Ro

adw

orks

3D

suba

pplic

atio

ns

)•

The

alig

nmen

t fil

e da

ta h

as t

o be

in t

he s

ame

data

str

uctu

re a

s Fl

exO

ffic

e Ro

ad

Line

Edi

tor.

Thes

e gs

i file

s ha

ve u

niqu

e id

entif

iers

for

eac

h el

emen

t w

hich

are

us

ed b

y th

e ap

plic

atio

n.

•Th

e al

ignm

ents

mus

t be

con

tinuo

us b

ecau

se g

eom

etric

al g

aps

and

chai

nage

eq

uatio

ns a

re n

ot s

uppo

rted

.•

The

file

nam

e fo

r the

hor

izon

tal a

lignm

ent

file

mus

t ha

ve t

he p

refix

ALN

, for

ex

ampl

e, A

LN_H

Z_Ax

is_0

1.gs

i. Th

e fil

e na

me

for t

he v

ertic

al a

lignm

ent

files

mus

t ha

ve t

he p

refix

PRF

, for

exa

mpl

e PR

F_VT

_Axi

s_01

.gsi

. File

nam

es c

an b

e 16

ch

arac

ters

long

.•

The

uplo

aded

or c

reat

ed ro

ad a

lignm

ents

are

per

man

ent

and

stor

ed e

ven

if th

e ap

plic

atio

n is

clo

sed.

•Ro

ad a

lignm

ents

can

be

dele

ted

onbo

ard

or v

ia F

lexO

ffic

e D

ata

Exch

ange

M

anag

er.

•Ro

ad a

lignm

ents

can

not b

e ed

ited

onbo

ard.

Thi

s ne

eds

to b

e do

ne v

ia F

lexO

ffic

e Ro

ad L

ine

Edito

r.

Page 173: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 173

9.13

.2Ba

sic

Term

sEl

emen

ts o

f a

road

pr

ojec

tRo

ad p

roje

cts

cons

ist,

in g

ener

al, o

f a

horiz

onta

l and

a v

ertic

al a

lignm

ent.

Hor

izon

tal

geom

etry

ele

men

tsFo

r onb

oard

inpu

t Ro

adw

orks

3D

sup

port

s th

e fo

llow

ing

elem

ents

for

hor

izon

tal

alig

nmen

ts.

Any

proj

ect p

oint

P1

has

E, N

and

H c

oord

inat

es

in a

det

erm

ined

coo

rdin

ate

syst

em a

nd h

as

thre

e po

sitio

ns.

P1 '

Posi

tion

on n

atur

al s

urfa

ceP1

"Po

sitio

n on

ver

tical

alig

nmen

tP1

'"Po

sitio

n on

hor

izon

tal a

lignm

ent

With

a s

econ

d po

int P

2 th

e al

ignm

ent i

s de

fined

.P1

' P

2 '

Proj

ectio

n of

the

alig

nmen

t ont

o th

e na

tura

l sur

face

.P1

'' P

2 ''

Vert

ical

alig

nmen

tP1

''' P

2 '''

Hor

izon

tal a

lignm

ent

αGr

ade

angl

e be

twee

n th

e ve

rtic

al

and

horiz

onta

l alig

nmen

t.a

Nat

ural

sur

face

b H

oriz

onta

l alig

nmen

tc

Ver

tical

alig

nmen

t

TSO

X_10

8

P1’ P1

’’’

P2’ P2’’

ab

c

P2’’’

P1’’

Page 174: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 174

App

licat

ions

Elem

ent

Des

crip

tion

Stra

ight

A st

raig

ht h

as t

o be

def

ined

by:

•St

art

poin

t (P

1) a

nd e

nd p

oint

(P2

) w

ith k

now

n Ea

stin

g an

d N

orth

ing

coor

dina

tes.

P1St

art

poin

tP2

End

poin

tCu

rve

A ci

rcul

ar c

urve

has

to

be d

efin

ed b

y:•

Star

t po

int

(P1)

and

end

poi

nt (

P2)

with

kno

wn

East

ing

and

Nor

thin

g co

ordi

nate

s.•

Radi

us (

R).

•Di

rect

ion:

Clo

ckw

ise

(b)

or A

ntic

lock

wis

e (a

).

P1St

art

poin

tP2

End

poin

tR

Radi

usa

Antic

lock

wis

e di

rect

ion

bCl

ockw

ise

dire

ctio

n

TSO

X_10

9

P1

P2

TSO

X_09

0

P1R

R

ba P2

Page 175: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 175

Spir

al /

Clot

hoid

A sp

iral i

s a

tran

sitio

n cu

rve

who

se ra

dius

cha

nges

alo

ng it

s le

ngth

. A

spira

l has

to

be d

efin

ed b

y:•

Star

t po

int

(P1)

and

end

poi

nt (

P2)

with

kno

wn

East

ing

and

Nor

thin

g co

ordi

nate

s.•

Radi

us a

t th

e st

art

of t

he s

pira

l (R)

.•

Spira

l par

amet

er (

) or

leng

th (

L) o

f th

e sp

iral.

•Di

rect

ion:

Clo

ckw

ise

or A

ntic

lock

wis

e.•

Spira

l typ

e: S

pira

l in

or S

pira

l out

. P1St

art

poin

tP2

End

poin

tR

Radi

usL

Leng

th

Elem

ent

Des

crip

tion

A =

L ·

R

TSO

X_11

1

R R

LP1

P2

Page 176: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 176

App

licat

ions

Vert

ical

geo

met

ry

elem

ents

For o

nboa

rd in

put

Road

wor

ks 3

D s

uppo

rts

the

follo

win

g el

emen

ts f

or v

ertic

al

alig

nmen

ts.

Spir

al

type

s•

Entr

y sp

iral (

Spira

l in

= A)

: Spi

ral w

ith a

radi

us o

f inf

inity

at t

he s

tart

an

d a

give

n ra

dius

at

the

end.

•Ex

it sp

iral (

Spira

l out

= B

): S

pira

l with

a g

iven

radi

us a

t the

sta

rt a

nd

radi

us o

f in

finity

at

the

end.

•Pa

rtia

l/Ovo

id s

pira

l: A

spira

l with

a g

iven

radi

us a

t th

e st

art

and

anot

her g

iven

radi

us a

t th

e en

d. AEn

try

spira

lB

Exit

spira

l

Elem

ent

Des

crip

tion

TSO

X_11

2

A

B

Elem

ent

Des

crip

tion

Stra

ight

A st

raig

ht h

as t

o be

def

ined

by:

•St

art

chai

nage

and

sta

rt h

eigh

t of

P1.

•En

d ch

aina

ge a

nd e

nd h

eigh

t of

P2,

or l

engt

h (L

) an

d sl

ope

(%).

Page 177: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 177

P1St

art

poin

tP2

End

poin

tL

Leng

th%

Slop

eTr

ansi

tion

cu

rve

A ci

rcul

ar c

urve

has

to

be d

efin

ed b

y:•

Star

t ch

aina

ge a

nd s

tart

hei

ght

of P

1.•

End

chai

nage

and

end

hei

ght

of P

2.•

Radi

us (

R).

•Ty

pe: C

onve

x (c

rest

) or

Con

cave

(sa

g). a

Conv

exb

Conc

ave

P1St

art

poin

tP2

End

poin

tR

Radi

us

Elem

ent

Des

crip

tion

TSO

X_11

3P2

P1

P1-%

LP2

+%L

P1

R

a

R

P2

P1

RR

P2

b

Page 178: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 178

App

licat

ions

Qua

drat

ic

para

bola

A qu

adra

tic p

arab

ola

has

the

adva

ntag

e th

at t

he ra

te o

f ch

ange

of

grad

e is

con

stan

t, re

sulti

ng in

a "s

moo

ther

" cur

ve. A

qua

drat

ic p

arab

ola

has

to b

e de

fined

by:

•St

art

chai

nage

and

sta

rt h

eigh

t of

P1.

•En

d ch

aina

ge a

nd e

nd h

eigh

t of

P2.

•Pa

ram

eter

, or L

engt

h (L

), gr

ade

of e

ntry

str

aigh

t (G

rade

In)

and

grad

e of

exi

t st

raig

ht (

Grad

eO

ut).

P1St

art

poin

tP2

End

poin

tL

Leng

th%

Slop

e

Elem

ent

Des

crip

tion

TSO

X_11

4P1+%

-%P2

L

TSO

X_11

5

+%-%

P1P2

L

Page 179: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 179

Hor

izon

tal a

nd

vert

ical

geo

met

ry

elem

ents

co

mbi

ned

)St

art

and

end

chai

nage

and

tan

gent

poi

nts

can

be d

iffer

ent

for t

he h

oriz

onta

l and

ve

rtic

al a

lignm

ents

.

a =

Hor

izon

tal a

lignm

ent

(top

vie

w)

R1Ra

dius

1R2

Radi

us 2

a1St

raig

hta2

Curv

e w

ith R

1a3

Part

ial s

pira

l with

R1

and

R2a4

Curv

e w

ith R

2a5

Spira

l out

with

R2

and

R=a6

Stra

ight

b =

Vert

ical

alig

nmen

t (f

ront

vie

w)

b1St

raig

htb2

Curv

eb3

Stra

ight

b4Pa

rabo

lab5

Stra

ight

•Ta

ngen

t po

int

TSO

X_11

6

R

R1R2

-%

+%-%

b1b2

b3a

bb4

b5

a2a3

a4a5

a6

a1

Page 180: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 180

App

licat

ions

Slop

e el

emen

ts

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he s

lope

ele

men

ts:

a)H

oriz

onta

l alig

nmen

t at

a d

efin

ed c

hain

age.

b)H

inge

poi

nt, i

s de

fined

by

ente

red

offs

et le

ft/r

ight

and

hei

ght

diff

eren

ce.

c)Sl

ope

= ra

tio.

d)Ca

tch

poin

t, o

r day

light

poi

nt, i

ndic

ates

the

poi

nt o

f in

ters

ectio

n be

twee

n th

e sl

ope

and

the

natu

ral s

urfa

ce. B

oth

the

hing

e po

int a

nd th

e ca

tch

poin

t lie

on

the

slop

e.e)

Nat

ural

sur

face

, is

the

undi

stur

bed

surf

ace

befo

re p

roje

ct c

onst

ruct

ion.

P1M

easu

red

poin

ta

Horiz

onta

l alig

nmen

tb

Hing

e po

int

cSl

ope

dCa

tch

poin

te

Nat

ural

sur

face

fDe

fined

off

set

gDe

fined

hei

ght

diff

eren

ceh

Cut

situ

atio

n fo

r def

ined

slo

pei

Δ O

ffse

t to

cat

ch p

oint

Cut

/ Fill

Des

crip

tion

Cut

situ

atio

na

Hor

izon

tal a

lignm

ent

bH

inge

poi

ntc

Slop

ed

Catc

h po

int

eN

atur

al s

urfa

ce

TSO

X_05

2

c

a

e

f

i

g

dh

b

P1

TSO

X_11

7

cc

a

ee

bb

dd

Page 181: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 181

9.13

.3Cr

eati

ng o

r U

ploa

ding

Alig

nmen

t Fi

les

Des

crip

tion

Crea

te h

oriz

onta

l and

ver

tical

road

alig

nmen

t fil

es w

ith F

lexO

ffic

e Ro

ad L

ine

Edito

r an

d up

load

the

m o

nto

the

inst

rum

ent

usin

g th

e D

ata

Exch

ange

Man

ager

.Al

tern

ativ

ely,

hor

izon

tal a

nd v

ertic

al ro

ad a

lignm

ents

can

be

crea

ted

onbo

ard

the

inst

rum

ent.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

3D

Roa

dwor

ks f

rom

the

PRO

GRA

MS

men

u.3.

Com

plet

e ap

plic

atio

n pr

e-se

ttin

gs. R

efer

to

"8 A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted"

.

Sele

ct a

lignm

ent

file

s

Fill

situ

atio

na

Hor

izon

tal a

lignm

ent

bH

inge

poi

ntc

Slop

ed

Catc

h po

int

eN

atur

al s

urfa

ce

Cut

/ Fill

Des

crip

tion

TSO

X11

8

dd

cc

a

ee

bb

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onH

oriz

. Aln

List

of

avai

labl

e ho

rizon

tal a

lignm

ent

files

.

)Us

ing

a ho

rizon

tal a

lignm

ent

file

is m

anda

tory

.Ve

rti.

Aln

List

of

avai

labl

e ve

rtic

al a

lignm

ent

files

.

Page 182: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 182

App

licat

ions

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

New

to

nam

e an

d de

fine

a ne

w a

lignm

ent

file.

•O

r, pr

ess

OK

to

sele

ct a

n ex

istin

g al

ignm

ent

file

and

proc

eed

to t

he D

efin

e St

ake/

Chec

k/Sl

ope

valu

es s

cree

n.

Def

ine

Stak

e/

Chec

k/Sl

ope

valu

es

)Us

ing

a ve

rtic

al a

lignm

ent f

ile is

not

man

dato

ry. A

hei

ght c

an

be d

efin

ed m

anua

lly in

stea

d.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

STA

KE

To s

tart

the

sub

appl

icat

ion

Stak

e.CH

ECK

To s

tart

the

sub

appl

icat

ion

Chec

k.ST

K_S

LPTo

sta

rt t

he s

ubap

plic

atio

n St

ake

Slop

e. C

H_S

LPTo

sta

rt t

he s

ubap

plic

atio

n Ch

eck

Slop

e.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onO

ffs.

Lef

tH

oriz

onta

l off

set

to t

he le

ft o

f the

hor

izon

tal a

lignm

ent.

Off

s. R

ight

Hor

izon

tal o

ffse

t to

the

righ

t of

the

hor

izon

tal a

lignm

ent.

Ht.

Dif

f.Ve

rtic

al o

ffse

t, e

ither

up

or d

own,

fro

m t

he h

oriz

onta

l alig

nmen

t.

Page 183: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 183

Nex

t st

epSe

lect

a s

oftk

ey o

ptio

n, S

TAK

E, C

HEC

K, S

TK_S

LP o

r C

H_S

LP, t

o pr

ocee

d a

suba

pplic

atio

n.

Def

.Cha

inD

efin

ed c

hain

age

for s

take

out

.In

crem

ent

Valu

e by

whi

ch t

he d

efin

ed c

hain

age

can

be in

crem

ente

d or

de

crem

ente

d in

sub

appl

icat

ions

Sta

ke a

nd S

take

Slo

pe.

Hei

ght

Man

ual

Hei

ght

Heig

ht re

fere

nce

for h

eigh

t cal

cula

tions

. If e

nabl

ed th

is

heig

ht is

use

d fo

r all

suba

pplic

atio

ns.

Use

Des

ign

Hei

ght

The

heig

ht re

fere

nce

for h

eigh

t ca

lcul

atio

ns is

the

se

lect

ed v

ertic

al a

lignm

ent

file.

Man

ual H

t.H

eigh

t to

be

used

for

Man

ual H

eigh

t.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 184: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 184

App

licat

ions

9.13

.4Su

bapp

licat

ion

Stak

eD

escr

ipti

onTh

e su

bapp

licat

ion

Stak

e is

use

d to

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

s re

lativ

e to

an

exis

ting

alig

nmen

t.

The

heig

ht d

iffer

ence

is re

lativ

e to

a v

ertic

al a

lignm

ent

or m

anua

lly e

nter

ed h

eigh

t.

Acc

ess

Pres

s ST

AK

E fr

om t

he D

efin

e St

ake/

Chec

k/Sl

ope

valu

es s

cree

n.

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Targ

et p

oint

P2M

easu

red

poin

tP3

Mea

sure

d po

int

aHo

rizon

tal a

lignm

ent

bDe

fined

cha

inag

ec

Off

set

dHe

ight

diff

eren

cee+

Δ O

ffse

t, p

ositi

vee-

Δ O

ffse

t, n

egat

ive

f+Δ

Chai

nage

, pos

itive

f-Δ

Chai

nage

, neg

ativ

eg+

Δ He

ight

, pos

itive

g-Δ

Heig

ht, n

egat

ive

TSO

X_05

4

P0

ad

e+e-

f+

f-

g+

g-c

P1

P2

P3

b

Page 185: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 185

3D-R

OA

D

STA

KEO

UT

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onD

ef.C

hain

Sele

cted

cha

inag

e to

sta

ke o

ut.

ΔH

zAn

gle

offs

et: P

ositi

ve if

the

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is t

o th

e rig

ht o

f th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.

Δ

Hor

izon

tal o

ffse

t: P

ositi

ve if

the

stak

e ou

t poi

nt is

furt

her a

way

than

th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.Δ

Hei

ght

Heig

ht o

ffse

t: P

ositi

ve if

the

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is h

ighe

r tha

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.Δ

Chai

nLo

ngitu

dina

l off

set:

Pos

itive

if th

e st

ake

out p

oint

is fu

rthe

r aw

ay th

an

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

ΔO

ffse

tPe

rpen

dicu

lar o

ffse

t: P

ositi

ve if

the

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

is t

o th

e rig

ht o

f th

e m

easu

red

poin

t.

Page 186: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 186

App

licat

ions

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

A

LL t

o m

easu

re a

nd re

cord

.•

Or,

pres

s ES

C to

retu

rn t

o th

e D

efin

e St

ake/

Chec

k/Sl

ope

valu

es s

cree

n.

Def

. Eas

tCa

lcul

ated

Eas

t co

ordi

nate

of

the

stak

e ou

t po

int.

Def

. Nor

thCa

lcul

ated

Nor

th c

oord

inat

e of

the

sta

ke o

ut p

oint

.D

ef. H

eigh

tCa

lcul

ated

Hei

ght

of t

he s

take

out

poi

nt.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 187: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 187

9.13

.5Su

bapp

licat

ion

Chec

kD

escr

ipti

onTh

e su

bapp

licat

ion

Chec

k is

use

d fo

r as-

built

che

cks.

The

poi

nts

can

be m

easu

red

or

sele

cted

from

the

mem

ory.

The

cha

inag

e an

d of

fset

val

ues

are

rela

tive

to a

n ex

istin

g ho

rizon

tal a

lignm

ent,

and

the

hei

ght

diff

eren

ce is

rela

tive

to a

ver

tical

alig

nmen

t or

m

anua

lly e

nter

ed h

eigh

t.

)D

efin

ed c

hain

age

and

Incr

emen

t va

lues

will

not

be

cons

ider

ed in

the

sub

appl

icat

ion

Chec

k.

Acc

ess

Pres

s CH

ECK

fro

m t

he D

efin

e St

ake/

Chec

k/Sl

ope

valu

es s

cree

n.

P0In

stru

men

t st

atio

nP1

Targ

et p

oint

P2Ta

rget

poi

nta

Horiz

onta

l alig

nmen

tb

Chai

nage

c+O

ffse

t, po

sitiv

ec-

Off

set,

nega

tive

d+He

ight

diff

eren

ce, p

ositi

ved-

Heig

ht d

iffer

ence

, neg

ativ

e

a

P1

P2 c+d+

b

c-d-

Page 188: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 188

App

licat

ions

3D-R

OA

D C

HEC

K

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to

mea

sure

and

reco

rd.

•O

r, pr

ess

ESC

to re

turn

to

the

Def

ine

Stak

e/Ch

eck/

Slop

e va

lues

scr

een.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onO

ffse

tD

efin

ed h

oriz

onta

l off

set.

Lef

t, R

ight

or C

ente

r.Ch

aina

geCu

rren

t ch

aina

ge f

rom

mea

sure

d po

int.

Off

set

Perp

endi

cula

r off

set

to a

lignm

ent.

Ht.

Dif

fH

eigh

t diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

the

mea

sure

d po

int a

nd th

e de

fined

hei

ght.

ΔEa

stCa

lcul

ated

diff

eren

ce in

Eas

ting

coor

dina

te b

etw

een

the

mea

sure

d po

int

and

the

alig

nmen

t el

emen

t.Δ

Nor

thCa

lcul

ated

diff

eren

ce in

Nor

thin

g co

ordi

nate

bet

wee

n th

e m

easu

red

poin

t an

d th

e al

ignm

ent

elem

ent.

Page 189: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 189

9.13

.6Su

bapp

licat

ion

Stak

e Sl

ope

Des

crip

tion

The

suba

pplic

atio

n St

ake

Slop

e is

use

d to

sta

ke o

ut t

he c

atch

poi

nt, w

hich

is t

he

inte

rsec

tion

poin

t of

a d

efin

ed s

lope

with

the

nat

ural

sur

face

.Th

e sl

ope

is a

lway

s de

fined

as

star

ting

from

a h

inge

poi

nt. I

f th

e pa

ram

eter

off

set

right

/left

and

hei

ght d

iffer

ence

are

not

ent

ered

, the

poi

nt a

t the

def

ined

cha

inag

e on

th

e ho

rizon

tal a

lignm

ent

is t

he h

inge

poi

nt.

Acc

ess

Pres

s ST

K-S

LP f

rom

the

Def

ine

Stak

e/Ch

eck/

Slop

e va

lues

scr

een.

P1M

easu

red

poin

ta

Horiz

onta

l alig

nmen

tb

Defin

ed o

ffse

tc

Defin

ed h

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

dHi

nge

poin

te

Defin

ed s

lope

fCa

tch

poin

tg

Nat

ural

sur

face

Off

set

to c

atch

poi

nti

Cut/

fill t

o ca

tch

poin

tj

Off

set

to h

inge

poi

ntk

Off

set

to a

lignm

ent

lHe

ight

diff

eren

ce t

o hi

nge

poin

tm

Heig

ht d

iffer

ence

to

alig

nmen

t

TSO

X_05

6

P1f

e

i

hg

ac

bk l

m

j

d

Page 190: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 190

App

licat

ions

Def

ine

Slop

e fo

r St

akeO

ut

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onO

ffse

tH

oriz

onta

l off

set

from

the

hor

izon

tal a

lignm

ent

to d

efin

e th

e hi

nge

poin

t.D

ef.C

hain

Def

ined

cha

inag

e fo

r sta

keou

t.Sl

opeT

ype

Type

of

slop

e. R

efer

to

"Slo

pe T

ype"

.Sl

opeG

rade

Slop

e ra

tio. R

efer

to

"Slo

pe G

rade

".

Page 191: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 191

Slop

e Ty

pe

Slop

e G

rade

Ratio

of t

he s

lope

. The

uni

t for

slo

pe g

rade

is d

efin

ed in

the

SETT

ING

S sc

reen

. Ref

er

to "

4.1

Gene

ral S

ettin

gs".

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

OK

to

proc

eed

to t

he S

LOPE

STA

KEO

UT

scre

en.

Left

up

Hing

e po

int

Rig

ht u

pLe

ft u

pCr

eate

s an

upw

ard

plan

e ex

tend

ing

to

the

left

of

the

defin

ed h

inge

poi

nt.

Righ

t up

Crea

tes

an u

pwar

d pl

ane

exte

ndin

g to

th

e rig

ht o

f th

e de

fined

hin

ge p

oint

.Le

ft d

own

Crea

tes

a do

wnw

ard

plan

e ex

tend

ing

to

the

left

of

the

defin

ed h

inge

poi

nt.

Righ

t do

wn

Crea

tes

a do

wnw

ard

plan

e ex

tend

ing

to

the

right

of

the

defin

ed h

inge

poi

nt.

Left

dow

nRi

ght

dow

n

Page 192: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 192

App

licat

ions

SLO

PE S

TAK

EOU

T

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onD

ef.C

hain

Def

ined

cha

inag

e fo

r sta

ke o

ut.

ΔCh

ain

Diff

eren

ce b

etw

een

the

defin

ed c

hain

age

and

the

mea

sure

d ch

aina

ge.

ΔO

ffse

tH

oriz

onta

l off

set

betw

een

the

catc

h po

int

of d

efin

ed s

lope

and

the

m

easu

red

posi

tion.

Cut/

Fill

Vert

ical

off

set

betw

een

the

catc

h po

int

of t

he d

efin

ed s

lope

and

the

m

easu

red

posi

tion.

A c

ut is

abo

ve t

he s

lope

, a f

ill is

bel

ow t

he s

lope

.A

ct. S

lpM

easu

red

slop

e of

the

refle

ctor

pos

ition

to

the

hing

e po

int.

Off

s. H

ngM

easu

red

offs

et to

the

horiz

onta

l alig

nmen

t inc

ludi

ng o

ffse

t rig

ht a

nd

offs

et le

ft.

Page 193: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 193

ΔH

Hng

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ce t

o th

e hi

nge

poin

t. T

he v

ertic

al o

ffse

t be

twee

n th

e de

fined

hei

ght

at t

he c

urre

nt c

hain

age,

and

the

mea

sure

d po

sitio

n,

incl

udin

g th

e de

fined

hei

ght

diff

eren

ce.

Hng

Slop

e di

stan

ce f

rom

the

mea

sure

d po

int

to t

he h

inge

poi

nt.

Hei

ght

Hei

ght

valu

e of

the

mea

sure

d po

int.

Act

. Ch.

The

mea

sure

d ch

aina

ge.

Off

s. A

lnM

easu

red

offs

et to

the

horiz

onta

l alig

nmen

t exc

ludi

ng o

ffse

t rig

ht a

nd

offs

et le

ft.

ΔH

Aln

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ce t

o th

e al

ignm

ent.

The

ver

tical

off

set

betw

een

defin

ed h

eigh

t at

the

cur

rent

cha

inag

e, a

nd t

he m

easu

red

posi

tion,

ex

clud

ing

the

defin

ed h

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

. A

lnSl

ope

dist

ance

fro

m t

he m

easu

red

poin

t to

the

alig

nmen

t.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 194: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 194

App

licat

ions

Sign

con

vent

ion

Cut

situ

atio

n

Fill

situ

atio

n

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to

mea

sure

and

reco

rd.

•O

r, pr

ess

ESC

to re

turn

to

the

Def

ine

Stak

e/Ch

eck/

Slop

e va

lues

scr

een.

P1M

easu

red

poin

tP2

Catc

h po

int

aHo

rizon

tal a

lignm

ent

bHi

nge

poin

tc

Cut

Off

set

to c

atch

poi

nt

P1M

easu

red

poin

tP2

Catc

h po

int

aHo

rizon

tal a

lignm

ent

bHi

nge

poin

tc

Fill

Off

set

to c

atch

poi

nt

TSO

X_05

7cd

ab

P1

P2

P2

TSO

X_05

8

ab

dc

P1P2

P2

Page 195: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 195

9.13

.7Su

bapp

licat

ion

Chec

k Sl

ope

Des

crip

tion

The

suba

pplic

atio

n Ch

eck

Slop

e is

use

d fo

r as-

built

che

cks

and

to g

et in

form

atio

n ab

out s

lope

s, fo

r exa

mpl

e on

a n

atur

al s

urfa

ce. I

f the

par

amet

er o

ffse

t lef

t/rig

ht a

nd

heig

ht d

iffer

ence

are

not

ent

ered

, the

poi

nt o

n th

e ho

rizon

tal a

lignm

ent i

s th

e hi

nge

poin

t.

)D

efin

ed c

hain

age

and

incr

emen

t va

lues

will

not

be

cons

ider

ed in

the

sub

appl

icat

ion

Chec

k.

Acc

ess

Pres

s C

H-S

LP fr

om t

he D

efin

e St

ake/

Chec

k/Sl

ope

valu

es s

cree

n.

P1M

easu

red

poin

ta

Horiz

onta

l alig

nmen

tb

Defin

ed o

ffse

tc

Defin

ed h

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

dHi

nge

poin

te

Actu

al s

lope

fN

atur

al s

urfa

ceg

Off

set

to h

inge

poi

nth

Off

set

to a

lignm

ent

iHe

ight

diff

eren

ce t

o hi

nge

poin

tj

Heig

ht d

iffer

ence

to

alig

nmen

t

TSO

X_05

5

e

f

ac

bh i

j

g

d

P1

Page 196: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 196

App

licat

ions

Chec

k sl

ope

valu

es

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onO

ffse

tD

efin

ed h

oriz

onta

l off

set.

Lef

t, R

ight

or C

ente

r.Ch

aina

geCu

rren

t ch

aina

ge f

rom

mea

sure

d po

int.

Off

s. H

ngO

ffse

t to

hing

e. M

easu

red

offs

et to

the

horiz

onta

l alig

nmen

t inc

ludi

ng

offs

et ri

ght

and

offs

et le

ft.

ΔH

Hng

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ce t

o th

e hi

nge

poin

t. T

he v

ertic

al o

ffse

t be

twee

n th

e de

fined

hei

ght

at t

he c

urre

nt c

hain

age,

and

the

mea

sure

d po

sitio

n in

clud

ing

defin

ed h

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

.A

ct. S

lpTh

e m

easu

red

slop

e ra

tio o

f th

e m

easu

red

poin

t to

the

hin

ge p

oint

. H

ngSl

ope

dist

ance

fro

m t

he m

easu

red

poin

t to

the

hin

ge p

oint

.H

eigh

tH

eigh

t va

lue

of t

he m

easu

red

poin

t.

Page 197: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 197

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, p

ress

ALL

to

mea

sure

and

reco

rd.

•O

r, pr

ess

ESC

to re

turn

to

the

Def

ine

Stak

e/Ch

eck/

Slop

e va

lues

scr

een.

•O

r, co

ntin

ue s

elec

ting

ESC

to e

xit

the

appl

icat

ion.

9.14

Trav

erse

PRO

9.14

.1O

verv

iew

Ava

ilabi

lity

)Th

e ap

plic

atio

n Tr

aver

sePR

O c

an b

e tr

ialle

d 15

tim

es. A

fter

15

tria

ls, i

t is

nec

essa

ry

to e

nter

a li

cenc

e co

de.

Des

crip

tion

Trav

erse

PRO

is a

n ap

plic

atio

n us

ed t

o es

tabl

ish

cont

rol n

etw

orks

whe

reby

oth

er

surv

ey o

pera

tions

suc

h as

topo

grap

hic

surv

eys

or p

oint

sta

ke o

uts

can

be c

ompl

eted

.

Off

s. A

lnM

easu

red

offs

et to

the

horiz

onta

l alig

nmen

t exc

ludi

ng o

ffse

t rig

ht a

nd

offs

et le

ft.

ΔH

Aln

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ce t

o th

e al

ignm

ent.

The

ver

tical

off

set

betw

een

defin

ed h

eigh

t at

the

cur

rent

cha

inag

e, a

nd t

he m

easu

red

posi

tion,

ex

clud

ing

the

defin

ed h

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

. A

lnSl

ope

dist

ance

fro

m t

he m

easu

red

poin

t to

the

alig

nmen

t.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

-O

ptio

nal

9

Page 198: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 198

App

licat

ions

The

Trav

erse

PRO

met

hods

incl

ude

2D h

elm

ert

tran

sfor

mat

ion,

com

pass

rule

and

tr

ansi

t ru

le.

2D H

elm

ert

tran

sfor

mat

ion

A he

lmer

t tr

ansf

orm

atio

n is

cal

cula

ted

base

d on

tw

o co

ntro

l poi

nts.

The

se m

ust

be

the

star

t po

int

and

the

end,

or c

losi

ng ,

stat

ion.

Shi

ft, r

otat

ion

and

scal

e fa

ctor

will

be

com

pute

d an

d ap

plie

d to

the

tra

vers

e.

Star

ting

a tr

aver

se w

ithou

t an

initi

al b

acks

ight

mea

sure

men

t will

aut

omat

ical

ly re

sult

in a

hel

mer

t tr

ansf

orm

atio

n, u

nles

s, t

he u

se o

f th

e st

art

azim

uth

is c

onfir

med

aft

er

the

the

trav

erse

clo

sure

. If t

his

occu

rs th

en e

ither

of t

he o

ther

met

hods

bel

ow c

ould

be

use

d, o

r the

tra

vers

e le

ft o

pen.

Com

pass

rul

eTh

e co

ordi

nate

mis

clos

ure

will

be

dist

ribut

ed w

ith re

spec

t to

the

leng

th o

f th

e tr

aver

se le

gs. T

he c

ompa

ss ru

le a

ssum

es t

hat

the

bigg

est

erro

r com

es f

rom

the

lo

nges

t tr

aver

se o

bser

vatio

ns. T

his

met

hod

is s

uita

ble

whe

n th

e pr

ecis

ion

of t

he

angl

es a

nd d

ista

nces

are

app

roxi

mat

ely

equa

l.

Tran

sit

rule

The

coor

dina

te m

iscl

osur

e w

ill b

e di

strib

uted

with

resp

ect t

o th

e co

ordi

nate

cha

nges

in

Eas

ting

and

Nor

thin

g. U

se th

is m

etho

d if

the

angl

es w

ere

mea

sure

d w

ith a

hig

her

prec

isio

n th

an t

he d

ista

nces

.

Trav

erse

PRO

ste

p-by

-ste

p1.

Star

t an

d co

nfig

ure

Trav

erse

PRO

.2.

Ente

r sta

tion

data

.3.

Sele

ct s

tart

ing

met

hod.

4.M

easu

re a

bac

ksig

ht p

oint

or g

o di

rect

ly t

o st

ep 5

.5.

Mea

sure

a f

ores

ight

poi

nt.

6.Re

peat

for

the

num

ber o

f se

ts.

7.M

ove

to t

he n

ext

stat

ion.

Page 199: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 199

Trav

erse

PRO

op

tion

s•

It is

als

o po

ssib

le t

o ob

serv

e si

desh

ots

and

chec

k po

ints

dur

ing

the

trav

erse

, ho

wev

er, c

heck

poi

nts

are

not

incl

uded

in t

he t

rave

rse

adju

stm

ent.

•At

the

end

of

the

trav

erse

, res

ults

are

dis

play

ed a

nd a

n ad

just

men

t m

ay b

e

calc

ulat

ed if

des

ired.

9.14

.2St

arti

ng a

nd C

onfi

guri

ng T

rave

rseP

ROA

cces

s1.

Sele

ct P

rog

from

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct T

rave

rse

from

the

PRO

GRA

MS

men

u.3.

Com

plet

e ap

plic

atio

n pr

e-se

ttin

gs.

•Se

t Jo

b:

Onl

y on

e tr

aver

se p

er jo

b is

allo

wed

. If

an a

djus

ted

or f

inis

hed

trav

erse

is

alre

ady

part

of

the

sele

cted

job,

the

n se

lect

ano

ther

job.

Ref

er t

o "8

Ap

plic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted"

.•

Set

Tole

ranc

es:

Use

Tol

.: YE

S to

act

ivat

e th

e us

e of

tol

eran

ces.

Ente

r lim

its f

or h

oriz

onta

l dire

ctio

n (t

he d

iffer

ence

bet

wee

n m

easu

red

and

calc

ulat

ed a

zim

uth

to t

he c

losi

ng p

oint

), di

stan

ce (

the

dist

ance

bet

wee

n kn

own

and

mea

sure

d cl

osin

g po

int)

, and

for d

iffer

ence

s in

Eas

ting,

Nor

thin

g an

d H

eigh

t. If

the

adj

ustm

ent

resu

lts, o

r the

dev

iatio

n fo

r a c

heck

poi

nt,

exce

ed t

hese

lim

its a

war

ning

mes

sage

app

ears

.Pr

ess

OK

to

save

the

lim

its a

nd re

turn

to

the

Pre-

sett

ings

scr

een.

4.Se

lect

Sta

rt t

o be

gin

the

appl

icat

ion.

Page 200: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 200

App

licat

ions

)It

is n

ot re

com

men

ded

to s

tart

a tr

aver

se if

the

mem

ory

is a

lmos

t ful

l. D

oing

so,

may

m

ean

the

trav

erse

mea

sure

men

ts a

nd re

sults

can

not

be s

aved

. Acc

ordi

ngly

, a

mes

sage

is d

ispl

ayed

if le

ss t

han

10%

of

the

mem

ory

is f

ree.

Trav

erse

co

nfig

urat

ion

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onTr

aver

se ID

Nam

e of

the

new

tra

vers

e.D

escr

Des

crip

tion,

if d

esire

d.O

pera

tor

Nam

e of

the

use

r who

will

be

usin

g th

e ne

w t

rave

rse,

if d

esire

d.M

etho

dB’

F’F’

’B’’

All p

oint

s ar

e m

easu

red

in f

ace

I, th

en a

ll po

ints

are

m

easu

red

in f

ace

II in

reve

rse

sequ

entia

l ord

er.

B’B’

’F’’F

’Th

e ba

cksi

ght

poin

t is

mea

sure

d in

fac

e I i

mm

edia

tely

fo

llow

ed b

y fa

ce II

. Oth

er p

oint

s ar

e m

easu

red

in

alte

rnat

ing

face

ord

er.

B’F’

All p

oint

s ar

e m

easu

red

in f

ace

I onl

y.N

r. o

f Se

tsN

umbe

r of

sets

. Lim

ited

to 1

0.U

se F

ace-

Tol

Impo

rtan

t w

hen

mea

surin

g w

ith f

ace

I and

II. T

his

chec

ks if

bot

h m

easu

rem

ents

are

with

in a

def

ined

lim

it. If

the

lim

it is

exc

eede

d, a

w

arni

ng m

essa

ge is

dis

play

ed.

Face

Tol

.Th

e lim

it th

at w

ill b

e us

ed f

or c

heck

ing

the

face

tol

eran

ce.

Page 201: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 201

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

OK

to

conf

irm t

he t

rave

rse

conf

igur

atio

n an

d pr

ocee

d to

the

MEA

SURE

TR

AVE

RSE

scre

en.

MEA

SUR

E TR

AVE

RSE

- En

ter

Stat

ion

data

)Ev

ery

Trav

erse

mus

t st

art

on a

kno

wn

poin

t.

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

OK

to

conf

irm s

tatio

n da

ta a

nd p

roce

ed t

o th

e TR

AVE

RSE

STA

RT s

cree

n.

LEVE

L To a

cces

s th

e el

ectr

onic

leve

l /

plum

met

scr

een

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onSt

at. I

DN

ame

of t

he s

tatio

n.hi

Hei

ght

of t

he in

stru

men

t.D

escr

.D

escr

iptio

n of

the

sta

tion,

if d

esire

d.

Page 202: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 202

App

licat

ions

9.14

.3M

easu

ring

Tra

vers

eA

cces

sFr

om t

he T

RAVE

RSE

STA

RT

scre

en s

elec

t on

e of

the

fol

low

ing:

1.W

itho

ut k

now

n Ba

cksi

ght:

Sta

rts

the

trav

erse

with

out a

kno

wn

back

sigh

t. T

he

mea

sure

men

ts b

egin

to

a fo

resi

ght

poin

t.

2.W

ith

know

n Ba

cksi

ght:

Sta

rts

the

trav

erse

with

a k

now

n ba

cksi

ght.

Wit

hout

kno

wn

back

sigh

tSt

art

a tr

aver

se w

itho

ut a

kno

wn

back

sigh

t•

Star

t on

a k

now

n po

int

with

out a

n in

tial m

easu

rem

ent

to a

kno

wn

back

sigh

t.

Stop

on

a kn

own

poin

t, o

r mak

e a

final

for

esig

ht m

easu

rem

ent

to a

kno

wn

clos

ing

poin

t.If

the

coor

dina

tes

of th

e st

art s

tatio

n ar

e un

know

n, th

e Fr

ee S

tatio

n ap

plic

atio

n ca

n be

run

befo

re a

nd b

y ch

oosi

ng S

tart

a t

rave

rse

wit

hout

a k

now

n ba

cksi

ght

the

last

kno

wn

syst

em a

zim

uth

from

the

Fre

e St

atio

n ap

plic

atio

n ca

n be

use

d.If

the

star

t az

imut

h is

unk

now

n an

d a

Hel

mer

t tr

ansf

orm

atio

n w

ill b

e pe

rfor

med

at

the

end

of t

he t

rave

rse,

the

n al

so u

se S

tart

a t

rave

rse

wit

hout

a k

now

n ba

cksi

ght.

Page 203: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 203

Wit

h kn

own

back

sigh

tSt

art

a tr

aver

se w

ith

a kn

own

back

sigh

t•

Star

t on

a k

now

n po

int

with

an

intia

l mea

sure

men

t to

a k

now

n ba

cksi

ght.

•St

op o

n a

know

n po

int

and

optio

nally

mea

sure

to

a kn

own

clos

ing

poin

t.

C1, C

3Co

ntro

l poi

nts

C2Ch

eck

poin

tP1

...P3

Trav

erse

poi

nts

TP1.

..TP3

Topo

grap

hic

poin

tsTS

OX_

060

C1P1

P2

P3C3

TP3

TP2

TP1

C2

C1, C

2Co

ntro

l poi

nts

C4, C

5Co

ntro

l poi

nts

C3Ch

eck

poin

tP1

...P3

Trav

erse

poi

nts

TP1.

..TP3

Topo

grap

hic

poin

tsN

Nor

th d

irect

ion

C1

C2P1

P2

P3

C4

C5

TP3

TP2

TP1

C3N

N

TSO

X_05

9

Page 204: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 204

App

licat

ions

Mea

sure

tra

vers

e -

Sigh

t ba

cksi

ght

Nex

t st

epD

epen

ding

on

the

trav

erse

met

hod

conf

igur

ed, a

fter

the

mea

sure

men

t ei

ther

the

Si

ght

Back

sigh

t Po

int

scre

en s

tays

act

ive

for m

easu

ring

the

back

sigh

t po

int

in a

se

cond

fac

e, o

r the

Sig

ht F

ores

ight

Poi

nt s

cree

n ap

pear

s fo

r mea

surin

g th

e fo

resi

ght

poin

t.

Mea

sure

tra

vers

e -

Sigh

t fo

resi

ght

Nex

t st

epD

epen

ding

on

the

trav

erse

met

hod

conf

igur

ed, a

fter

the

mea

sure

men

t ei

ther

the

Si

ght

Fore

sigh

t Po

int

scre

en s

tays

act

ive

for m

easu

ring

the

fore

sigh

t po

int

in a

se

cond

fac

e, o

r the

Sig

ht B

acks

ight

Poi

nt s

cree

n ap

pear

s fo

r mea

surin

g th

e ba

cksi

ght

poin

t.

Inte

rrup

t a

set

To in

terr

upt a

set

, pre

ss E

SC to

exi

t the

bac

ksig

ht o

r for

esig

ht s

cree

n. T

he C

ON

TIN

UE

WIT

H...

. scr

een

will

app

ear.

CON

TIN

UE

WIT

H...

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onBS

IDPo

int

ID o

f th

e ba

cksi

ght

poin

t.D

esc.

Des

crip

tion

of t

he b

acks

ight

poi

nt.

Stat

. ID

Nam

e of

the

sta

tion.

Code

Poin

t co

de, i

f de

sire

d.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onRe

do la

st

mea

sure

men

tRe

turn

s to

last

mea

sure

d po

int,

can

be

eith

er a

bac

ksig

ht o

r a

fore

sigh

t po

int.

The

last

mea

sure

men

t is

not

sto

red.

Page 205: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 205

Repe

titi

ve lo

op f

or

the

num

ber

of s

ets

Alte

rnat

ing

betw

een

scre

ens

for t

he b

acks

ight

and

for

esig

ht m

easu

rem

ents

co

ntin

ues

acco

rdin

g to

the

con

figur

ed n

umbe

r of

sets

.Th

e nu

mbe

r of s

ets

and

the

face

are

indi

cate

d in

the

top

righ

t co

rner

of t

he s

cree

n.

For e

xam

ple

1/I m

eans

set

1 in

fac

e I.

9.14

.4M

ovin

g ah

ead

Num

ber

of d

efin

ed

sets

is a

chie

ved

Whe

n th

e nu

mbe

r of

defin

ed s

ets

is a

chie

ved,

the

TRA

VERS

E M

AIN

scr

een

is

disp

laye

d au

tom

atic

ally

.The

acc

urac

y of

the

set

mea

sure

men

ts is

che

cked

. The

set

ca

n be

acc

epte

d or

redo

ne.

Red

o w

hole

st

atio

nRe

turn

s to

firs

t sig

ht p

oint

scr

een.

The

dat

a fr

om th

e la

st s

tatio

n is

not

sto

red.

Exit

tra

vers

eRe

turn

s to

the

PRO

GR

AM

S m

enu.

The

trav

erse

sta

ys a

ctiv

e an

d ca

n be

con

tinue

d la

ter.

The

data

fro

m t

he la

st s

tatio

n is

lost

.PR

EVRe

turn

s to

the

pre

viou

s sc

reen

whe

re E

SC w

as p

ress

ed.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 206: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 206

App

licat

ions

Mov

ing

ahea

d w

ith

the

Trav

erse

From

the

TRA

VERS

E M

AIN

scr

een,

sel

ect a

n op

tion

to m

ove

ahea

d w

ith th

e tr

aver

se,

or p

ress

ESC

to

redo

the

last

sta

tion.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onSu

rvey

Sid

esho

tEn

able

s th

e m

easu

rem

ent

of s

tand

ard

surv

ey a

nd t

opog

raph

ic

poin

ts. M

easu

red

poin

ts a

re s

tore

d w

ith a

Tra

vers

ePRO

fla

g. If

th

e tr

aver

se is

fin

ally

adj

uste

d, t

hese

poi

nts

will

be

upda

ted.

DO

NE To

exi

t th

e M

easu

re S

ides

hots

scr

een

and

retu

rns

to t

he

TRA

VER

SE M

AIN

scr

een.

Mov

e to

nex

t St

atio

nM

ove

to t

he n

ext

stat

ion.

The

inst

rum

ent

can

eith

er b

e le

ft o

n or

turn

ed o

ff. I

f the

inst

rum

ent i

s tu

rned

off

and

then

turn

ed o

n ag

ain

late

r, th

e m

essa

ge L

ast

trav

erse

not

yet

fin

ishe

d or

pr

oces

sed

- co

ntin

ue?

will

dis

play

. Sel

ectin

g YE

S w

ill re

-ope

n th

e Tr

aver

se t

o co

ntin

ue a

t th

e ne

w s

tatio

n.Th

e st

art

scre

en f

or t

he n

ext

stat

ion

is s

imila

r to

the

Ente

r St

atio

n D

ata

scre

en. T

he p

oint

ID o

f the

fore

sigh

t poi

nt o

f the

la

st s

tatio

n is

sug

gest

ed a

s st

atio

n ID

aut

omat

ical

ly.

Run

thro

ugh

the

loop

of b

acks

ight

and

fore

sigh

t mea

sure

men

ts

until

the

num

ber o

f se

ts is

reac

hed.

Page 207: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 207

Nex

t st

epCl

ose

the

trav

erse

by

sele

ctin

g CL

OSE

in t

he S

ight

For

esig

ht s

cree

n be

fore

m

easu

ring

a fo

resi

ght

poin

t af

ter a

bac

ksig

ht p

oint

mea

sure

men

t.

Mea

sure

Ch

eckp

oint

By m

easu

ring

a ch

eck

poin

t it

is p

ossi

ble

to c

heck

whe

ther

the

Tr

aver

se is

stil

l with

in c

erta

in d

evia

tions

. A c

heck

poi

nt is

ex

clud

ed f

rom

the

tra

vers

e ca

lcul

atio

n an

d ad

just

men

t,

how

ever

, all

mea

sure

men

t da

ta a

nd re

sults

obs

erve

d fr

om a

ch

eck

poin

t ar

e st

ored

.1.

Ente

r the

nam

e of

the

che

ck p

oint

and

the

hei

ght

of t

he

refle

ctor

.2.

Pres

s O

K t

o go

to

the

next

scr

een.

3.M

easu

re t

he c

heck

poi

nt. T

he d

iffer

ence

s in

Eas

ting,

N

orth

ing

and

Hei

ght

are

disp

laye

d.A

mes

sage

will

app

ear i

f th

e to

lera

nces

def

ined

in t

he

Trav

erse

PRO

con

figur

atio

n ar

e ex

ceed

ed.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 208: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 208

App

licat

ions

9.14

.5Cl

osin

g a

Trav

erse

Acc

ess

Pres

s CL

OSE

in th

e Si

ght

Fore

sigh

t sc

reen

bef

ore

mea

surin

g a

fore

sigh

t poi

nt a

fter

a

back

sigh

t po

int

mea

sure

men

t.

CLO

SE T

RAVE

RSE

F1 -

F4

To s

elec

t m

enu

item

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onA

t kn

own

Stat

ion

to

know

n Cl

osin

g Po

int

To c

lose

a t

rave

rse

at a

kno

wn

stat

ion

to a

kno

wn

clos

ing

poin

t.Us

e w

hen

setu

p on

the

clo

sing

sta

tion,

and

the

coo

rdin

ates

for

th

e st

atio

n an

d th

e cl

osin

g po

int

are

know

n.

)If

this

met

hod

is c

hose

n a

dist

ance

mea

sure

men

t is

m

anda

tory

.1.

Inpu

t th

e da

ta f

or b

oth

poin

ts.

2.M

easu

re t

o th

e cl

osin

g po

int.

3.Th

e re

sults

are

dis

play

ed.

Page 209: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 209

)If

the

trav

erse

sta

rted

with

out

a kn

own

back

sigh

t po

int,

and

opt

ions

At

know

n St

atio

n to

kno

wn

Clos

ing

Poin

t or

To

know

n Cl

osin

g Po

int

are

sele

cted

, the

n, fo

r ca

lcul

atin

g re

sults

, it

is p

ossi

ble

to u

se t

he s

yste

m a

zim

uth

save

d in

the

inst

rum

ent

from

ano

ther

app

licat

ion.

For

exa

mpl

e, if

Fre

e St

atio

n w

as u

sed

befo

re T

rave

rseP

RO.

Nex

t st

epSe

lect

an

optio

n, f

rom

the

CLO

SE T

RAVE

RSE

men

u to

pro

ceed

to

the

TRA

VERS

E RE

SULT

S sc

reen

.

To k

now

n Cl

osin

g Po

int

To c

lose

a t

rave

rse

to a

kno

wn

clos

ing

poin

t.Us

e w

hen

setu

p on

an

unkn

own

stat

ion

and

only

the

coor

dina

tes

of t

he c

losi

ng p

oint

are

kno

wn.

1.In

put

the

data

for

the

poi

nt.

2.M

easu

re t

o th

e cl

osin

g po

int.

3.Th

e re

sults

are

dis

play

ed.

At

know

n St

atio

n on

lyTo

clo

se a

tra

vers

e at

a k

now

n st

atio

n on

ly.

Use

whe

n se

tup

on th

e cl

osin

g st

atio

n an

d th

e co

ordi

nate

s fo

r it

are

know

n.1.

Inpu

t th

e da

ta f

or t

he c

losi

ng s

tatio

n.2.

The

resu

lts a

re d

ispl

ayed

.Le

ave

open

To le

ave

the

trav

erse

ope

n. T

here

is n

o la

st t

rave

rse

stat

ion.

1.Th

e re

sults

are

dis

play

ed.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 210: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 210

App

licat

ions

TRA

VERS

E RE

SULT

SA

DJU

ST To c

alcu

late

an

adju

stm

ent.

Una

vail-

able

whe

n th

e tr

aver

se is

left

ope

n.Vi

ewTo

lTo

vie

w t

he t

oler

ance

s fo

r the

tr

aver

se.

S-SH

OT

To m

easu

re a

sid

esho

t.En

dTra

vTo

reco

rd t

he re

sults

and

end

the

tr

aver

se.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onTr

aver

se ID

Nam

e of

the

tra

vers

e.St

art

Stn.

Poin

t ID

of

the

star

t st

atio

n.En

d St

n.Po

int

ID o

f th

e en

d st

atio

n.N

o. o

f St

n.N

umbe

r of

stat

ions

in t

he t

rave

rse.

Tota

l Dis

t.To

tal d

ista

nce

of t

he t

rave

rse.

1D A

ccur

acy

Accu

racy

in 1

D.

Leng

th o

f Tr

aver

seHe

ight

Mis

clos

ure

2D A

ccur

acy

Accu

racy

in 2

D.

Leng

th o

f Tr

aver

seLi

near

Mis

clos

ure

1/(

)1/(

)

Page 211: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 211

Nex

t st

epPr

ess

AD

JUST

fro

m t

he T

RAVE

RSE

RESU

LTS

scre

en t

o ca

lcul

ate

the

adju

stm

ents

.

SET

AD

JUST

MEN

TS

PARA

MET

ERS

L. o

f Er

ror

Leng

th/d

ista

nce

erro

r.A

zim

uth

Err.

Azim

uth

clos

ure

erro

r.Δ

East

, ΔN

orth

, ΔH

eigh

tCa

lcul

ated

coo

rdin

ates

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onN

o. o

f St

n.N

umbe

r of

stat

ions

in t

he t

rave

rse.

Azi

mut

h Er

rAz

imut

h cl

osur

e er

ror.

Mis

c.-D

istr

For m

iscl

osur

e di

strib

utio

n.

Page 212: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 212

App

licat

ions

)•

Dep

endi

ng o

n th

e nu

mbe

r of

mea

sure

d po

ints

the

cal

cula

tion

may

tak

e so

me

time.

A m

essa

ge is

dis

play

ed d

urin

g th

e pr

oces

sing

.•

Adju

sted

poi

nts

are

stor

ed a

s fix

poin

ts w

ith a

n ad

ditio

nal p

refix

, for

exa

mpl

e po

int

BS-1

54.B

is s

tore

d as

CBS

-154

.B.

•Af

ter t

he a

djus

tmen

t th

e Tr

aver

sePR

O a

pplic

atio

n is

exi

ted

and

the

syst

em

retu

rns

to t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

)An

gle

mis

clos

ures

are

dis

trib

uted

equ

ally

.CO

MPA

SSFo

r sur

veys

whe

re a

ngle

s an

d di

stan

ces

wer

e m

easu

red

with

equ

al p

reci

sion

.TR

AN

SIT

For s

urve

ys w

here

ang

les

wer

e m

easu

red

with

a

high

er p

reci

sion

tha

n th

e di

stan

ces.

Hgt

.-D

istr

The

heig

ht e

rror

can

be

dist

ribut

ed e

qual

ly, b

y di

stan

ce o

r not

at a

ll.Sc

ale

PPM

val

ue d

efin

ed b

y th

e ca

lcul

ated

dis

tanc

e be

twee

n st

art a

nd e

nd

poin

t di

vide

d by

the

dis

tanc

e m

easu

red.

Use

Sca

leW

heth

er t

o us

e th

e ca

lcul

ated

ppm

.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 213: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 213

Mes

sage

sTh

e fo

llow

ing

are

impo

rtan

t m

essa

ges

or w

arni

ngs

that

may

app

ear.

Mes

sage

sD

escr

ipti

onM

emor

y is

alm

ost

full.

Co

ntin

ue?

This

mes

sage

occ

urs

if le

ss t

han

10%

of

the

mem

ory

is f

ree.

It is

not

reco

mm

ende

d to

sta

rt a

tr

aver

se if

the

mem

ory

is a

lmos

t ful

l. Do

ing

so, m

ay

mea

n th

at t

he t

rave

rse

mea

sure

men

ts a

nd t

he

resu

lts c

anno

t be

sav

ed.

Curr

ent

job

cont

ains

an

adju

sted

tra

vers

e. S

elec

t a

diff

eren

t jo

b.

Onl

y on

e tr

aver

se p

er jo

b is

allo

wed

. Ano

ther

job

mus

t be

sel

ecte

d.

Last

tra

vers

e no

t ye

t fi

nish

ed o

r pr

oces

sed

- co

ntin

ue?

The

Trav

erse

PRO

pro

gram

was

qui

t with

out c

losi

ng

a tr

aver

se. T

he tr

aver

se c

an b

e co

ntin

ued

on a

new

st

atio

n, le

ft u

nfin

ishe

d, o

r a n

ew t

rave

rse

star

ted

and

the

old

trav

erse

dat

a ov

erw

ritte

n.D

o yo

u re

ally

wan

t to

sta

rt a

ne

w t

rave

rse?

All

exis

ting

tr

aver

se d

ata

will

be

over

wri

tten

.

Conf

irmat

ion

of t

his

mes

sage

will

sta

rt a

new

tr

aver

se a

nd t

he o

ld t

rave

rse

data

will

be

over

writ

ten.

RED

O la

st s

tati

on?

Mea

sure

men

ts o

n th

is

stat

ion

will

be

over

wri

tten

.

Conf

irmin

g re

turn

s to

the

firs

t si

ght

poin

t sc

reen

fo

r the

pre

viou

s st

atio

n m

easu

rem

ents

. The

dat

a fr

om t

he la

st s

tatio

n is

not

sto

red.

Page 214: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 214

App

licat

ions

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, a

fter

the

adj

ustm

ent

the

Trav

erse

PRO

app

licat

ion

is e

xite

d.•

Or,

pres

s ES

C to

exi

t th

e ap

plic

atio

n.

9.15

Ref

eren

ce P

lane

Ava

ilabi

lity

Des

crip

tion

Refe

renc

e Pl

ane

is a

n ap

plic

atio

n us

ed t

o m

easu

re p

oint

s re

lativ

e to

a re

fere

nce

plan

e. It

can

be

used

for

the

fol

low

ing

task

s:•

Mea

surin

g a

poin

t to

cal

cula

te a

nd s

tore

the

per

pend

icul

ar o

ffse

t to

the

pla

ne.

•Ca

lcul

atin

g th

e pe

rpen

dicu

lar d

ista

nce

from

the

inte

rsec

tion

poin

t to

the

loca

l X-

and

Z-ax

is. T

he in

ters

ectio

n po

int

is t

he f

ootp

rint

poin

t of

the

per

pend

icul

ar

vect

or f

rom

the

mea

sure

d po

int

thro

ugh

the

defin

ed p

lane

.

QU

IT T

rave

rse

App

licat

ion?

Cu

rren

t St

atio

n da

ta w

ill b

e lo

st.

Qui

ttin

g th

e ap

plic

atio

n re

turn

s to

the

MA

IN

MEN

U. T

he t

rave

rse

can

be c

ontin

ued

late

r, bu

t th

e cu

rren

t st

atio

n da

ta w

ill b

e lo

st.

Tole

ranc

es e

xcee

ded.

A

ccep

t?Th

e to

lera

nce

limits

hav

e be

en e

xcee

ded.

If n

ot

acce

pted

, the

cal

cula

tions

can

be

redo

ne.

Trav

erse

poi

nts

are

reca

lcul

ated

and

new

ly

stor

ed.

An in

form

atio

n m

essa

ge d

ispl

ayed

whi

le t

he

adju

stm

ent

is c

alcu

late

d.

Mes

sage

sD

escr

ipti

on

Opt

iona

l9

9

Page 215: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 215

•Vi

ewin

g, s

torin

g an

d st

akin

g ou

t th

e co

ordi

nate

s of

the

inte

rsec

tion

poin

t.A

refe

renc

e pl

ane

is c

reat

ed b

y m

easu

ring

thre

e po

ints

on

a pl

ane.

The

se th

ree

poin

ts

defin

e a

loca

l coo

rdin

ate

syst

em:

•Th

e fir

st p

oint

is t

he o

rigin

of

a lo

cal c

oord

inat

e sy

stem

.•

The

seco

nd p

oint

def

ines

the

dire

ctio

n of

the

loca

l Z-a

xis.

•Th

e th

ird p

oint

def

ines

the

pla

ne.

XX-

axis

of

loca

l coo

rdin

ate

syst

em.

YY-

axis

of

loca

l coo

rdin

ate

syst

em.

ZZ-

axis

of

loca

l coo

rdin

ate

syst

em.

P1Fi

rst p

oint

, orig

in o

f loc

al co

ordi

nate

sy

stem

.P2

Seco

nd p

oint

P3Th

ird p

oint

P4M

easu

red

poin

t. T

his

poin

t is

pro

b-ab

ly n

ot lo

cate

d on

the

pla

ne.

P5Fo

otpr

int p

oint

of t

he p

erpe

ndic

ular

ve

ctor

from

P4

to th

e de

fined

pla

ne.

This

poi

nt is

def

inite

ly lo

cate

d on

th

e de

fined

pla

ne.

d+

Perp

endi

cula

r dis

tanc

e fr

om P

4 to

th

e pl

ane.

ΔX

Perp

endi

cula

r dis

tanc

e fr

om P

5 to

th

e lo

cal Z

-axi

s.Δ

ZPe

rpen

dicu

lar d

ista

nce

from

P5

to

the

loca

l X-a

xis.

TSO

X_06

1

Z Y

a

b

XΔX

ΔZP1

P5P2

P3

P4d+

Page 216: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 216

App

licat

ions

The

perp

endi

cula

r dis

tanc

e to

the

pla

ne c

an b

e po

sitiv

e or

neg

ativ

e.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Pro

g fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Ref

Pla

ne f

rom

the

PR

OG

RA

MS

men

u.3.

Com

plet

e ap

plic

atio

n pr

e-se

ttin

gs. R

efer

to

"8 A

pplic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted"

.

Mea

sure

pla

ne a

nd

targ

et p

oint

s1.

Onc

e th

e pl

ane

has

been

def

ined

by

thre

e po

ints

, the

Mea

sure

Tar

get

poin

t sc

reen

app

ears

.2.

Mea

sure

and

reco

rd th

e ta

rget

poi

nt. T

he re

sults

are

dis

play

ed in

the

REFE

REN

CE

PLA

NE

RESU

LT s

cree

n.

P1O

rigin

of

plan

eX

X-ax

is o

f pl

ane

YY-

axis

of

plan

eZ

Z-ax

is o

f pl

ane

d1Po

sitiv

e of

fset

d2N

egat

ive

offs

etTS

OX_

121

Z

Y

XP1

d1 d2

Page 217: Leica TS06

App

licat

ions

Flex

Line

, 217

REFE

REN

CE P

LAN

E R

ESU

LTN

ewTg

tTo

reco

rd a

nd s

ave

the

inte

rsec

tion

poin

t an

d to

pro

ceed

to

mea

sure

a

new

tar

get

poin

t.ST

AK

ETo

dis

play

sta

ke o

ut v

alue

s fo

r the

in

ters

ectio

n po

int.

New

Plan

To d

efin

e a

new

refe

renc

e pl

ane.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onIn

t. P

tID

Poin

t ID

of t

he in

ters

ectio

n po

int,

the

per

pend

icul

ar p

roje

ctio

n of

the

ta

rget

poi

nt o

n th

e pl

ane.

Off

set

Calc

ulat

ed p

erpe

ndic

ular

dis

tanc

e be

twee

n ta

rget

poi

nt a

nd p

lane

(in

ters

ectio

n po

int)

XPe

rpen

dicu

lar d

ista

nce

from

the

inte

rsec

tion

poin

t to

the

loca

l Z-a

xis.

Δ Z

Perp

endi

cula

r dis

tanc

e fr

om t

he in

ters

ectio

n po

int t

o th

e lo

cal X

-axi

s.

East

East

ing

coor

dina

te o

f th

e in

ters

ectio

n po

int.

Nor

thN

orth

ing

coor

dina

te o

f th

e in

ters

ectio

n po

int.

Hei

ght

Hei

ght

of t

he in

ters

ectio

n po

int.

Page 218: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 218

Dat

a M

anag

emen

t

10D

ata

Man

agem

ent

10.1

File

Man

agem

ent

Acc

ess

Sele

ct M

anag

e fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

FILE

MA

NA

GEM

ENT

The

File

Man

agem

ent m

enu

cont

ains

all

func

tions

for e

nter

ing,

edi

ting,

che

ckin

g an

d de

letin

g da

ta in

the

fie

ld.

F1-F

4 To s

elec

t m

enu

item

.

Men

u it

emD

escr

ipti

onJo

bTo

vie

w, c

reat

e an

d de

lete

jobs

. Job

s ar

e a

sum

mar

y of

dat

a of

di

ffer

ent

type

s, f

or e

xam

ple,

fix

ed p

oint

s, m

easu

rem

ents

or

code

s. T

he jo

b de

finiti

on c

onsi

sts

of t

he jo

b na

me

and

user

. The

sy

stem

gen

erat

es t

ime

and

date

at

the

time

of c

reat

ion.

Page 219: Leica TS06

Dat

a M

anag

emen

tFl

exLi

ne, 2

19

Fixp

oint

sTo

vie

w, c

reat

e, e

dit

and

dele

te f

ixpo

ints

. Val

id f

ixed

poi

nts

cont

ain

at le

ast

the

poin

t ID

and

the

coo

rdin

ates

E, N

or H

.M

easu

rem

ents

To v

iew

and

del

ete

mea

sure

men

t da

ta. M

easu

rem

ent

data

av

aila

ble

in th

e in

tern

al m

emor

y ca

n be

sea

rche

d fo

r via

a s

peci

fic

poin

t se

arch

, or b

y vi

ewin

g al

l poi

nts

with

in a

job.

Code

sTo

vie

w, c

reat

e, e

dit a

nd d

elet

e co

des.

To

each

cod

e a

desc

riptio

n an

d a

max

imum

of 8

att

ribut

es w

ith u

p to

16

char

acte

rs e

ach

can

be a

ssig

ned.

Form

ats

To v

iew

and

del

ete

data

for

mat

file

s.D

elet

e Jo

b M

emor

yTo

del

ete

indi

vidu

al jo

bs, f

ixpo

ints

and

mea

sure

men

ts o

f a s

peci

fic

job

or a

ll jo

bs in

the

mem

ory.

)D

elet

ing

the

mem

ory

cann

ot b

e un

done

. Aft

er

conf

irmin

g th

e m

essa

ge a

ll da

ta is

per

man

ently

del

eted

.M

emor

y St

atis

tics

Dis

play

s jo

b sp

ecifi

c m

emor

y in

form

atio

n su

ch a

s th

e nu

mbe

r of

stor

ed s

tatio

ns a

nd fi

xpoi

nts

with

in a

job,

the

num

ber o

f rec

orde

d da

ta b

lock

s, fo

r exa

mpl

e m

easu

red

poin

ts, o

r cod

es w

ithin

a jo

b,

and

the

mem

ory

spac

e oc

cupi

ed.

Men

u it

emD

escr

ipti

on

Page 220: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 220

Dat

a M

anag

emen

t

Nex

t st

ep•

Eith

er, s

elec

t a

men

u op

tion

usin

g F1

- F

4.•

Or,

pres

s ES

C to

retu

rn t

o th

e M

AIN

MEN

U.

10.2

Expo

rtin

g D

ata

Des

crip

tion

Job

data

, for

mat

file

s, c

onfig

urat

ion

sets

and

cod

elis

ts c

an b

e ex

port

ed f

rom

the

in

tern

al m

emor

y of

the

inst

rum

ent.

Dat

a ca

n be

exp

orte

d vi

a:Th

e RS

232

seri

al in

terf

ace

A re

ceiv

er, s

uch

as a

lapt

op, i

s co

nnec

ted

to t

he R

S232

por

t. T

he re

ceiv

er re

quire

s Fl

exO

ffic

e or

ano

ther

thi

rd p

arty

sof

twar

e.. Th

e U

SB d

evic

e po

rtFo

r ins

trum

ents

fitt

ed w

ith a

Com

mun

icat

ion

side

cov

er.

USB

-File

M

anag

erTo

vie

w, d

elet

e, re

nam

e an

d cr

eate

fold

ers

and

files

sto

red

on th

e US

B m

emor

y st

ick.

Onl

y av

aila

ble

if th

e in

stru

men

t is

fitte

d w

ith a

Co

mm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

and

a U

SB m

emor

y st

ick

is in

sert

ed.

Refe

r to

"10.

4 W

orki

ng w

ith a

USB

Mem

ory

Stic

k"an

d "A

ppen

dix

B D

irect

ory

Stru

ctur

e".

Men

u it

emD

escr

ipti

on

)If

the

rece

iver

is t

oo s

low

in p

roce

ssin

g da

ta t

he d

ata

coul

d be

lost

. With

th

is t

ype

of d

ata

tran

sfer

the

inst

rum

ent

is n

ot in

form

ed a

bout

the

pe

rfor

man

ce o

f th

e re

ceiv

er (

no p

roto

col).

The

refo

re t

he s

ucce

ss o

f th

is

type

of

tran

sfer

is n

ot c

heck

ed.

Page 221: Leica TS06

Dat

a M

anag

emen

tFl

exLi

ne, 2

21

The

USB

devi

ce c

an b

e co

nnec

ted

to t

he U

SB d

evic

e po

rt h

ouse

d in

the

Co

mm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

. The

USB

dev

ice

requ

ires

Flex

Off

ice

or a

noth

er th

ird p

arty

so

ftw

are.

A U

SB m

emor

y st

ick

For i

nstr

umen

ts fi

tted

with

a C

omm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

. A U

SB m

emor

y st

ick

can

be

inse

rted

and

rem

oved

fro

m t

he U

SB h

ost

port

hou

sed

in t

he C

omm

unic

atio

n si

de

cove

r. N

o ad

ditio

nal s

oftw

are

is re

quire

d fo

r the

tra

nsfe

r.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Tra

nsfe

r fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Exp

ort

Dat

a.

DA

TA E

XPO

RT

SEA

RCH

To s

earc

h fo

r job

s or

form

ats

with

in

the

inte

rnal

mem

ory.

LIST

To li

st a

ll jo

bs o

r for

mat

s w

ithin

the

in

tern

al m

emor

y.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onTo

USB

mem

ory

stic

k or

RS2

32 s

eria

l int

erfa

ce.

Page 222: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 222

Dat

a M

anag

emen

t

Nex

t st

ep1.

Pres

s O

K.

2.If

expo

rt is

to a

USB

mem

ory

stic

k, s

elec

t th

e de

sire

d fil

e lo

catio

n an

d pr

ess

OK

.D

ata

type

Def

ault

fol

der

on U

SB m

emor

y st

ick

Job

data

:Jo

bsFo

rmat

file

s:Fo

rmat

sCo

des:

Code

sCo

nfig

urat

ions

:Sy

stem

Back

up:

Back

up3.

Ente

r the

file

nam

e an

d pr

ess

OK

or S

END

.

Dat

a Ty

peDa

ta t

ype

to b

e tr

ansf

erre

d.M

easu

rem

ents

, Fix

poin

ts, M

eas.

& F

ixpo

ints

, Roa

d D

ata,

Co

de, F

orm

at, C

onfi

gura

tion

, or

Back

up.

Job

Sele

ct w

heth

er to

exp

ort a

ll jo

b re

late

d da

ta o

r a s

ingl

e jo

b da

ta fi

le.

Sele

ct Jo

bDi

spla

ys t

he s

elec

ted

job

or ro

ad a

lignm

ent

file.

Form

atIf

Dat

a Ty

pe: F

orm

atSe

lect

whe

ther

to

expo

rt a

ll fo

rmat

s or

a s

ingl

e fo

rmat

.Fo

rmat

nam

eIf

Form

at: S

ingl

e Fo

rmat

Nam

e of

the

for

mat

to

be t

rans

ferr

ed.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

on

Page 223: Leica TS06

Dat

a M

anag

emen

tFl

exLi

ne, 2

23

)Ro

ad d

ata,

For

mat

and

Bac

kup

are

only

ava

ilabl

e fo

r dat

a ex

port

s to

a U

SB m

emor

y st

ick,

not

via

the

RS2

32 s

eria

l int

erfa

ce.

)Al

l job

s, f

orm

ats,

cod

elis

ts a

nd c

onfig

urat

ions

will

be

stor

ed in

the

bac

kup

fold

er

crea

ted

on th

e US

B m

emor

y st

ick.

The

job

data

will

be

stor

ed a

s in

divi

dual

dat

abas

e fil

es fo

r eac

h jo

b, w

hich

can

then

be

impo

rted

aga

in. R

efer

to "

10.3

Impo

rtin

g D

ata"

.

Expo

rtab

le jo

b da

ta

form

ats

Job

data

can

be

expo

rted

fro

m a

job

in d

xf, g

si a

nd x

ml f

ile t

ypes

, or a

ny o

ther

use

r de

fined

ASC

II fo

rmat

. A fo

rmat

is d

efin

ed in

Fle

xOff

ice

Form

at M

anag

er. R

efer

to th

e on

line

help

of

Flex

Off

ice

for i

nfor

mat

ion

on c

reat

ing

form

at f

iles.

RS23

2 ex

ampl

e jo

b da

ta o

utpu

tW

ithin

the

Dat

a Ty

pe s

ettin

g M

easu

rem

ents

, a d

ata

set c

ould

be

show

n as

follo

ws:

.

11...

.+00

000D

1921

..022

+166

4182

622

..022

+096

3502

331

..00+

0000

6649

58..1

6+00

0003

4481

..00+

0000

3342

82..0

0-00

0057

3683

..00+

0000

0091

87..1

0+00

0017

00

GSI

-ID

sG

SI-I

Ds

cont

inue

d11

PtID

41-4

9Co

des

and

attr

ibut

es21

Hor

izon

tal d

irect

ion

51pp

m [

mm

]22

Vert

ical

ang

le58

Pris

m c

onst

ants

25O

rient

atio

n81

-83

(E, N

, H)

Targ

et p

oint

31Sl

ope

dist

ance

84-8

6(E

, N, H

) St

atio

n po

int

32Ho

rizon

tal d

ista

nce

87Re

flect

or h

eigh

t

Page 224: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 224

Dat

a M

anag

emen

t

10.3

Impo

rtin

g D

ata

Des

crip

tion

For i

nstr

umen

ts fi

tted

with

a C

omm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

, dat

a ca

n be

impo

rted

to th

e in

tern

al m

emor

y of

the

inst

rum

ent

via

a US

B m

emor

y st

ick.

Impo

rtab

le d

ata

form

ats

Whe

n im

port

ing

data

, the

inst

rum

ent

auto

mat

ical

ly s

tore

s th

e fil

e in

a d

irect

ory

fold

er b

ased

on

the

file

exte

nsio

n. T

he f

ollo

win

g da

ta f

orm

ats

can

be im

port

ed:

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Tra

nsfe

r fr

om t

he M

AIN

MEN

U.

2.Se

lect

Impo

rt D

ata.

33He

ight

diff

eren

ce88

Inst

rum

ent

heig

htG

SI-I

Ds

GSI

-ID

s co

ntin

ued

File

ext

ensi

onRe

cogn

ised

as

Save

d in

fol

der

.gsi

, .gs

i (ro

ad)

Job

data

Jobs

.dxf

Job

data

Jobs

.XM

LJo

b da

taJo

bs.f

rtFo

rmat

file

Form

ats

.cls

Code

list

file

Code

s.c

fgCo

nfig

urat

ion

file

Syst

em

Page 225: Leica TS06

Dat

a M

anag

emen

tFl

exLi

ne, 2

25

DA

TA IM

PORT

)Im

port

ing

a ba

ckup

fold

er w

ill o

verw

rite

the

exis

ting

conf

igur

atio

n fil

e an

d co

de li

sts

on t

he in

stru

men

t, a

nd a

ll ex

istin

g fo

rmat

s an

d jo

bs w

ill b

e de

lete

d.

Impo

rt d

ata

step

-by

-ste

p1.

Pres

s O

K in

the

DA

TA IM

POR

T sc

reen

to

proc

eed

to t

he U

SB m

emor

y st

ick

file

dire

ctor

y2.

Sele

ct t

he f

ile o

r bac

kup

fold

er o

n th

e US

B m

emor

y st

ick

to b

e im

port

ed a

nd

pres

s O

K.

Fiel

dD

escr

ipti

onFr

omU

SB-S

tick

ToIn

stru

men

tFi

leIm

port

a s

ingl

e fil

e or

a b

acku

p fo

lder

.

Page 226: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 226

Dat

a M

anag

emen

t

3.Fo

r a f

ile: D

efin

e th

e na

me

for t

he im

port

ed f

ile, a

nd, i

f re

ques

ted,

the

file

de

finiti

on a

nd la

yers

, and

pre

ss O

K t

o im

port

.Fo

r a b

acku

p fo

lder

: Tak

e no

te o

f the

war

ning

mes

sage

dis

play

ed a

nd p

ress

OK

to

pro

ceed

and

impo

rt t

he f

olde

r.4.

A m

essa

ge w

ill d

ispl

ay o

nce

the

file

or b

acku

p fo

lder

has

bee

n su

cces

sful

ly

impo

rted

.

10.4

Wor

king

wit

h a

USB

Mem

ory

Stic

kIn

sert

a U

SB

mem

ory

stic

k st

ep-

by-s

tep

Ope

n th

e co

mpa

rtm

ent

lid o

n th

e Co

mm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

.

The

USB

host

por

t is

loca

ted

unde

rnea

th th

e to

p ed

ge o

f the

co

mpa

rtm

ent.

1

2

Page 227: Leica TS06

Dat

a M

anag

emen

tFl

exLi

ne, 2

27

)Al

way

s re

turn

to

the

MA

IN M

ENU

bef

ore

rem

ovin

g th

e US

B m

emor

y st

ick.

)W

hils

t ot

her U

SB m

emor

y st

icks

may

be

used

, Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s re

com

men

ds L

eica

in

dust

rial g

rade

USB

mem

ory

stic

ks a

nd c

anno

t be

hel

d re

spon

sibl

e fo

r dat

a lo

ss o

r an

y ot

her e

rror

tha

t m

ay o

ccur

whe

n us

ing

a no

n-Le

ica

USB

mem

ory

stic

k.

)•

Keep

the

USB

mem

ory

stic

k dr

y.•

Use

it on

ly w

ithin

the

spe

cifie

d te

mpe

ratu

re ra

nge,

-40

°C t

o +8

5°C

(-40

°F t

o +1

85°F

).•

Prot

ect

the

USB

mem

ory

stic

k fr

om d

irect

impa

cts.

Failu

re t

o fo

llow

the

se in

stru

ctio

ns c

ould

resu

lt in

dat

a lo

ss a

nd/o

r per

man

ent

dam

age

to t

he U

SB m

emor

y st

ick.

Inse

rt t

he U

SB m

emor

y st

ick

into

the

USB

hos

t po

rt.

The

cap

of a

Lei

ca in

dust

rial g

rade

USB

mem

ory

stic

k ca

n be

st

ored

on

the

unde

rsid

e of

the

com

part

men

t lid

.

Clos

e th

e co

mpa

rtm

ent

lid a

nd t

urn

the

knob

to

lock

the

co

mpa

rtm

ent

clos

ed.

34

Page 228: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 228

Dat

a M

anag

emen

t

Form

at a

USB

m

emor

y st

ick

step

-by

-ste

p

Form

attin

g th

e US

B m

emor

y st

ick

befo

re s

tart

ing

to s

tore

dat

a is

requ

ired

if a

com

plet

ely

new

USB

mem

ory

stic

k is

use

d, o

r if a

ll ex

istin

g da

ta n

eeds

to b

e de

lete

d.

1.Se

lect

Man

age

from

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct U

SB-F

ile M

anag

er f

rom

the

FIL

E M

AN

AG

EMEN

T m

enu.

3.Pr

ess

FO

RMA

T in

the

USB

-File

Man

ager

scr

een.

4.A

war

ning

mes

sage

will

app

ear.

5.Pr

ess

YES

to fo

rmat

the

USB

mem

ory

stic

k.A

mes

sage

will

dis

play

onc

e th

e fo

rmat

ting

of t

he U

SB m

emor

y st

ick

is c

ompl

eted

. Pr

ess

OK

to

retu

rn t

o th

e U

SB-F

ile M

anag

er s

cree

n.

10.5

Wor

king

wit

h Bl

ueto

oth

Des

crip

tion

Inst

rum

ents

fitt

ed w

ith a

Com

mun

icat

ion

side

cov

er c

an c

omm

unic

ate

with

ext

erna

l de

vice

s vi

a a

Blue

toot

h co

nnec

tion.

The

inst

rum

ent

Blue

toot

h is

a s

lave

onl

y. T

he

Blue

toot

h of

the

ext

erna

l dev

ice

will

be

the

mas

ter,

and

ther

efor

e w

ill c

ontr

ol t

he

conn

ectio

n an

d an

y da

ta t

rans

fer.

)Th

e fo

rmat

ting

func

tion

on t

he in

stru

men

t on

ly w

orks

for

Lei

ca U

SB

mem

ory

stic

ks. A

ll ot

her U

SB m

emor

y st

icks

sho

uld

be fo

rmat

ted

on a

co

mpu

ter.

)By

act

ivat

ing

the

form

at c

omm

and

all d

ata

will

be

lost

. Mak

e su

re th

at

all i

mpo

rtan

t dat

a on

the

USB

mem

ory

stic

k ha

s be

en b

acke

d up

bef

ore

form

attin

g th

e US

B m

emor

y st

ick.

Page 229: Leica TS06

Dat

a M

anag

emen

tFl

exLi

ne, 2

29

Esta

blis

hing

a

conn

ecti

on s

tep-

by-s

tep

1.O

n th

e in

stru

men

t en

sure

tha

t th

e co

mm

unic

atio

n pa

ram

eter

s ar

e se

t to

Bl

ueto

oth

and

Act

ive.

Ref

er t

o "4

.3 C

omm

unic

atio

n Pa

ram

eter

s".

2.Ac

tivat

e Bl

ueto

oth

on t

he e

xter

nal d

evic

e. T

he s

teps

requ

ired

depe

nd o

n th

e Bl

ueto

oth

driv

er a

nd o

ther

dev

ice

spec

ific

conf

igur

atio

ns. R

efer

to

the

devi

ce

user

man

ual f

or in

form

atio

n on

how

to

conf

igur

e an

d se

arch

for

a B

luet

ooth

co

nnec

tion.

The

inst

rum

ent w

ill a

ppea

r on

the

exte

rnal

dev

ice

as "

TS0x

_y_z

zzzz

zz",

whe

re x

=

the

Flex

Line

ser

ies

(TS0

2, T

S06

or T

S09)

, y =

the

angu

lar a

ccur

acy

in a

rc s

econ

ds,

and

z =

the

seria

l num

ber o

f th

e in

stru

men

t. F

or e

xam

ple,

TS0

2_3_

1234

567.

3.So

me

devi

ces

ask

for t

he id

entif

icat

ion

num

ber o

f th

e Bl

ueto

oth.

The

def

ault

num

ber f

or a

Fle

xLin

e Bl

ueto

oth

is 0

000.

Thi

s ca

n be

cha

nged

by:

a. S

elec

t Se

ttin

gs f

rom

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.b.

Sel

ect

Com

m fr

om t

he S

ETTI

NG

S M

ENU

.c.

Pre

ss B

T-PI

N f

rom

the

CO

MM

UN

ICA

TIO

N P

AR

AM

ETER

scr

een.

d. E

nter

a n

ew B

luet

ooth

PIN

num

ber i

n PI

N-C

ode:

e. P

ress

OK

to

conf

irm t

he n

ew B

luet

ooth

PIN

.4.

Whe

n th

e ex

tern

al B

luet

ooth

dev

ice

has

loca

ted

the

inst

rum

ent f

or th

e fir

st ti

me,

a

mes

sage

will

dis

play

on

the

inst

rum

ent s

tatin

g th

e na

me

of th

e ex

tern

al d

evic

e an

d re

ques

ting

conf

irmat

ion

that

con

nect

ion

to t

his

devi

ce s

houl

d be

allo

wed

.•

Pres

s YE

S to

allo

w, o

r•

Pres

s N

O t

o di

sallo

w t

his

conn

ectio

n5.

The

inst

rum

ent

Blue

toot

h se

nds

out

the

inst

rum

ent

nam

e an

d se

rial n

umbe

r to

the

exte

rnal

Blu

etoo

th d

evic

e.6.

All f

urth

er s

teps

mus

t be

mad

e in

acc

orda

nce

to th

e us

er m

anua

l of t

he e

xter

nal

devi

ce.

Page 230: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 230

Dat

a M

anag

emen

t

Tran

sfer

ring

dat

a vi

a Bl

ueto

oth

Usin

g Fl

exO

ffic

e Da

ta E

xcha

nge

Man

ager

, dat

a fil

es c

an b

e tr

ansf

erre

d fr

om t

he

inst

rum

ent

to a

loca

l fol

der v

ia t

he B

luet

ooth

con

nect

ion.

The

tra

nsfe

r is

mad

e th

roug

h th

e se

rial p

ort

conf

igur

ed o

n th

e co

mpu

ter a

s th

e Bl

ueto

oth

Seria

l Por

t,

how

ever

, for

fas

ter d

ata

tran

sfer

spe

eds

we

reco

mm

end

usin

g th

e US

B or

RS2

32

conn

ectio

ns.

For m

ore

info

rmat

ion

abou

t Fl

exO

ffic

e Da

ta E

xcha

nge

Man

ager

refe

r to

the

com

preh

ensi

ve o

nlin

e he

lp.

For t

rans

ferr

ing

data

usi

ng o

ther

ext

erna

l dev

ices

or s

oftw

are

prog

ram

s, re

fer t

o th

e us

er m

anua

l of t

he d

evic

e or

sof

twar

e. T

he F

lexL

ine

Blue

toot

h do

es n

ot e

stab

lish

or

man

age

the

data

tra

nsfe

r.

10.6

Wor

king

wit

h Le

ica

Flex

Off

ice

Des

crip

tion

The

prog

ram

pac

kage

Fle

xOff

ice

is u

sed

for t

he d

ata

exch

ange

bet

wee

n th

e in

stru

men

t and

a c

ompu

ter.

It co

ntai

ns s

ever

al a

uxili

ary

prog

ram

s in

ord

er to

sup

port

th

e in

stru

men

t.

Inst

alla

tion

on

a co

mpu

ter

The

inst

alla

tion

prog

ram

can

be

foun

d on

the

CD

-RO

M s

uppl

ied.

Inse

rt t

he C

D a

nd

follo

w t

he o

n-sc

reen

inst

ruct

ions

. Ple

ase

note

tha

t Fl

exO

ffic

e ca

n on

ly b

e in

stal

led

on c

ompu

ters

with

MS

Win

dow

s 20

00, X

P an

d Vi

sta

oper

atin

g sy

stem

s.

)Fo

r mor

e in

form

atio

n ab

out

Flex

Off

ice

refe

r to

the

com

preh

ensi

ve o

nlin

e he

lp.

Page 231: Leica TS06

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

Flex

Line

, 231

11Ch

eck

& A

djus

t11

.1O

verv

iew

Des

crip

tion

Leic

a Ge

osys

tem

s in

stru

men

ts a

re m

anuf

actu

red,

ass

embl

ed a

nd a

djus

ted

to t

he

best

pos

sibl

e qu

ality

. Qui

ck t

empe

ratu

re c

hang

es, s

hock

or s

tres

s ca

n ca

use

devi

atio

ns a

nd d

ecre

ase

the

inst

rum

ent

accu

racy

. It

is t

here

fore

reco

mm

ende

d to

ch

eck

and

adju

st t

he in

stru

men

t fr

om t

ime

to t

ime.

Thi

s ca

n be

don

e in

the

fie

ld b

y ru

nnin

g th

roug

h sp

ecifi

c m

easu

rem

ent

proc

edur

es. T

he p

roce

dure

s ar

e gu

ided

and

ha

ve t

o be

fol

low

ed c

aref

ully

and

pre

cise

ly a

s de

scrib

ed in

the

fol

low

ing

chap

ters

. So

me

othe

r ins

trum

ent

erro

rs a

nd m

echa

nica

l par

ts c

an b

e ad

just

ed m

echa

nica

lly.

Elec

tron

ic

adju

stm

ent

The

follo

win

g in

stru

men

t er

rors

can

be

chec

ked

and

adju

sted

ele

ctro

nica

lly:

•H

oriz

onta

l col

limat

ion

erro

r, al

so c

alle

d lin

e-of

-sig

ht e

rror

.•

Vert

ical

inde

x er

ror,

and

sim

ulta

neou

sly

the

elec

tron

ic le

vel.

•Ti

lting

axi

s er

ror.

)Fo

r det

erm

inin

g th

ese

erro

rs, i

t is

nec

essa

ry t

o m

easu

re in

bot

h fa

ces,

but

the

pr

oced

ure

can

be s

tart

ed in

any

fac

e.

Mec

hani

cal

adju

stm

ent

The

follo

win

g in

stru

men

t pa

rts

can

be a

djus

ted

mec

hani

cally

:•

Circ

ular

leve

l on

the

inst

rum

ent

and

trib

rach

.•

Lase

r plu

mm

et.

•Sc

rew

s on

the

trip

od.

Page 232: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 232

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

)D

urin

g th

e m

anuf

actu

ring

proc

ess,

the

inst

rum

ent

erro

rs a

re c

aref

ully

det

erm

ined

an

d se

t to

zero

. As

men

tione

d, th

ese

erro

rs c

an c

hang

e an

d it

is h

ighl

y re

com

men

ded

to re

dete

rmin

e th

em in

the

fol

low

ing

situ

atio

ns:

•Be

fore

the

inst

rum

ent

is u

sed

for t

he f

irst

time.

•Be

fore

eve

ry h

igh

prec

isio

n su

rvey

.•

Afte

r rou

gh o

r lon

g pe

riods

of

tran

spor

t.•

Afte

r lon

g pe

riods

of

wor

k or

sto

rage

.•

If th

e te

mpe

ratu

re d

iffer

ence

bet

wee

n cu

rren

t env

ironm

ent a

nd th

e te

mpe

ratu

re

at t

he la

st c

alib

ratio

n is

mor

e th

an 1

0°C

(18°

F).

11.2

Prep

arat

ion

) )

Befo

re d

eter

min

ing

the

inst

rum

ent

erro

rs, l

evel

-up

the

inst

rum

ent

usin

g th

e el

ectr

onic

leve

l. Th

e Le

vel/P

lum

met

is th

e fir

st s

cree

n to

app

ear a

fter

tu

rnin

g on

the

inst

rum

ent.

The

trib

rach

, the

trip

od a

nd t

he g

roun

d sh

ould

be

very

sta

ble

and

secu

re

from

vib

ratio

ns o

r oth

er d

istu

rban

ces.

The

inst

rum

ent s

houl

d be

pro

tect

ed fr

om d

irect

sun

light

in o

rder

to a

void

th

erm

al e

xpan

sion

on

one

side

onl

y.

Page 233: Leica TS06

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

Flex

Line

, 233

)Be

fore

sta

rtin

g to

wor

k, t

he in

stru

men

t ha

s to

bec

ome

accl

imat

ised

to

the

ambi

ent

tem

pera

ture

. App

roxi

mat

ely

two

min

utes

per

°C

of t

empe

ratu

re d

iffer

ence

fro

m

stor

age

to w

orki

ng e

nviro

nmen

t, b

ut a

t le

ast

15 m

in, s

houl

d be

tak

en in

to a

ccou

nt.

11.3

Adj

usti

ng L

ine-

of-S

ight

and

Ver

tica

l Ind

ex E

rror

Line

-of-

sigh

t er

ror

The

line-

of-s

ight

err

or, o

r hor

izon

tal c

ollim

atio

n er

ror

is t

he d

evia

tion

from

the

pe

rpen

dicu

lar b

etw

een

the

tiltin

g ax

is a

nd th

e lin

e of

sig

ht. T

he e

ffec

t of t

he li

ne-o

f-si

ght

erro

r to

the

horiz

onta

l dire

ctio

n in

crea

ses

with

the

ver

tical

ang

le.

aTi

lting

axi

sb

Line

per

pend

icul

ar t

o til

ting

axis

cH

oriz

onta

l col

limat

ion,

or l

ine-

of-s

ight

, err

ord

Line

-of-

sigh

t

abd

c

TSO

X_06

2

Page 234: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 234

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

Vert

ical

inde

x er

ror

The

vert

ical

circ

le s

houl

d re

ad e

xact

ly 9

0° (

100

gon)

whe

n th

e lin

e of

sig

ht is

ho

rizon

tal.

Any

devi

atio

n fr

om t

his

figur

e is

ter

med

ver

tical

inde

x er

ror.

This

is a

co

nsta

nt e

rror

tha

t af

fect

s al

l ver

tical

ang

le re

adin

gs.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Too

ls f

rom

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct A

djus

t fr

om t

he T

OO

LS M

ENU

.•

Sele

ct:

•H

Z-co

llim

atio

n, o

r•

V-In

dex.

)Th

e pr

oced

ures

and

con

ditio

ns re

quire

d to

cor

rect

line

-of-

sigh

t an

d ve

rtic

al in

dex

erro

rs a

re t

he s

ame,

the

refo

re t

he p

roce

dure

will

onl

y be

des

crib

ed o

nce.

aM

echa

nica

l ver

tical

axi

s of

the

inst

rum

ent,

als

o ca

lled

stan

ding

axi

sb

Axis

per

pend

icul

ar t

o th

e ve

rtic

al a

xis.

Tru

e 90

°c

Vert

ical

ang

le is

read

ing

90°

dVe

rtic

al in

dex

erro

r

)By

det

erm

inin

g th

e ve

rtic

al in

dex

erro

r the

ele

c-tr

onic

leve

l is

adju

sted

aut

omat

ical

ly

b c

d

a

TSO

X_06

3

Page 235: Leica TS06

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

Flex

Line

, 235

Chec

k an

d ad

just

st

ep-b

y-st

ep1.

Leve

l the

inst

rum

ent

with

the

ele

ctro

nic

leve

l. Re

fer t

o "3

Ope

ratio

n"-

"Lev

el u

p w

ith t

he e

lect

roni

c le

vel s

tep-

by-s

tep"

.

3.Pr

ess

REC

to m

easu

re t

o th

e ta

rget

poi

nt.

2.Ai

m a

t a

poin

t ap

prox

imat

ely

100

m f

rom

the

in

stru

men

t w

hich

is w

ithin

of t

he h

oriz

onta

l.

4.Ch

ange

fac

e an

d ai

m a

t th

e ta

rget

poi

nt

agai

n

)Fo

r che

ckin

g th

e ho

rizon

tal a

im, t

he d

iffer

ence

in H

z an

d V

are

disp

laye

d.

± 5°

~ 10

0 m

TSO

X_06

4

180°

180°

TSO

X06

5

Page 236: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 236

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

5.Pr

ess

REC

to m

easu

re t

o th

e ta

rget

poi

nt.

6.Ei

ther

:•

Pres

s M

OR

E to

mea

sure

ano

ther

set

to

the

sam

e ta

rget

poi

nt. T

he f

inal

ad

just

men

t va

lues

will

be

the

calc

ulat

ed a

vera

ge f

rom

all

the

mea

sure

men

ts.

•Pr

ess

OK

to

save

the

new

adj

ustm

ent

data

, or

•Pr

ess

ESC

to e

xit

with

out

savi

ng t

he n

ew a

djus

tmen

t da

ta.

Mes

sage

sTh

e fo

llow

ing

are

impo

rtan

t m

essa

ges

or w

arni

ngs

that

may

app

ear.

)Th

e ol

d an

d ne

w c

alcu

late

d va

lues

are

dis

play

ed.

Mes

sage

sD

escr

ipti

onV-

angl

e no

t su

itab

le

for

adju

stm

ent

!Th

e ve

rtic

al a

ngle

dev

iate

s fr

om t

he re

quire

d ho

rizon

tal /

lin

e-of

-sig

ht, o

r in

face

II th

e ve

rtic

al a

ngle

dev

iate

s by

mor

e th

an 5

° fr

om th

e ta

rget

poi

nt. A

im a

t the

targ

et p

oint

with

an

acc

urac

y of

min

. 5°

or, w

hen

adju

stin

g th

e til

t ax

is, 2

abov

e or

ben

eath

the

horiz

onta

l pla

ne. C

onfir

mat

ion

of th

e m

essa

ge re

quire

d.R

esul

ts o

ut o

f to

lera

nce.

Pre

viou

s va

lues

ret

aine

d !

Com

pute

d va

lues

out

of t

oler

ance

. The

pre

viou

s va

lues

are

re

tain

ed a

nd m

easu

rem

ents

sho

uld

be re

peat

ed.

Conf

irmat

ion

of t

he m

essa

ge re

quire

d.H

z-an

gle

not s

uita

ble

for

adju

stm

ent

!H

oriz

onta

l ang

le in

fac

e II

devi

ates

by

mor

e th

an 5

° fr

om

the

targ

et p

oint

. Aim

on

the

targ

et p

oint

with

an

accu

racy

of

min

. 5°.

Con

firm

atio

n of

the

mes

sage

requ

ired.

Page 237: Leica TS06

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

Flex

Line

, 237

11.4

Adj

usti

ng t

he T

iltin

g A

xis

Erro

rD

escr

ipti

onTh

e til

ting

axis

err

or is

cau

sed

by t

he d

evia

tion

betw

een

the

mec

hani

cal t

iltin

g ax

is

and

the

line

perp

endi

cula

r to

the

vert

ical

axi

s. T

his

erro

r aff

ects

hor

izon

tal a

ngle

s. T

o de

term

ine

this

err

or, i

t is

necc

essa

ry to

poi

nt to

a ta

rget

loca

ted

sign

ifica

ntly

bel

ow

or a

bove

the

hor

izon

tal p

lane

.

)Th

e ho

rizon

tal c

ollim

atio

n er

ror h

as to

be

dete

rmin

ed b

efor

e st

artin

g th

is p

roce

dure

.

Acc

ess

1.Se

lect

Too

ls f

rom

the

MA

IN M

ENU

.2.

Sele

ct A

djus

t fr

om t

he T

OO

LS M

ENU

.3.

Sele

ct T

ilt A

xis.

Mea

sure

men

t Er

ror.

Tr

y ag

ain.

Mea

sure

men

t err

or a

ppea

rs w

hen,

for e

xam

ple,

ther

e is

an

unst

able

set

up.

Rep

eat

the

proc

ess.

Con

firm

atio

n of

the

m

essa

ge re

quire

d.Ti

me

limit

exc

eede

d !

Plea

se r

epea

t ad

just

men

t !

Tim

e di

ffer

ence

bet

wee

n m

easu

rem

ents

for r

esul

ts s

tora

ge

exce

eds

15 m

inut

es. R

epea

t th

e pr

oces

s. C

onfir

mat

ion

of

the

mes

sage

requ

ired.

Mes

sage

sD

escr

ipti

on

Page 238: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 238

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

Chec

k an

d ad

just

st

ep-b

y-st

ep1.

Leve

l the

inst

rum

ent

with

the

ele

ctro

nic

leve

l. Re

fer t

o "3

Ope

ratio

n"-

"Lev

el u

p w

ith t

he e

lect

roni

c le

vel s

tep-

by-s

tep"

.

3.Pr

ess

REC

to m

easu

re t

o th

e ta

rget

poi

nt.

2.Ai

m a

t a

poin

t ap

prox

imat

ely

100

m f

rom

the

in

stru

men

t whi

ch is

at l

east

27°

(30

gon)

abo

ve

or b

enea

th t

he h

oriz

onta

l pla

ne.

V=90

°+

27°

- 27

°

TSO

X_06

6

Page 239: Leica TS06

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

Flex

Line

, 239

5.Pr

ess

REC

to m

easu

re t

o th

e ta

rget

poi

nt.

6.Ei

ther

:•

Pres

s M

OR

E to

mea

sure

ano

ther

set

to

the

sam

e ta

rget

poi

nt. T

he f

inal

ad

just

men

t va

lues

will

be

the

calc

ulat

ed a

vera

ge f

rom

all

the

mea

sure

men

ts.

•Pr

ess

OK

to

save

the

new

adj

ustm

ent

data

, or

•Pr

ess

ESC

to e

xit

with

out

savi

ng t

he n

ew a

djus

tmen

t da

ta.

Mes

sage

sTh

e sa

me

mes

sage

s or

war

ning

as

in "

11.3

Adj

ustin

g Li

ne-o

f-Si

ght a

nd V

ertic

al In

dex

Erro

r" m

ay a

ppea

r.

4.Ch

ange

fac

e an

d ai

m a

t th

e ta

rget

poi

nt

agai

n

)Fo

r che

ckin

g th

e ai

m, t

he d

iffer

ence

in H

z an

d V

are

disp

laye

d.

)Th

e ol

d an

d ne

w c

alcu

late

d va

lues

are

dis

play

ed.

180°

180°

TSO

X_06

5

Page 240: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 240

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

11.5

Adj

usti

ng t

he C

ircu

lar L

evel

of

the

Inst

rum

ent

and

Trib

rach

Adj

ust

the

circ

ular

le

vel s

tep-

by-s

tep

1.Pl

ace

and

secu

re t

he t

ribra

ch o

nto

the

trip

od, a

nd t

hen

secu

re t

he in

stru

men

t on

to t

he t

ribra

ch.

2.Us

ing

the

trib

rach

foot

scre

ws,

leve

l the

inst

rum

ent w

ith th

e el

ectr

onic

leve

l. T

o ac

tivat

e th

e el

ectr

onic

leve

l, tu

rn o

n th

e in

stru

men

t, a

nd, i

f tilt

cor

rect

ion

is s

et

to 1

- or

2-a

xis,

the

Leve

l/Plu

mm

et s

cree

n ap

pear

s au

tom

atic

ally

. Alte

rnat

ivel

y,

pres

s FN

C fr

om w

ithin

any

app

licat

ion

and

sele

ct L

evel

/Plu

mm

et.

3.Th

e bu

bble

s of

the

inst

rum

ent

and

trib

rach

leve

ls m

ust

be c

ente

red.

If o

ne o

r bo

th c

ircul

ar le

vels

are

not

cen

tere

d, a

djus

t as

fol

low

s.In

stru

men

t: If

the

bub

ble

exte

nds

beyo

nd t

he c

ircle

, use

the

Alle

n ke

y su

pplie

d to

cen

ter i

t w

ith t

he a

djus

tmen

t sc

rew

s.Tr

ibra

ch: I

f the

bub

ble

exte

nds

beyo

nd th

e ci

rcle

, adj

ust i

t usi

ng th

e ad

just

men

t pi

n in

con

junc

tion

with

the

adj

ustm

ent

scre

ws.

Tur

n th

e ad

just

men

t sc

rew

s:•

To t

he le

ft: a

nd t

he b

ubbl

e ap

proa

ches

the

scr

ew.

TSO

X_06

7

1

23

3

Page 241: Leica TS06

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

Flex

Line

, 241

•To

the

righ

t: a

nd t

he b

ubbl

e go

es a

way

fro

m t

he s

crew

.4.

Repe

at s

tep

3. o

n th

e in

stru

men

t an

d tr

ibra

ch u

ntil

both

circ

ular

leve

ls a

re

cent

ered

and

no

furt

her a

djus

tmen

ts a

re n

eces

sary

.

)Af

ter t

he a

djus

tmen

t, n

o ad

just

men

t sc

rew

sho

uld

be lo

ose.

11.6

Insp

ecti

ng t

he L

aser

Plu

mm

et o

f th

e In

stru

men

t

)Th

e la

ser p

lum

met

is in

tegr

ated

into

the

vert

ical

axi

s of

the

inst

rum

ent.

Und

er n

orm

alco

nditi

ons

of u

se, t

he la

ser p

lum

met

doe

s no

t ne

ed a

djus

ting.

If a

n ad

just

men

t is

ne

cess

ary

due

to e

xter

nal i

nflu

ence

s, t

he in

stru

men

t ha

s to

be

retu

rned

to

a Le

ica

serv

ice

depa

rtm

ent.

Insp

ect

the

lase

r pl

umm

et s

tep-

by-

step

TSO

X_06

8

34

5

360°

3 m

m /

1.5

m

Ø 2

.5 m

m /

1.5

m2

1

Page 242: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 242

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

1.Se

t up

the

inst

rum

ent

on t

he t

ripod

app

roxi

mat

ely

1.5

m a

bove

the

gro

und

and

leve

l up.

2.To

act

ivat

e th

e la

ser p

lum

met

, tur

n on

the

inst

rum

ent,

and

, if t

ilt c

orre

ctio

n is

set

to

1-

or 2

-axi

s, t

he la

ser p

lum

met

will

be

activ

ated

aut

omat

ical

ly, a

nd t

he

Leve

l/Plu

mm

et s

cree

n ap

pear

s. O

ther

wis

e, p

ress

FN

C fr

om w

ithin

any

ap

plic

atio

n an

d se

lect

Lev

el/P

lum

met

.

3.M

ark

the

cent

er o

f th

e re

d la

ser d

ot o

n th

e gr

ound

.4.

Turn

the

inst

rum

ent

slow

ly t

hrou

gh 3

60°,

car

eful

ly o

bser

ving

the

mov

emen

t of

th

e re

d la

ser d

ot.

5.If

the

cent

er o

f the

lase

r dot

mak

es a

cle

arly

circ

ular

mov

emen

t, o

r mov

es m

ore

than

3m

m a

way

fro

m t

he p

oint

whi

ch w

as f

irst

mar

ked,

an

adju

stm

ent

may

be

requ

ired.

Cal

l you

r nea

rest

Lei

ca s

ervi

ce d

epar

tmen

t.D

epen

ding

on

brig

htne

ss a

nd s

urfa

ce ty

pe, t

he s

ize

of th

e la

ser d

ot c

an v

ary.

At

a he

ight

of

1.5

m a

n av

erag

e di

amet

er o

f 2.

5m

m is

est

imat

ed.

)In

spec

tion

of t

he la

ser p

lum

met

sho

uld

be c

arrie

d ou

t on

a b

right

, sm

ooth

and

hor

izon

tal s

urfa

ce, s

uch

as a

she

et o

f pa

per.

)Th

e m

axim

um d

iam

eter

of

the

circ

ular

mov

emen

t de

scrib

ed b

y th

e ce

nter

of

the

lase

r dot

sho

uld

not

exce

ed 3

mm

at

a he

ight

of

1.5

m.

Page 243: Leica TS06

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

Flex

Line

, 243

11.7

Serv

icin

g th

e Tr

ipod

Serv

ice

the

trip

od

step

-by-

step

1.Ti

ghte

n th

e le

g ca

p sc

rew

s m

oder

atel

y w

ith t

he a

llen

key

supp

lied.

2.Ti

ghte

n th

e ar

ticul

ated

join

ts o

n th

e tr

ipod

hea

d ju

st e

noug

h to

kee

p th

e tr

ipod

le

gs o

pen

whe

n lif

ting

the

trip

od o

ff t

he g

roun

d.3.

Tigh

ten

the

scre

ws

of t

he t

ripod

legs

.

)Th

e co

nnec

tions

bet

wee

n m

etal

and

tim

ber c

ompo

nent

s m

ust

alw

ays

be f

irm a

nd t

ight

.

TSO

X_12

2

12

3

Page 244: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 244

Care

and

Tra

nspo

rt

12Ca

re a

nd T

rans

port

12.1

Tran

spor

tTr

ansp

ort

in t

he

fiel

dW

hen

tran

spor

ting

the

equi

pmen

t in

the

fie

ld, a

lway

s m

ake

sure

tha

t yo

u ei

ther

:•

carr

y th

e pr

oduc

t in

its

orig

inal

tra

nspo

rt c

onta

iner

, or

•ca

rry

the

trip

od w

ith it

s le

gs s

play

ed a

cros

s yo

ur s

houl

der,

keep

ing

the

atta

ched

pr

oduc

t up

right

.

Tran

spor

t in

a ro

ad

vehi

cle

Nev

er c

arry

the

pro

duct

loos

e in

a ro

ad v

ehic

le, a

s it

can

be a

ffec

ted

by s

hock

and

vi

brat

ion.

Alw

ays

carr

y th

e pr

oduc

t in

its

tran

spor

t co

ntai

ner a

nd s

ecur

e it.

Ship

ping

Whe

n tr

ansp

ortin

g th

e pr

oduc

t by

rail,

air

or s

ea, a

lway

s us

e th

e co

mpl

ete

orig

inal

Le

ica

Geos

yste

ms

pack

agin

g, t

rans

port

con

tain

er a

nd c

ardb

oard

box

, or i

ts

equi

vale

nt, t

o pr

otec

t ag

ains

t sh

ock

and

vibr

atio

n.

Ship

ping

, tra

nspo

rt

of b

atte

ries

Whe

n tr

ansp

ortin

g or

shi

ppin

g ba

tter

ies,

the

per

son

in c

harg

e of

the

pro

duct

mus

t en

sure

tha

t th

e ap

plic

able

nat

iona

l and

inte

rnat

iona

l rul

es a

nd re

gula

tions

are

ob

serv

ed. B

efor

e tr

ansp

orta

tion

or s

hipp

ing,

con

tact

you

r loc

al p

asse

nger

or f

reig

ht

tran

spor

t co

mpa

ny.

Fiel

d ad

just

men

tAf

ter t

rans

port

insp

ect

the

field

adj

ustm

ent

para

met

ers

give

n in

thi

s us

er m

anua

l be

fore

usi

ng t

he p

rodu

ct.

Page 245: Leica TS06

Care

and

Tra

nspo

rtFl

exLi

ne, 2

45

12.2

Stor

age

Prod

uct

Resp

ect

the

tem

pera

ture

lim

its w

hen

stor

ing

the

equi

pmen

t, p

artic

ular

ly in

sum

mer

if

the

equi

pmen

t is

insi

de a

veh

icle

. Ref

er t

o "1

4 Te

chni

cal D

ata"

for

info

rmat

ion

abou

t te

mpe

ratu

re li

mits

.

Fiel

d ad

just

men

tAf

ter l

ong

perio

ds o

f st

orag

e in

spec

t th

e fie

ld a

djus

tmen

t pa

ram

eter

s gi

ven

in t

his

user

man

ual b

efor

e us

ing

the

prod

uct.

Li-I

on b

atte

ries

•Re

fer t

o "1

4.6

Gene

ral T

echn

ical

Dat

a of

the

Inst

rum

ent"

for

info

rmat

ion

abou

t st

orag

e te

mpe

ratu

re ra

nge.

•Ba

tter

ies

can

be s

tore

d w

ithin

a -

40 t

o +5

5°C/

-40°

F to

+13

1°F

tem

pera

ture

ra

nge,

how

ever

a s

tora

ge te

mpe

ratu

re ra

nge

of -2

0°C

to +

30°C

/-4°

F to

+86

°F in

a

dry

envi

ronm

ent

is re

com

men

ded

to m

inim

ise

self-

disc

harg

ing

of t

he b

atte

ry.

•At

the

reco

mm

ende

d st

orag

e te

mpe

ratu

re ra

nge,

bat

terie

s co

ntai

ning

a 1

0% t

o 50

% c

harg

e ca

n be

sto

red

for u

p to

one

yea

r. Af

ter t

his

stor

age

perio

d th

e ba

tter

ies

mus

t be

rech

arge

d.•

Rem

ove

batt

erie

s fr

om t

he p

rodu

ct a

nd t

he c

harg

er b

efor

e st

orin

g.•

Afte

r sto

rage

rech

arge

bat

terie

s be

fore

usi

ng.

•Pr

otec

t bat

terie

s fr

om d

amp

and

wet

ness

. Wet

or d

amp

batt

erie

s m

ust b

e dr

ied

befo

re s

torin

g or

use

.

Page 246: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 246

Care

and

Tra

nspo

rt

12.3

Clea

ning

and

Dry

ing

Obj

ecti

ve, e

yepi

ece

and

refl

ecto

rs•

Blow

dus

t of

f le

nses

and

pris

ms.

•N

ever

tou

ch t

he g

lass

with

you

r fin

gers

.•

Use

only

a c

lean

, sof

t, li

nt-f

ree

clot

h fo

r cle

anin

g. If

nec

essa

ry, m

oist

en th

e cl

oth

with

wat

er o

r pur

e al

coho

l. Do

not

use

oth

er li

quid

s; t

hese

may

att

ack

the

poly

mer

com

pone

nts.

Fogg

ing

of p

rism

sPr

ism

s th

at a

re c

oole

r tha

n th

e am

bien

t te

mpe

ratu

re t

end

to f

og. I

t is

not

eno

ugh

sim

ply

to w

ipe

them

. Kee

p th

em fo

r som

e tim

e in

side

you

r jac

ket o

r in

the

vehi

cle

to

allo

w t

hem

to

adju

st t

o th

e am

bien

t te

mpe

ratu

re.

Dam

p pr

oduc

tsD

ry t

he p

rodu

ct, t

he t

rans

port

con

tain

er, t

he f

oam

inse

rts

and

the

acce

ssor

ies

at a

te

mpe

ratu

re n

ot g

reat

er t

han

40°C

/10

4°F

and

clea

n th

em. D

o no

t re

pack

unt

il ev

eryt

hing

is c

ompl

etel

y dr

y. A

lway

s cl

ose

the

tran

spor

t con

tain

er w

hen

usin

g in

the

field

.

Cabl

es a

nd p

lugs

Keep

plu

gs c

lean

and

dry

. Blo

w a

way

any

dirt

lodg

ed in

the

plu

gs o

f th

e co

nnec

ting

cabl

es.

Page 247: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

47

13Sa

fety

Dir

ecti

ons

13.1

Gen

eral

Des

crip

tion

The

follo

win

g di

rect

ions

sho

uld

enab

le t

he p

erso

n re

spon

sibl

e fo

r the

pro

duct

, and

th

e pe

rson

who

act

ually

use

s th

e eq

uipm

ent,

to

antic

ipat

e an

d av

oid

oper

atio

nal

haza

rds.

The

pers

on re

spon

sibl

e fo

r the

pro

duct

mus

t ens

ure

that

all

user

s un

ders

tand

thes

e di

rect

ions

and

adh

ere

to t

hem

.

13.2

Inte

nded

Use

Perm

itte

d us

e•

Mea

surin

g ho

rizon

tal a

nd v

ertic

al a

ngle

s.•

Mea

surin

g di

stan

ces.

•Re

cord

ing

mea

sure

men

ts.

•Vi

sual

izin

g th

e ai

min

g di

rect

ion

and

vert

ical

axi

s.•

Dat

a co

mm

unic

atio

n w

ith e

xter

nal a

pplia

nces

.•

Com

putin

g by

mea

ns o

f so

ftw

are.

Adv

erse

use

•Us

e of

the

pro

duct

with

out

inst

ruct

ion.

•Us

e ou

tsid

e of

the

inte

nded

lim

its.

•D

isab

ling

safe

ty s

yste

ms.

•Re

mov

al o

f ha

zard

not

ices

.

Page 248: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 248

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

•O

peni

ng t

he p

rodu

ct u

sing

too

ls, f

or e

xam

ple

scre

wdr

iver

, unl

ess

this

is

spec

ifica

lly p

erm

itted

for

cer

tain

fun

ctio

ns.

•M

odifi

catio

n or

con

vers

ion

of t

he p

rodu

ct.

•Us

e af

ter m

isap

prop

riatio

n.•

Use

of p

rodu

cts

with

obv

ious

ly re

cogn

isab

le d

amag

es o

r def

ects

.•

Use

with

acc

esso

ries

from

oth

er m

anuf

actu

rers

with

out

the

prio

r exp

licit

appr

oval

of

Leic

a Ge

osys

tem

s.•

Aim

ing

dire

ctly

into

the

sun

.•

Inad

equa

te s

afeg

uard

s at

the

wor

king

site

, for

exa

mpl

e w

hen

mea

surin

g on

ro

ads.

•D

elib

erat

e da

zzlin

g of

thi

rd p

artie

s.•

Cont

rolli

ng o

f mac

hine

s, m

ovin

g ob

ject

s or

sim

ilar m

onito

ring

appl

icat

ion

with

out

addi

tiona

l con

trol

- an

d sa

fety

inst

alla

tions

.

!W

arni

ngAd

vers

e us

e ca

n le

ad t

o in

jury

, mal

func

tion

and

dam

age.

It

is t

he t

ask

of t

he p

erso

n re

spon

sibl

e fo

r the

equ

ipm

ent

to in

form

the

use

r abo

ut

haza

rds

and

how

to c

ount

erac

t the

m. T

he p

rodu

ct is

not

to b

e op

erat

ed u

ntil

the

user

ha

s be

en in

stru

cted

on

how

to

wor

k w

ith it

.

Page 249: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

49

13.3

Lim

its

of U

seEn

viro

nmen

tSu

itabl

e fo

r use

in a

n at

mos

pher

e ap

prop

riate

for p

erm

anen

t hum

an h

abita

tion:

not

su

itabl

e fo

r use

in a

ggre

ssiv

e or

exp

losi

ve e

nviro

nmen

ts.

!D

ange

rLo

cal s

afet

y au

thor

ities

and

saf

ety

expe

rts

mus

t be

con

tact

ed b

efor

e w

orki

ng in

ha

zard

ous

area

s, o

r in

clos

e pr

oxim

ity t

o el

ectr

ical

inst

alla

tions

or s

imila

r situ

atio

ns

by t

he p

erso

n in

cha

rge

of t

he p

rodu

ct.

13.4

Res

pons

ibili

ties

Man

ufac

ture

r of

th

e pr

oduc

tLe

ica

Geos

yste

ms

AG, C

H-9

435

Hee

rbru

gg, h

erei

naft

er re

ferr

ed t

o as

Lei

ca

Geos

yste

ms,

is re

spon

sibl

e fo

r sup

plyi

ng th

e pr

oduc

t, in

clud

ing

the

user

man

ual a

nd

orig

inal

acc

esso

ries,

in a

com

plet

ely

safe

con

ditio

n.

Man

ufac

ture

rs o

f no

n Le

ica

Geo

syst

ems

acce

ssor

ies

The

man

ufac

ture

rs o

f no

n Le

ica

Geos

yste

ms

acce

ssor

ies

for t

he p

rodu

ct a

re

resp

onsi

ble

for d

evel

opin

g, im

plem

entin

g an

d co

mm

unic

atin

g sa

fety

con

cept

s fo

r th

eir p

rodu

cts,

and

are

als

o re

spon

sibl

e fo

r the

eff

ectiv

enes

s of

tho

se s

afet

y co

ncep

ts in

com

bina

tion

with

the

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s pr

oduc

t.

Pers

on in

cha

rge

of

the

prod

uct

The

pers

on in

cha

rge

of t

he p

rodu

ct h

as t

he f

ollo

win

g du

ties:

•To

und

erst

and

the

safe

ty in

stru

ctio

ns o

n th

e pr

oduc

t and

the

inst

ruct

ions

in th

e us

er m

anua

l.•

To b

e fa

mili

ar w

ith lo

cal r

egul

atio

ns re

latin

g to

saf

ety

and

acci

dent

pre

vent

ion.

•To

info

rm L

eica

Geo

syst

ems

imm

edia

tely

if t

he p

rodu

ct a

nd t

he a

pplic

atio

n be

com

es u

nsaf

e.

Page 250: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 250

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

•To

ens

ure

that

the

natio

nal l

aws,

regu

latio

ns a

nd c

ondi

tions

for t

he o

pera

tion

of

radi

o tr

ansm

itter

s ar

e re

spec

ted.

!W

arni

ngTh

e pe

rson

resp

onsi

ble

for t

he p

rodu

ct m

ust e

nsur

e th

at it

is u

sed

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith

the

inst

ruct

ions

. Thi

s pe

rson

is a

lso

acco

unta

ble

for t

he tr

aini

ng a

nd th

e de

ploy

men

t of

per

sonn

el w

ho u

se t

he p

rodu

ct a

nd f

or t

he s

afet

y of

the

equ

ipm

ent

in u

se.

13.5

Haz

ards

of

Use

!W

arni

ngTh

e ab

senc

e of

inst

ruct

ion,

or t

he in

adeq

uate

impa

rtin

g of

inst

ruct

ion,

can

lead

to

inco

rrec

t or

adv

erse

use

, and

can

giv

e ris

e to

acc

iden

ts w

ith f

ar-r

each

ing

hum

an,

mat

eria

l, fin

anci

al a

nd e

nviro

nmen

tal c

onse

quen

ces.

Prec

auti

ons:

All u

sers

mus

t fo

llow

the

saf

ety

dire

ctio

ns g

iven

by

the

man

ufac

ture

r and

the

di

rect

ions

of t

he p

erso

n re

spon

sibl

e fo

r the

pro

duct

.

!Ca

utio

nW

atch

out

for

err

oneo

us m

easu

rem

ent

resu

lts if

the

pro

duct

has

bee

n dr

oppe

d or

ha

s be

en m

isus

ed, m

odifi

ed, s

tore

d fo

r lon

g pe

riods

or t

rans

port

ed.

Prec

auti

ons:

Perio

dica

lly c

arry

out

test

mea

sure

men

ts a

nd p

erfo

rm th

e fie

ld a

djus

tmen

ts in

dica

ted

in th

e us

er m

anua

l, pa

rtic

ular

ly a

fter

the

prod

uct h

as b

een

subj

ecte

d to

abn

orm

al u

se

and

befo

re a

nd a

fter

impo

rtan

t m

easu

rem

ents

.

Page 251: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

51

!D

ange

rBe

caus

e of

the

risk

of e

lect

rocu

tion,

it is

ver

y da

nger

ous

to u

se p

oles

and

ext

ensi

ons

in t

he v

icin

ity o

f el

ectr

ical

inst

alla

tions

suc

h as

pow

er c

able

s or

ele

ctric

al ra

ilway

s.Pr

ecau

tion

s:Ke

ep a

t a

safe

dis

tanc

e fr

om e

lect

rical

inst

alla

tions

. If

it is

ess

entia

l to

wor

k in

thi

s en

viro

nmen

t, f

irst

cont

act

the

safe

ty a

utho

ritie

s re

spon

sibl

e fo

r the

ele

ctric

al

inst

alla

tions

and

fol

low

the

ir in

stru

ctio

ns.

!W

arni

ngIf

the

prod

uct

is u

sed

with

acc

esso

ries,

for

exa

mpl

e m

asts

, sta

ffs,

pol

es, y

ou m

ay

incr

ease

the

risk

of

bein

g st

ruck

by

light

ning

.Pr

ecau

tion

s:D

o no

t us

e th

e pr

oduc

t in

a t

hund

erst

orm

.

!Ca

utio

nBe

car

eful

whe

n po

intin

g th

e pr

oduc

t to

war

ds t

he s

un, b

ecau

se t

he t

eles

cope

fu

nctio

ns a

s a

mag

nify

ing

glas

s an

d ca

n in

jure

you

r eye

s an

d/or

cau

se d

amag

e in

side

th

e pr

oduc

t.Pr

ecau

tion

s:D

o no

t po

int

the

prod

uct

dire

ctly

at

the

sun.

Page 252: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 252

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

!W

arni

ngD

urin

g dy

nam

ic a

pplic

atio

ns, f

or e

xam

ple

stak

eout

pro

cedu

res

ther

e is

a d

ange

r of

acci

dent

s oc

curr

ing

if th

e us

er d

oes

not

pay

atte

ntio

n to

the

env

ironm

enta

l co

nditi

ons

arou

nd, f

or e

xam

ple

obst

acle

s, e

xcav

atio

ns o

r tra

ffic

.Pr

ecau

tion

s:Th

e pe

rson

resp

onsi

ble

for t

he p

rodu

ct m

ust m

ake

all u

sers

fully

aw

are

of th

e ex

istin

g da

nger

s.

!W

arni

ngIn

adeq

uate

sec

urin

g of

the

wor

king

site

can

lead

to

dang

erou

s si

tuat

ions

, for

ex

ampl

e in

tra

ffic

, on

build

ing

site

s, a

nd a

t in

dust

rial i

nsta

llatio

ns.

Prec

auti

ons:

Alw

ays

ensu

re th

at th

e w

orki

ng s

ite is

ade

quat

ely

secu

red.

Adh

ere

to th

e re

gula

tions

go

vern

ing

safe

ty a

nd a

ccid

ent

prev

entio

n an

d ro

ad t

raff

ic.

!W

arni

ngIf

com

pute

rs in

tend

ed f

or u

se in

door

s ar

e us

ed in

the

fie

ld t

here

is a

dan

ger o

f el

ectr

ic s

hock

.Pr

ecau

tion

s:Ad

here

to

the

inst

ruct

ions

giv

en b

y th

e co

mpu

ter m

anuf

actu

rer w

ith re

gard

to

field

us

e in

con

junc

tion

with

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s pr

oduc

ts.

!Ca

utio

nIf

the

acce

ssor

ies

used

with

the

prod

uct a

re n

ot p

rope

rly s

ecur

ed a

nd th

e pr

oduc

t is

subj

ecte

d to

mec

hani

cal s

hock

, for

exa

mpl

e bl

ows

or f

allin

g, t

he p

rodu

ct m

ay b

e da

mag

ed o

r peo

ple

may

sus

tain

inju

ry.

Prec

auti

ons:

Whe

n se

ttin

g-up

the

prod

uct,

mak

e su

re th

at th

e ac

cess

orie

s ar

e co

rrec

tly a

dapt

ed,

fitte

d, s

ecur

ed, a

nd lo

cked

in p

ositi

on.

Avoi

d su

bjec

ting

the

prod

uct

to m

echa

nica

l str

ess.

Page 253: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

53

!Ca

utio

nD

urin

g th

e tr

ansp

ort,

shi

ppin

g or

dis

posa

l of b

atte

ries

it is

pos

sibl

e fo

r ina

ppro

pria

te

mec

hani

cal i

nflu

ence

s to

con

stitu

te a

fire

haz

ard.

Prec

auti

ons:

Befo

re s

hipp

ing

the

prod

uct o

r dis

posi

ng o

f it,

dis

char

ge th

e ba

tter

ies

by ru

nnin

g th

e pr

oduc

t un

til t

hey

are

flat.

Whe

n tr

ansp

ortin

g or

shi

ppin

g ba

tter

ies,

the

per

son

in c

harg

e of

the

pro

duct

mus

t en

sure

tha

t th

e ap

plic

able

nat

iona

l and

inte

rnat

iona

l rul

es a

nd re

gula

tions

are

ob

serv

ed. B

efor

e tr

ansp

orta

tion

or s

hipp

ing

cont

act

your

loca

l pas

seng

er o

r fre

ight

tr

ansp

ort

com

pany

.

!W

arni

ngUs

ing

a ba

tter

y ch

arge

r not

reco

mm

ende

d by

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s ca

n de

stro

y th

e ba

tter

ies.

Thi

s ca

n ca

use

fire

or e

xplo

sion

s.Pr

ecau

tion

s:O

nly

use

char

gers

reco

mm

ende

d by

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s to

cha

rge

the

batt

erie

s.

!W

arni

ngH

igh

mec

hani

cal s

tres

s, h

igh

ambi

ent

tem

pera

ture

s or

imm

ersi

on in

to f

luid

s ca

n ca

use

leac

kage

, fire

or e

xplo

sion

s of

the

bat

terie

s.Pr

ecau

tion

s:Pr

otec

t the

bat

terie

s fr

om m

echa

nica

l inf

luen

ces

and

high

am

bien

t tem

pera

ture

s. D

o no

t dr

op o

r im

mer

se b

atte

ries

into

flu

ids.

!W

arni

ngSh

ort

circ

uite

d ba

tter

y te

rmin

als

can

over

heat

and

cau

se in

jury

or f

ire, f

or e

xam

ple

by s

torin

g or

tra

nspo

rtin

g in

poc

kets

if b

atte

ry t

erm

inal

s co

me

in c

onta

ct w

ith

jew

elle

ry, k

eys,

met

alliz

ed p

aper

or o

ther

met

als.

Prec

auti

ons:

Mak

e su

re th

at th

e ba

tter

y te

rmin

als

do n

ot c

ome

into

con

tact

with

met

allic

obj

ects

.

Page 254: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 254

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

!W

arni

ngIf

the

prod

uct

is im

prop

erly

dis

pose

d of

, the

fol

low

ing

can

happ

en:

•If

poly

mer

par

ts a

re b

urnt

, poi

sono

us g

ases

are

pro

duce

d w

hich

may

impa

ir he

alth

.•

If ba

tter

ies

are

dam

aged

or a

re h

eate

d st

rong

ly, t

hey

can

expl

ode

and

caus

e po

ison

ing,

bur

ning

, cor

rosi

on o

r env

ironm

enta

l con

tam

inat

ion.

•By

dis

posi

ng o

f the

pro

duct

irre

spon

sibl

y yo

u m

ay e

nabl

e un

auth

oris

ed p

erso

ns

to u

se it

in c

ontr

aven

tion

of t

he re

gula

tions

, exp

osin

g th

emse

lves

and

thi

rd

part

ies

to t

he ri

sk o

f se

vere

inju

ry a

nd re

nder

ing

the

envi

ronm

ent

liabl

e to

co

ntam

inat

ion.

•Im

prop

er d

ispo

sal o

f si

licon

e oi

l may

cau

se e

nviro

nmen

tal c

onta

min

atio

n.Pr

ecau

tion

s:

Prod

uct s

peci

fic tr

eatm

ent a

nd w

aste

man

agem

ent i

nfor

mat

ion

can

be d

ownl

oade

d fr

om t

he L

eica

Geo

syst

ems

hom

e pa

ge a

t ht

tp://

ww

w.le

ica-

geos

yste

ms.

com

/tre

atm

ent

or re

ceiv

ed f

rom

you

r Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s de

aler

.

The

prod

uct

mus

t no

t be

dis

pose

d w

ith h

ouse

hold

was

te.

Dis

pose

of

the

prod

uct

appr

opria

tely

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith t

he n

atio

nal

regu

latio

ns in

for

ce in

you

r cou

ntry

.Al

way

s pr

even

t ac

cess

to

the

prod

uct

by u

naut

horis

ed p

erso

nnel

.

Page 255: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

55

13.6

Lase

r Cl

assi

fica

tion

13.6

.1G

ener

alG

ener

alTh

e fo

llow

ing

dire

ctio

ns (

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith t

he s

tate

of

the

art

- in

tern

atio

nal

stan

dard

IEC

6082

5-1

(200

7-03

) an

d IE

C TR

608

25-1

4 (2

004-

02))

pro

vide

in

stru

ctio

n an

d tr

aini

ng in

form

atio

n to

the

per

son

resp

onsi

ble

for t

he p

rodu

ct a

nd

the

pers

on w

ho a

ctua

lly u

ses

the

equi

pmen

t, t

o an

ticip

ate

and

avoi

d op

erat

iona

l ha

zard

s.

The

pers

on re

spon

sibl

e fo

r the

pro

duct

mus

t ens

ure

that

all

user

s un

ders

tand

thes

e di

rect

ions

and

adh

ere

to t

hem

.

)Pr

oduc

ts c

lass

ified

as

lase

r cla

ss 1

, cla

ss 2

and

cla

ss 3

R do

not

requ

ire:

•la

ser s

afet

y of

ficer

invo

lvem

ent,

prot

ectiv

e cl

othe

s an

d ey

ewea

r, •

spec

ial w

arni

ng s

igns

in t

he la

ser w

orki

ng a

rea

if us

ed a

nd o

pera

ted

as d

efin

ed in

thi

s us

er m

anua

l due

to

the

low

eye

ha

zard

leve

l.

)Pr

oduc

ts c

lass

ified

as

lase

r cla

ss 2

or c

lass

3R

may

cau

se d

azzl

e, f

lash

-bl

indn

ess

and

afte

rimag

es, p

artic

ular

ly u

nder

low

am

bien

t lig

ht

cond

ition

s.

Page 256: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 256

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

13.6

.2D

ista

ncer

, Mea

sure

men

ts w

ith

Refl

ecto

rsG

ener

alTh

e ED

M m

odul

e bu

ilt in

to th

is p

rodu

ct p

rodu

ces

a vi

sibl

e la

ser b

eam

whi

ch e

mer

ges

from

the

tel

esco

pe o

bjec

tive.

The

lase

r pro

duct

des

crib

ed in

this

sec

tion,

is c

lass

ified

as

lase

r cla

ss 1

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith:

•IE

C 60

825-

1 (2

007-

03):

"Sa

fety

of

lase

r pro

duct

s".

•EN

608

25-1

(20

07-1

0): "

Safe

ty o

f la

ser p

rodu

cts"

.

Clas

s 1

lase

r pro

duct

s ar

e sa

fe u

nder

reas

onab

ly fo

rese

eabl

e co

nditi

ons

of o

pera

tion

and

are

not h

arm

ful t

o th

e ey

es p

rovi

ded

that

the

prod

ucts

are

use

d an

d m

aint

aine

d in

acc

orda

nce

with

thi

s us

er m

anua

l.

Des

crip

tion

Valu

eM

axim

um a

vera

ge ra

dian

t po

wer

0.33

mW

Puls

e du

ratio

n80

0ps

Puls

e re

petit

ion

freq

uenc

y10

0M

Hz

- 15

0M

Hz

Wav

elen

gth

650

nm -

690

nm

Page 257: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

57

Labe

lling

aLa

ser b

eam

TSO

X_08

0

a

. . .

. . .

. .

. .

. . .

. . .

. . . .

. . .

. . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.

. . .

. . . .

. .

Com

plie

s w

ith F

DA p

erfo

rman

ce s

tand

ards

for l

aser

pr

oduc

ts e

xcep

t for

dev

iatio

ns p

ursu

ant t

o La

ser N

otic

e N

o. 5

0, d

ated

Jun

e 24

, 200

7.Th

is d

evic

e co

mpl

ies

with

par

t 15

of th

e FC

C Ru

les.

Op

erat

ion

is s

ubje

ct to

the

follo

win

g tw

o co

nditi

ons:

(1

) Thi

s de

vice

may

not

cau

se h

arm

ful i

nter

fere

nce,

and

(2

) thi

s de

vice

mus

t acc

ept a

ny in

terfe

renc

e re

ceiv

ed,

incl

udin

g in

terfe

renc

e th

at m

ay c

ause

und

esire

d op

erat

ion.

Clas

s 1

Lase

r Pro

duct

acco

rdin

g to

IEC

6082

5-1

(200

7 -

03)

Page 258: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 258

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

13.6

.3D

ista

ncer

, Mea

sure

men

ts w

itho

ut R

efle

ctor

s (N

on-P

rism

m

ode)

Gen

eral

The

EDM

mod

ule

built

into

the

prod

uct p

rodu

ces

a vi

sibl

e la

ser b

eam

whi

ch e

mer

ges

from

the

tel

esco

pe o

bjec

tive.

The

lase

r pro

duct

des

crib

ed in

this

sec

tion

is c

lass

ified

as

lase

r cla

ss 3

R in

acc

orda

nce

with

:•

IEC

6082

5-1

(200

7-03

): "

Safe

ty o

f la

ser p

rodu

cts"

.•

EN 6

0825

-1 (

2007

-10)

: "Sa

fety

of

lase

r pro

duct

s".

Clas

s 3R

lase

r pro

duct

s:D

irect

intr

abea

m v

iew

ing

may

be

haza

rdou

s (lo

w-le

vel e

ye h

azar

d), i

n pa

rtic

ular

for

de

liber

ate

ocul

ar e

xpos

ure.

The

risk

of

inju

ry f

or la

ser c

lass

3R

prod

ucts

is li

mite

d be

caus

e of

:•

unin

tent

iona

l exp

osur

e w

ould

rare

ly re

flect

wor

st c

ase

cond

ition

s of

(e.g

.) be

am

alig

nmen

t w

ith t

he p

upil,

wor

st c

ase

acco

mm

odat

ion,

inhe

rent

saf

ety

mar

gin

in t

he m

axim

um p

erm

issi

ble

expo

sure

to

lase

r rad

iatio

n (M

PE),

natu

ral a

vers

ion

beha

viou

r for

exp

osur

e to

brig

ht li

ght

for t

he c

ase

of

visi

ble

radi

atio

n.

Page 259: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

59

!W

arni

ngFr

om a

saf

ety

pers

pect

ive

clas

s 3R

lase

r pr

oduc

ts s

houl

d be

tre

ated

as

pote

ntia

lly

haza

rdou

s.Pr

ecau

tion

s:Pr

even

t di

rect

eye

exp

osur

e to

the

bea

m. D

o no

t di

rect

the

bea

m a

t ot

her p

eopl

e.

!W

arni

ngPo

tent

ial h

azar

ds a

re n

ot o

nly

rela

ted

to d

irect

bea

ms

but

also

to

refle

cted

bea

ms

aim

ed a

t re

flect

ing

surf

aces

suc

h as

pris

ms,

win

dow

s, m

irror

s, m

etal

lic s

urfa

ces

etc.

Prec

auti

ons:

Do

not

aim

at

area

s th

at a

re e

ssen

tially

refle

ctiv

e, s

uch

as a

mirr

or, o

r whi

ch c

ould

em

it un

wan

ted

refle

ctio

ns.

Do

not

look

thr

ough

or b

esid

e th

e op

tical

sig

ht a

t pr

ism

s or

refle

ctin

g ob

ject

s w

hen

the

lase

r is

switc

hed

on, i

n la

ser p

oint

er o

r dis

tanc

e m

easu

rem

ent

mod

e. A

imin

g at

pr

ism

s is

onl

y pe

rmitt

ed w

hen

look

ing

thro

ugh

the

tele

scop

e.

Des

crip

tion

Valu

e (R

400/

R100

0)M

axim

um a

vera

ge ra

dian

t po

wer

5.00

mW

Puls

e du

ratio

n80

0ps

Puls

e re

petit

ion

freq

uenc

y10

0M

Hz -

150

MHz

Wav

elen

gth

650

nm -

690

nmBe

am d

iver

genc

e0.

2m

rad

x 0.

3m

rad

NO

HD (

Nom

inal

Ocu

lar H

azar

d D

ista

nce)

@ 0

.25s

80m

/ 2

62ft

Page 260: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 260

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

Labe

lling

aLa

ser b

eam

TSO

X_08

1

a

Lase

r Ape

rtur

e

Lase

r Ra

diat

ion

Avoi

d di

rect

eye

exp

osur

eCl

ass

3R L

aser

Pro

duct

ac

cord

ing

to IE

C 60

825-

1(2

007

- 03

)Po

≤ 5

.00

mW

λ =

650

- 69

0nm

Page 261: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

61

TSO

X_08

2. . .

. . .

. .

. .

. . .

. . .

. . . .

. . .

. . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.

. . .

. . . .

. .

Com

plie

s w

ith F

DA p

erfo

rman

ce s

tand

ards

for l

aser

pr

oduc

ts e

xcep

t for

dev

iatio

ns p

ursu

ant t

o La

ser N

otic

e N

o. 5

0, d

ated

Jun

e 24

, 200

7.Th

is d

evic

e co

mpl

ies

with

par

t 15

of th

e FC

C Ru

les.

Op

erat

ion

is s

ubje

ct to

the

follo

win

g tw

o co

nditi

ons:

(1

) Thi

s de

vice

may

not

cau

se h

arm

ful i

nter

fere

nce,

and

(2

) thi

s de

vice

mus

t acc

ept a

ny in

terfe

renc

e re

ceiv

ed,

incl

udin

g in

terfe

renc

e th

at m

ay c

ause

und

esire

d op

erat

ion.

Page 262: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 262

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

13.6

.4El

ectr

onic

Gui

de L

ight

EG

LG

ener

alTh

e in

tegr

ated

Ele

ctro

nic

Guid

e Li

ght p

rodu

ces

a vi

sibl

e LE

D b

eam

from

the

fron

t sid

e of

the

tel

esco

pe. D

epen

ding

on

the

type

of

tele

scop

e th

e EG

L m

ay b

e de

sign

ed

diff

eren

tly.

)Th

e pr

oduc

t de

scrib

ed in

thi

s se

ctio

n, is

exc

lude

d fr

om t

he s

cope

of

IEC

6082

5-1

(200

7-03

): "

Safe

ty o

f la

ser p

rodu

cts"

.Th

e pr

oduc

t de

scrib

ed in

thi

s se

ctio

n, is

cla

ssifi

ed a

s ex

empt

gro

up in

ac

cord

ance

with

IEC

6247

1 (2

006-

07)

and

does

not

pos

e an

y ha

zard

pr

ovid

ed t

hat

the

prod

uct

is u

sed

and

mai

ntai

ned

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith t

his

user

man

ual.

aLE

D b

eam

red

bLE

D b

eam

yel

low

TSO

X_09

1

a b

Page 263: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

63

13.6

.5La

ser

Plum

met

Gen

eral

The

lase

r plu

mm

et b

uilt

into

the

pro

duct

pro

duce

s a

visi

ble

red

lase

r bea

m w

hich

em

erge

s fr

om t

he b

otto

m o

f th

e pr

oduc

t.

The

lase

r pro

duct

des

crib

ed in

this

sec

tion,

is c

lass

ified

as

lase

r cla

ss 2

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith:

•IE

C 60

825-

1 (2

007-

03):

"Sa

fety

of

lase

r pro

duct

s".

Clas

s 2

lase

r pro

duct

s:Th

ese

prod

ucts

are

saf

e fo

r mom

enta

ry e

xpos

ures

but

can

be

haza

rdou

s fo

r de

liber

ate

star

ing

into

the

bea

m.

!W

arni

ngFr

om a

saf

ety

pers

pect

ive

clas

s 2

lase

r pro

duct

s ar

e no

t inh

eren

tly s

afe

for t

he e

yes.

Prec

auti

ons:

Avoi

d st

arin

g in

to t

he b

eam

or p

oint

ing

the

beam

at

othe

r peo

ple.

Des

crip

tion

Valu

eM

axim

um a

vera

ge ra

dian

t po

wer

1.00

mW

Puls

e du

ratio

n0-

100%

Puls

e re

petit

ion

freq

uenc

y1

kHz

Wav

elen

gth

620

nm -

690

nm

Page 264: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 264

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

Labe

lling

aW

ill b

e re

plac

ed b

y a

Clas

s 3R

war

ning

labe

l if

appl

icab

leTS

OX_

083

a

. . .

. . .

. .

. .

. . .

. . .

. . . .

. . .

. . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.

. . .

. . . .

. .

Com

plie

s w

ith F

DA p

erfo

rman

ce s

tand

ards

for l

aser

pr

oduc

ts e

xcep

t for

dev

iatio

ns p

ursu

ant t

o La

ser N

otic

e N

o. 5

0, d

ated

Jun

e 24

, 200

7.Th

is d

evic

e co

mpl

ies

with

par

t 15

of th

e FC

C Ru

les.

Op

erat

ion

is s

ubje

ct to

the

follo

win

g tw

o co

nditi

ons:

(1

) Thi

s de

vice

may

not

cau

se h

arm

ful i

nter

fere

nce,

and

(2

) thi

s de

vice

mus

t acc

ept a

ny in

terfe

renc

e re

ceiv

ed,

incl

udin

g in

terfe

renc

e th

at m

ay c

ause

und

esire

d op

erat

ion.

Lase

r Rad

iatio

nD

o no

t st

are

into

the

bea

mCl

ass

2 La

ser P

rodu

ctac

cord

ing

to IE

C 60

825-

1(2

007

- 03

)Po

≤ 1

.00

mW

λ =

620

- 6

90nm

Page 265: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

65

aLa

ser b

eam

bEx

it fo

r las

er b

eam

b

TSOX_084

a

Page 266: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 266

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

13.7

Elec

trom

agne

tic

Com

pati

bilit

y EM

CD

escr

ipti

onTh

e te

rm E

lect

rom

agne

tic C

ompa

tabi

lity

is t

aken

to

mea

n th

e ca

pabi

lity

of t

he

prod

uct t

o fu

nctio

n sm

ooth

ly in

an

envi

ronm

ent w

here

ele

ctro

mag

netic

radi

atio

n an

d el

ectr

osta

tic d

isch

arge

s ar

e pr

esen

t, an

d w

ithou

t ca

usin

g el

ectr

omag

netic

di

stur

banc

es t

o ot

her e

quip

men

t.

!W

arni

ngEl

ectr

omag

netic

radi

atio

n ca

n ca

use

dist

urba

nces

in o

ther

equ

ipm

ent.

Alth

ough

the

pro

duct

mee

ts t

he s

tric

t re

gula

tions

and

sta

ndar

ds w

hich

are

in f

orce

in

this

resp

ect,

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s ca

nnot

com

plet

ely

excl

ude

the

poss

ibili

ty th

at o

ther

eq

uipm

ent

may

be

dist

urbe

d.

!Ca

utio

nTh

ere

is a

risk

that

dis

turb

ance

s m

ay b

e ca

used

in o

ther

equ

ipm

ent i

f the

pro

duct

is

used

in c

onju

nctio

n w

ith a

cces

sorie

s fr

om o

ther

man

ufac

ture

rs, f

or e

xam

ple

field

co

mpu

ters

, per

sona

l com

pute

rs, t

wo-

way

radi

os, n

on-s

tand

ard

cabl

es o

r ext

erna

l ba

tter

ies.

Prec

auti

ons:

Use

only

the

equ

ipm

ent

and

acce

ssor

ies

reco

mm

ende

d by

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s. W

hen

com

bine

d w

ith t

he p

rodu

ct, t

hey

mee

t th

e st

rict

requ

irem

ents

stip

ulat

ed b

y th

e gu

idel

ines

and

sta

ndar

ds. W

hen

usin

g co

mpu

ters

and

two-

way

radi

os, p

ay a

tten

tion

to t

he in

form

atio

n ab

out

elec

trom

agne

tic c

ompa

tibili

ty p

rovi

ded

by t

he

man

ufac

ture

r.

!Ca

utio

nD

istu

rban

ces

caus

ed b

y el

ectr

omag

netic

radi

atio

n ca

n re

sult

in e

rron

eous

m

easu

rem

ents

.

Page 267: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

67

Alth

ough

the

pro

duct

mee

ts t

he s

tric

t re

gula

tions

and

sta

ndar

ds w

hich

are

in f

orce

in

thi

s re

spec

t, L

eica

Geo

syst

ems

cann

ot c

ompl

etel

y ex

clud

e th

e po

ssib

ility

that

the

pr

oduc

t m

ay b

e di

stur

bed

by v

ery

inte

nse

elec

trom

agne

tic ra

diat

ion,

for

exa

mpl

e,

near

radi

o tr

ansm

itter

s, t

wo-

way

radi

os o

r die

sel g

ener

ator

s.Pr

ecau

tion

s:Ch

eck

the

plau

sibi

lity

of re

sults

obt

aine

d un

der t

hese

con

ditio

ns.

!W

arni

ngIf

the

prod

uct

is o

pera

ted

with

con

nect

ing

cabl

es a

ttac

hed

at o

nly

one

of t

heir

two

ends

, for

exa

mpl

e ex

tern

al s

uppl

y ca

bles

, int

erfa

ce c

able

s, t

he p

erm

itted

leve

l of

elec

trom

agne

tic ra

diat

ion

may

be

exce

eded

and

the

cor

rect

fun

ctio

ning

of

othe

r pr

oduc

ts m

ay b

e im

paire

d.

Prec

auti

ons:

Whi

le t

he p

rodu

ct is

in u

se, c

onne

ctin

g ca

bles

, for

exa

mpl

e pr

oduc

t to

ext

erna

l ba

tter

y, p

rodu

ct t

o co

mpu

ter,

mus

t be

con

nect

ed a

t bo

th e

nds.

Blue

toot

hUs

e of

pro

duct

with

Blu

etoo

th:

!W

arni

ngEl

ectr

omag

netic

radi

atio

n ca

n ca

use

dist

urba

nces

in o

ther

equ

ipm

ent,

in

inst

alla

tions

, in

med

ical

dev

ices

, for

exa

mpl

e pa

cem

aker

s or

hea

ring

aids

and

in

airc

raft

. It

can

also

aff

ect

hum

ans

and

anim

als.

Pr

ecau

tion

s:Al

thou

gh t

he p

rodu

ct m

eets

in c

ombi

natio

n w

ith ra

dio

or d

igita

l cel

lula

r pho

ne

devi

ces

reco

mm

ende

d by

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s th

e st

rict

regu

latio

ns a

nd s

tand

ards

w

hich

are

in f

orce

in t

his

resp

ect,

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s ca

nnot

com

plet

ely

excl

ude

the

poss

ibili

ty th

at o

ther

equ

ipm

ent m

ay b

e di

stur

bed

or th

at h

uman

s or

ani

mal

s m

ay b

eaf

fect

ed.

Page 268: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 268

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

•D

o no

t op

erat

e th

e pr

oduc

t w

ith ra

dio

or d

igita

l cel

lula

r pho

ne d

evic

es in

the

vi

cini

ty o

f fil

ling

stat

ions

or c

hem

ical

inst

alla

tions

, or i

n ot

her a

reas

whe

re a

n•

expl

osio

n ha

zard

exi

sts.

•D

o no

t op

erat

e th

e pr

oduc

t w

ith ra

dio

or d

igita

l cel

lula

r pho

ne d

evic

es n

ear t

o m

edic

al e

quip

men

t.•

Do

not o

pera

te th

e pr

oduc

t with

radi

o or

dig

ital c

ellu

lar p

hone

dev

ices

in a

ircra

ft.

13.8

FCC

Stat

emen

t, A

pplic

able

in U

.S.

App

licab

ility

The

grey

ed p

arag

raph

bel

ow is

onl

y ap

plic

able

for

Fle

xLin

e in

stru

men

ts w

ithou

t Bl

ueto

oth.

!W

arni

ngTh

is e

quip

men

t ha

s be

en t

este

d an

d fo

und

to c

ompl

y w

ith t

he li

mits

for

a C

lass

B

digi

tal d

evic

e, p

ursu

ant

to p

art

15 o

f th

e FC

C ru

les.

Thes

e lim

its a

re d

esig

ned

to p

rovi

de re

ason

able

pro

tect

ion

agai

nst

harm

ful

inte

rfer

ence

in a

resi

dent

ial i

nsta

llatio

n.Th

is e

quip

men

t ge

nera

tes,

use

s an

d ca

n ra

diat

e ra

dio

freq

uenc

y en

ergy

and

, if

not

inst

alle

d an

d us

ed in

acc

orda

nce

with

the

inst

ruct

ions

, may

cau

se h

arm

ful

inte

rfer

ence

to

radi

o co

mm

unic

atio

ns. H

owev

er, t

here

is n

o gu

aran

tee

that

in

terf

eren

ce w

ill n

ot o

ccur

in a

par

ticul

ar in

stal

latio

n.If

this

equ

ipm

ent

does

cau

se h

arm

ful i

nter

fere

nce

to ra

dio

or t

elev

isio

n re

cept

ion,

w

hich

can

be

dete

rmin

ed b

y tu

rnin

g th

e eq

uipm

ent

off

and

on, t

he u

ser i

s en

cour

aged

to

try

to c

orre

ct t

he in

terf

eren

ce b

y on

e or

mor

e of

the

fol

low

ing

mea

sure

s:

Page 269: Leica TS06

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

sFl

exLi

ne, 2

69

!W

arni

ngCh

ange

s or

mod

ifica

tions

not

exp

ress

ly a

ppro

ved

by L

eica

Geo

syst

ems

for

com

plia

nce

coul

d vo

id t

he u

ser's

aut

horit

y to

ope

rate

the

equ

ipm

ent.

Labe

lling

Fle

xLin

e in

stru

men

t

•Re

orie

nt o

r rel

ocat

e th

e re

ceiv

ing

ante

nna.

•In

crea

se t

he s

epar

atio

n be

twee

n th

e eq

uipm

ent

and

the

rece

iver

.•

Conn

ect

the

equi

pmen

t in

to a

n ou

tlet

on a

circ

uit

diff

eren

t fr

om t

hat

to w

hich

th

e re

ceiv

er is

con

nect

ed.

•Co

nsul

t th

e de

aler

or a

n ex

perie

nced

radi

o/TV

tec

hnic

ian

for h

elp.

TSO

X_08

5

. . .

. . .

. .

. .

. . .

. . .

. . . .

. . .

. . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.. .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

.

. . .

. . . .

. .

Com

plie

s w

ith F

DA p

erfo

rman

ce s

tand

ards

for l

aser

pr

oduc

ts e

xcep

t for

dev

iatio

ns p

ursu

ant t

o La

ser N

otic

e N

o. 5

0, d

ated

Jun

e 24

, 200

7.Th

is d

evic

e co

mpl

ies

with

par

t 15

of th

e FC

C Ru

les.

Op

erat

ion

is s

ubje

ct to

the

follo

win

g tw

o co

nditi

ons:

(1

) Thi

s de

vice

may

not

cau

se h

arm

ful i

nter

fere

nce,

and

(2

) thi

s de

vice

mus

t acc

ept a

ny in

terfe

renc

e re

ceiv

ed,

incl

udin

g in

terfe

renc

e th

at m

ay c

ause

und

esire

d op

erat

ion.

Page 270: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 270

Safe

ty D

irec

tion

s

Labe

lling

inte

rnal

ba

tter

y G

EB21

1,

GEB

221

TSO

X_12

3

..................

...............

.......................

......................

................................

....................

......................

....

..........

.................................................................................

This

dev

ice

com

plie

s w

ith p

art 1

5 of

the

FCC

Rule

s. O

pera

tion

is s

ubje

ct to

the

follo

win

g tw

o co

nditi

ons:

(1) T

his

devi

ce

may

not

cau

se h

arm

ful i

nter

fere

nce,

and

(2) t

his

devi

ce

mus

t acc

ept a

ny in

terf

eren

ce r

ecei

ved,

incl

udin

g in

terf

eren

ce th

at m

ay c

ause

und

esir

ed o

pera

tion.

Page 271: Leica TS06

Tech

nica

l Dat

aFl

exLi

ne, 2

71

14Te

chni

cal D

ata

14.1

Ang

le M

easu

rem

ent

Acc

urac

y

Char

acte

rist

ics

Abso

lute

, con

tinuo

us, d

iam

etric

. Upd

ates

eac

h 0.

1 to

0.3

s.

Ava

ilabl

e an

gula

r ac

cura

cies

Stan

dard

dev

iati

on

Hz,

V, I

SO17

123-

3D

ispl

ay r

esol

utio

n

["]

[mgo

n]["

][°

][m

gon]

[mil]

10.

31

0.00

010.

10.

012

0.6

10.

0001

0.1

0.01

31.

01

0.00

010.

10.

015

1.5

10.

0001

0.1

0.01

72

10.

0001

0.1

0.01

Page 272: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 272

Tech

nica

l Dat

a

14.2

Dis

tanc

e M

easu

rem

ent

wit

h R

efle

ctor

sRa

nge

Atm

osph

eric

co

ndit

ions

Refl

ecto

rRa

nge

ARa

nge

BRa

nge

C[m

][f

t][m

][f

t][m

][f

t]St

anda

rd p

rism

(GP

R1)

1800

6000

3000

1000

035

0012

000

3 pr

ism

s (G

PR1)

2300

7500

4500

1470

054

0017

700

360°

pris

m (

GPZ4

, GPZ

122)

800

2600

1500

5000

2000

7000

Refle

ctor

tap

e60

mm

x 6

0m

m15

050

025

080

025

080

0

Min

i pris

m (

GMP1

01)

800

2600

1200

4000

2000

7000

360°

Min

i pris

m (

GRZ1

01)

450

1500

800

2600

1000

3300

Shor

test

mea

surin

g di

stan

ce:

1.5

m

Rang

e A:

Stro

ng h

aze,

vis

ibili

ty 5

km; o

r str

ong

sunl

ight

, sev

ere

heat

shi

mm

erRa

nge

B:Li

ght

haze

, vis

ibili

ty a

bout

20

km; o

r mod

erat

e su

nlig

ht, s

light

hea

t sh

imm

erRa

nge

C:O

verc

ast,

no

haze

, vis

ibili

ty a

bout

40

km; n

o he

at s

him

mer

Page 273: Leica TS06

Tech

nica

l Dat

aFl

exLi

ne, 2

73

Acc

urac

yAc

cura

cy re

fers

to

mea

sure

men

ts t

o st

anda

rd re

flect

ors.

Beam

inte

rrup

tions

, sev

ere

heat

shi

mm

er a

nd m

ovin

g ob

ject

s w

ithin

the

bea

m p

ath

can

resu

lt in

dev

iatio

ns o

f th

e sp

ecifi

ed a

ccur

acy.

Char

acte

rist

ics

EDM

mea

suri

ng m

ode

Stan

dard

dev

iati

on IS

O17

123-

4M

easu

rem

ent

tim

e, t

ypic

al [

s] /

Pris

m-S

tand

ard

1.5

mm

+ 2

ppm

1m

m +

1.5

ppm

2.4

Pris

m-F

ast

3m

m +

2pp

m3

mm

+ 1

.5pp

m0.

8Pr

ism

-Tra

ckin

g3

mm

+ 2

ppm

3m

m +

1.5

ppm

<0.1

5Ta

pe5

mm

+ 2

ppm

5m

m +

1.5

ppm

2.4

Prin

cipl

e:Ph

ase

mea

sure

men

tTy

pe:

Coax

ial,

visi

ble

red

lase

rCa

rrie

r wav

e:65

8nm

Mea

surin

g sy

stem

:Sy

stem

ana

lyse

r bas

is 1

00M

Hz -

150

MHz

Page 274: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 274

Tech

nica

l Dat

a

14.3

Dis

tanc

e M

easu

rem

ent

wit

hout

Ref

lect

ors

(Non

-Pri

sm

mod

e)Ra

nge

Pow

er P

inpo

int

R400

(w

itho

ut r

efle

ctor

)

Ult

ra P

inpo

int

R100

0 (w

itho

ut r

efle

ctor

)

Atm

osph

eric

co

ndit

ions

Kod

ak G

ray

Card

Rang

e D

Rang

e E

Rang

e F

[m]

[ft]

[m]

[ft]

[m]

[ft]

Whi

te s

ide,

90

% re

flect

ive

200

660

300

990

>400

>131

0Gr

ey s

ide,

18

% re

flect

ive

100

330

150

490

>200

>660

Kod

ak G

ray

Card

Rang

e D

Rang

e E

Rang

e F

[m]

[ft]

[m]

[ft]

[m]

[ft]

Whi

te s

ide,

90

% re

flect

ive

600

1970

800

2630

>100

0>3

280

Grey

sid

e, 1

8%

refle

ctiv

e30

099

040

013

10>5

00>1

640

Rang

e of

Mea

sure

men

t:1.

5m

to

1200

mRa

nge

of M

easu

rem

ent,

Fle

xPoi

nt:

1.5

m t

o 30

mD

ispl

ay u

nam

bigu

ous:

up t

o 12

00m

Rang

e D

:O

bjec

t in

str

ong

sunl

ight

, sev

ere

heat

shi

mm

erRa

nge

E:O

bjec

t in

sha

re, o

r ove

rcas

t

Page 275: Leica TS06

Tech

nica

l Dat

aFl

exLi

ne, 2

75

Acc

urac

y

Beam

inte

rrup

tions

, sev

ere

heat

shi

mm

er a

nd m

ovin

g ob

ject

s w

ithin

the

bea

m p

ath

can

resu

lt in

dev

iatio

ns o

f th

e sp

ecifi

ed a

ccur

acy.

*Ac

cura

cy a

nd m

easu

re ti

me

depe

nd o

n at

mos

pher

ic c

ondi

tions

, tar

get o

bjec

t and

ob

serv

atio

n si

tuat

ion.

Char

acte

rist

ics

Lase

r do

t si

ze

Rang

e F:

Day

, nig

ht a

nd t

wili

ght

Stan

dard

mea

suri

ngSt

anda

rd d

evia

tion

ISO

1712

3-4

Mea

sure

tim

e,

typi

cal [

s]M

easu

re t

ime,

m

axim

um [

s]0

m -

500

m2

mm

+ 2

ppm

3 -

612

>500

m4

mm

+ 2

ppm

3 -

612

Trac

king

mea

suri

ng*

Stan

dard

dev

iati

onM

easu

re t

ime,

typ

ical

[s]

Trac

king

5m

m +

3pp

m0.

25

Type

:Co

axia

l, vi

sibl

e re

d la

ser

Carr

ier w

ave:

658

nmM

easu

ring

syst

em:

Syst

em a

naly

ser b

asis

100

MHz

- 1

50M

Hz

Dis

tanc

e [m

]La

ser

dot

size

, app

roxi

mat

ely

[mm

]at

30

7 x

10at

50

8 x

20

Page 276: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 276

Tech

nica

l Dat

a

14.4

Dis

tanc

e M

easu

rem

ent

Ref

lect

or (

>3.5

km)

Rang

e

Atm

osph

eric

co

ndit

ions

Acc

urac

y

Beam

inte

rrup

tions

, sev

ere

heat

shi

mm

er a

nd m

ovin

g ob

ject

s w

ithin

the

bea

m p

ath

can

resu

lt in

dev

iatio

ns o

f th

e sp

ecifi

ed a

ccur

acy.

Ult

ra&

Pow

er (

wit

h re

flec

tor)

Rang

e A

Rang

e B

Rang

e C

[m]

[ft]

[m]

[ft]

[m]

[ft]

Stan

dard

pris

m (

GPR1

)22

0073

0075

0024

600

>100

00>3

3000

Refle

ctor

tap

e60

mm

x 6

0m

m60

020

0010

0033

0013

0042

00

Rang

e of

mea

sure

men

t:Fr

om 1

000

m u

p to

120

00m

Dis

play

una

mbi

guou

s:Up

to

12km

Rang

e A:

Stro

ng h

aze,

vis

ibili

ty 5

km; o

r str

ong

sunl

ight

, sev

ere

heat

shi

mm

erRa

nge

B:Li

ght

haze

, vis

ibili

ty a

bout

20

km; o

r mod

erat

e su

nlig

ht, s

light

hea

t sh

imm

erRa

nge

C:O

verc

ast,

no

haze

, vis

ibili

ty a

bout

40

km; n

o he

at s

him

mer

Stan

dard

mea

suri

ngSt

anda

rd d

evia

tion

ISO

1712

3-4

Mea

sure

tim

e,

typi

cal [

s]M

easu

re t

ime,

m

axim

um [

s]Lo

ng ra

nge

5m

m +

2pp

m2.

512

Page 277: Leica TS06

Tech

nica

l Dat

aFl

exLi

ne, 2

77

Char

acte

rist

ics

14.5

Conf

orm

ity

to N

atio

nal R

egul

atio

ns14

.5.1

Prod

ucts

wit

hout

Com

mun

icat

ion

side

cov

erCo

nfor

mit

y to

na

tion

al

regu

lati

ons

Prin

cipl

e:Ph

ase

mea

sure

men

tTy

pe:

Coax

ial,

visi

ble

red

lase

rCa

rrie

r wav

e:65

8nm

Mea

surin

g sy

stem

:Sy

stem

ana

lyse

r bas

is 1

00M

Hz

- 15

0M

Hz

Here

by, L

eica

Geo

syst

ems

AG, d

ecla

res

that

the

inst

rum

ent

is in

co

mpl

ianc

e w

ith t

he e

ssen

tial r

equi

rem

ents

and

oth

er re

leva

nt

prov

isio

ns o

f app

licab

le E

urop

ean

Dire

ctiv

es. T

he d

ecla

ratio

n of

co

nfor

mity

may

be

cons

ulte

d at

htt

p://

ww

w.le

ica-

geos

yste

ms.

com

/ce.

Page 278: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 278

Tech

nica

l Dat

a

14.5

.2Pr

oduc

ts w

ith

Com

mun

icat

ion

side

cov

erCo

nfor

mit

y to

na

tion

al

regu

lati

ons

Freq

uenc

y ba

nd24

02 -

248

0M

Hz

Out

put

pow

er

Ant

enna

•FC

C Pa

rt 1

5 (a

pplic

able

in U

S).

•H

ereb

y, L

eica

Geo

syst

ems

AG, d

ecla

res

that

the

inst

rum

ent w

ith C

omm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

is in

com

plia

nce

with

the

ess

entia

l req

uire

men

ts a

nd o

ther

rele

vant

pr

ovis

ions

of

Dire

ctiv

e 19

99/5

/EC.

The

dec

lara

tion

of c

onfo

rmity

may

be

cons

ulte

d at

htt

p://

ww

w.le

ica-

geos

yste

ms.

com

/ce.

Clas

s 1

equi

pmen

t acc

ordi

ng E

urop

ean

Dire

ctiv

e 19

99/5

/EC

(R&

TTE)

can

be

pla

ced

on t

he m

arke

t an

d be

put

into

ser

vice

with

out

rest

rictio

ns in

an

y EE

A M

embe

r sta

te.

•Th

e co

nfor

mity

for c

ount

ries

with

oth

er n

atio

nal r

egul

atio

ns n

ot c

over

ed b

y th

e FC

C pa

rt 1

5 or

Eur

opea

n di

rect

ive

1999

/5/E

C ha

s to

be

appr

oved

prio

r to

use

and

oper

atio

n.

Blue

toot

h:2.

5m

W

Type

:M

ono

pole

Gain

:+2

dBi

Page 279: Leica TS06

Tech

nica

l Dat

aFl

exLi

ne, 2

79

14.6

Gen

eral

Tec

hnic

al D

ata

of t

he In

stru

men

tTe

lesc

ope

Com

pens

atio

nQ

uadr

uple

axi

s co

mpe

nsat

ion

(2-a

xis

com

pens

ator

with

Hz-

colli

mat

ion

and

V-In

dex)

.

Leve

l

Mag

nific

atio

n:30

xFr

ee O

bjec

tive

aper

ture

:40

mm

Focu

sing

:1.

7m

/5.6

ft t

o in

finity

Fiel

d of

vie

w:

1°30

’/1.6

6go

n.2.

7m

at

100

m

Ang

ular

acc

urac

ySe

ttin

g ac

cura

cySe

ttin

g ra

nge

["]

["]

[mgo

n][’

][g

on]

10.

50.

2±4

0.07

20.

50.

2±4

0.07

31

0.3

±40.

075

1.5

0.5

±40.

077

20.

7±4

0.07

Circ

ular

leve

l sen

sitiv

ity:

6’/2

mm

Elec

tron

ic le

vel r

esol

utio

n:2"

Page 280: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 280

Tech

nica

l Dat

a

Cont

rol u

nit

Inst

rum

ent

Port

s

*O

nly

for i

nstr

umen

ts f

itted

with

a C

omm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

.

Dis

play

:28

0x

160

pixe

ls, L

CD, b

ackl

it, 8

line

s w

ith 3

1 ch

arac

ters

eac

h,

heat

able

(te

mp.

<-5

°).

Nam

eD

escr

ipti

onRS

232

5 pi

n LE

MO

-0 f

or p

ower

, com

mun

icat

ion,

dat

a tr

ansf

er.

This

por

t is

loca

ted

at t

he b

ase

of t

he in

stru

men

t.US

B ho

st p

ort*

USB

mem

ory

stic

k po

rt f

or d

ata

tran

sfer

.US

B de

vice

por

t*Ca

ble

conn

ectio

ns fr

om U

SB d

evic

es fo

r com

mun

icat

ion

and

data

tr

ansf

er.

Blue

toot

h*Bl

ueto

oth

conn

ectio

ns f

or c

omm

unic

atio

n an

d da

ta t

rans

fer.

Page 281: Leica TS06

Tech

nica

l Dat

aFl

exLi

ne, 2

81

Inst

rum

ent

Dim

ensi

ons

Wei

ght

Tilt

ing

axis

hei

ght

TSO

X_08

6

86.6

mm

86.6

mm

196 mm316 mm

173.

2 m

mTS

OX_

087

196 mm316 mm

226

mm

Inst

rum

ent:

4.2

kg -

4.5

kg (

depe

ndin

g on

har

dwar

e co

nfig

urat

ion)

Trib

rach

:76

0g

Batt

ery

GEB2

11:

110

gBa

tter

y GE

B221

:21

0g

With

out

trib

rach

:19

6m

mW

ith t

ribra

ch (

GDF1

11):

240

mm

±5

mm

Page 282: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 282

Tech

nica

l Dat

a

Reco

rdin

g

Lase

r pl

umm

et

Pow

er

Batt

ery

GEB

211

*Ba

sed

on a

sin

gle

mea

sure

men

t ev

ery

30s

at 2

5°C.

Ope

ratin

g tim

e m

ay b

e sh

orte

r if

batt

ery

is n

ot n

ew.

Batt

ery

GEB

221

Mod

elM

emor

y Ty

peCa

paci

ty [

MB]

Num

ber

of

mea

sure

men

tsIn

tern

al m

emor

y2

13,5

00

/ In

tern

al m

emor

y10

60,0

00

Type

:Vi

sibl

e re

d la

ser c

lass

2Lo

catio

n:In

sta

ndin

g ax

is o

f in

stru

men

tAc

cura

cy:

Dev

iatio

n fr

om p

lum

blin

e:1.

5m

m (

2 si

gma)

at

1.5

m in

stru

men

t he

ight

Dia

met

er o

f la

ser p

oint

:2.

5m

m a

t 1.

5m

inst

rum

ent

heig

ht

Exte

rnal

sup

ply

volta

ge:

(via

ser

ial i

nter

face

)N

omin

al v

olta

ge 1

2.8

VD

C, R

ange

11.

5V-

14V

Type

:Li

-Ion

Volta

ge:

7.4

VCa

paci

ty:

2.2

AhO

pera

ting

time*

:ap

prox

imat

ely

10 h

ours

Type

:Li

-Ion

Page 283: Leica TS06

Tech

nica

l Dat

aFl

exLi

ne, 2

83

*Ba

sed

on a

sin

gle

mea

sure

men

t ev

ery

30s

at 2

5°C.

Ope

ratin

g tim

e m

ay b

e sh

orte

r if

batt

ery

is n

ot n

ew.

Envi

ronm

enta

l sp

ecif

icat

ions

Tem

pera

ture

Prot

ecti

on a

gain

st w

ater

, dus

t an

d sa

nd

Volta

ge:

7.4

VCa

paci

ty:

4.4

AhO

pera

ting

time*

:ap

prox

imat

ely

20 h

ours

Type

Ope

rati

ng t

empe

ratu

reSt

orag

e te

mpe

ratu

re[°

C][°

F][°

C][°

F]Fl

exLi

ne

inst

rum

ent

-20

to +

50-4

to

+122

-40

to +

70-4

0 to

+15

8

Batt

ery

-20

to +

50-4

to

+122

-40

to +

70-4

0 to

+15

8US

B m

emor

y st

ick

-40

to +

85-4

0 to

+18

5-5

0 to

+95

-58

to +

203

Type

Prot

ecti

onFl

exLi

ne in

stru

men

tIP

55 (

IEC

6052

9)

Page 284: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 284

Tech

nica

l Dat

a

Hum

idit

y

Arc

tic

mod

el

Elec

tron

ic G

uide

Li

ght

EGL

Aut

omat

ic

corr

ecti

ons

The

follo

win

g au

tom

atic

cor

rect

ions

are

mad

e:

Type

Prot

ecti

onFl

exLi

ne in

stru

men

tM

ax 9

5% n

on c

onde

nsin

g.Th

e ef

fect

s of

con

dens

atio

n ar

e to

be

effe

ctiv

ely

coun

tera

cted

by

perio

dica

lly d

ryin

g ou

t th

e in

stru

men

t.

Ope

ratin

g ra

nge:

-35°

C to

+50

°C (

-31°

F to

+12

2°F)

)To

min

imis

e un

avoi

dabl

e sl

owdo

wn

of d

ispl

ay

perf

orm

ance

for t

he A

rctic

opt

ion,

sw

itch

disp

lay

heat

ing

on a

nd c

onne

ct t

he e

xter

nal b

atte

ry. A

llow

for

a s

hort

w

arm

-up

time.

Wor

king

rang

e:5

m t

o 15

0m

(15

ft t

o 50

0ft

)Po

sitio

n ac

cura

cy:

5cm

at

100

m (

1.97

" at

330

ft)

•Li

ne o

f si

ght

erro

r•

Vert

ical

inde

x er

ror

•Ti

lting

axi

s er

ror

•Re

frac

tion

•Ea

rth

curv

atur

e•

Com

pens

ator

inde

x er

ror

•St

andi

ng a

xis

tilt

•Ci

rcle

ecc

entr

icity

Page 285: Leica TS06

Tech

nica

l Dat

aFl

exLi

ne, 2

85

14.7

Scal

e Co

rrec

tion

Use

of

scal

e co

rrec

tion

By e

nter

ing

a sc

ale

corr

ectio

n, re

duct

ions

pro

port

iona

l to

dist

ance

can

be

take

n in

to

acco

unt.

•At

mos

pher

ic c

orre

ctio

n.•

Redu

ctio

n to

mea

n se

a le

vel.

•Pr

ojec

tion

dist

ortio

n.

Atm

osph

eric

co

rrec

tion

The

dist

ance

dis

play

ed is

cor

rect

if t

he s

cale

cor

rect

ion

in p

pm, m

m/k

m, w

hich

has

be

en e

nter

ed c

orre

spon

ds to

the

atm

osph

eric

con

ditio

ns p

reva

iling

at t

he ti

me

of th

e m

easu

rem

ent.

The

atm

osph

eric

cor

rect

ion

incl

udes

:•

Adju

stm

ents

for

air

pres

sure

•Ai

r tem

pera

ture

For h

ighe

st p

reci

sion

dis

tanc

e m

easu

rem

ents

, the

atm

osph

eric

cor

rect

ion

shou

ld b

e de

term

ined

with

:•

An a

ccur

acy

of 1

ppm

•Ai

r tem

pera

ture

to

1°C

•Ai

r pre

ssur

e to

3m

bar

Page 286: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 286

Tech

nica

l Dat

a

Atm

osph

eric

co

rrec

tion

s °C

Atm

osph

eric

cor

rect

ions

in p

pm w

ith te

mpe

ratu

re [°

C], a

ir pr

essu

re [m

b] a

nd h

eigh

t [m

] at

60

% re

lativ

e hu

mid

ity.

TSO

X_12

4

-40-35

-30-25

-20-15

-10-5

0510

1520

2530

3540

4550

5560

6570

7580

8590

95

100

105

110

115

120

125

130

135

140

50°C

50°C

40°C

40°C

30°C

30°C

20°C

20°C

10°C

10°C

0°C

0°C

-10°

C-1

0°C

-20°

C-2

0°C

550

mb

5000

m45

00600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

1050

mb

550

mb

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

1050

mb

4000

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0 m

Page 287: Leica TS06

Tech

nica

l Dat

aFl

exLi

ne, 2

87

Atm

osph

eric

co

rrec

tion

°F

Atm

osph

eric

cor

rect

ions

in p

pm w

ith t

empe

ratu

re [

°F],

air

pres

sure

[in

ch H

g] a

nd

heig

ht [

ft]

at 6

0%

rela

tive

hum

idity

.

TSO

X12

5

130°

F12

0°F

110°

F10

0°F

90°F

80°F

70°F

60°F

50°F

40°F

30°F

20°F

10°F 0°F

-10°

F-2

0°F

130°

F12

0°F

110°

F10

0°F

90°F

80°F

70°F

60°F

50°F

40°F

30°F

20°F

10°F

0°F

-10°

F-2

0°F

16

[ ft

]

1718

1920

2122

2324

2526

2728

2930

3132

inch

Hg

1617

1819

2021

2223

2425

2627

2829

3031

32 in

ch H

g

1600

0 1500

0 1400

0 1300

0 1200

0 1100

0 1000

090

0080

0070

0060

0050

0040

0030

0020

0010

00

o ft

-15-20

-25-30

-35-40

-45-50

-55

-10-505101520253035404550556065707580859095100105110115120

125

130135

140145

Page 288: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 288

Tech

nica

l Dat

a

14.8

Red

ucti

on F

orm

ulas

Form

ulas

The

inst

rum

ent

calc

ulat

es t

he s

lope

dis

tanc

e, h

oriz

onta

l dis

tanc

e, a

nd h

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith th

e fo

llow

ing

form

ulas

. Ear

th c

urva

ture

(1/R

) and

mea

n re

frac

tion

coef

ficie

nt (

k =

0.13

) ar

e au

tom

atic

ally

tak

en in

to a

ccou

nt w

hen

calc

ulat

ing

the

horiz

onta

l dis

tanc

e an

d he

ight

diff

eren

ce. T

he c

alcu

late

d ho

rizon

tal

dist

ance

rela

tes

to t

he s

tatio

n he

ight

and

not

to

the

refle

ctor

hei

ght.

aM

ean

Sea

Leve

lb

Inst

rum

ent

cRe

flect

orSl

ope

dist

ance

Hor

izon

tal d

ista

nce

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ceTS

OX

126

c

a

b

Page 289: Leica TS06

Tech

nica

l Dat

aFl

exLi

ne, 2

89

Slop

e di

stan

ce

Hor

izon

tal d

ista

nce

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ce

Dis

play

ed s

lope

dis

tanc

e [m

]D

0Un

corr

ecte

d di

stan

ce [

m]

ppm

Atm

osph

eric

sca

le c

orre

ctio

n [m

m/k

m]

mm

pris

m c

onst

ant

[mm

]

Hor

izon

tal d

ista

nce

[m]

Y *

sinζ

X *

cosζ

ζ =

Vert

ical

circ

le re

adin

gA

(1 -

k/2

)/R

= 1.

47 *

10-7

[m

-1]

k =

0.13

(m

ean

refr

actio

n co

effic

ient

)R

= 6.

378

* 10

6m

(ra

dius

of

the

eart

h)

Hei

ght

diff

eren

ce [

m]

Y *

sinζ

X *

cosζ

ζ =

Vert

ical

circ

le re

adin

gB

(1 -

k)/

2R =

6.8

3 *

10-8

[m

-1]

k =

0.13

(m

ean

refr

actio

n co

effic

ient

)R

= 6.

378

* 10

6m

(ra

dius

of

the

eart

h)

TSO

X_12

7

= D

0 ·

( 1

+ pp

m ·

10-6

) +

mm

TSO

X_12

8

= Y

- A

· X

· Y

TSO

X_12

9

= X +

B ·

Y2

Page 290: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 290

Inte

rnat

iona

l Lim

ited

War

rant

y, S

oftw

are

Lice

nse

Agr

eem

ent

15In

tern

atio

nal L

imit

ed W

arra

nty,

Sof

twar

e Li

cens

e A

gree

men

tIn

tern

atio

nal

Lim

ited

War

rant

yTh

is p

rodu

ct is

sub

ject

to

the

term

s an

d co

nditi

ons

set

out

in t

he In

tern

atio

nal

Lim

ited

War

rant

y w

hich

you

can

dow

nloa

d fr

om th

e Le

ica

Geos

yste

ms

hom

e pa

ge a

t ht

tp://

ww

w.le

ica-

geos

yste

ms.

com

/inte

rnat

iona

lwar

rant

y or

col

lect

fro

m y

our L

eica

Ge

osys

tem

s di

strib

utor

.

The

fore

goin

g w

arra

nty

is e

xclu

sive

and

is in

lieu

of

all o

ther

war

rant

ies,

ter

ms

or

cond

ition

s, e

xpre

ss o

r im

plie

d, e

ither

in f

act

or b

y op

erat

ion

of la

w, s

tatu

tory

or

othe

rwis

e, in

clud

ing

war

rant

ies,

term

s or

con

ditio

ns o

f mer

chan

tabi

lity,

fitn

ess

for a

pa

rtic

ular

pur

pose

, sat

isfa

ctor

y qu

ality

and

non

-infr

inge

men

t, a

ll of

whi

ch a

re

expr

essl

y di

scla

imed

.

Soft

war

e Li

cens

e A

gree

men

tTh

is p

rodu

ct c

onta

ins

soft

war

e th

at is

pre

inst

alle

d on

the

prod

uct,

or t

hat i

s su

pplie

d to

you

on

a da

ta c

arrie

r med

ium

, or t

hat c

an b

e do

wnl

oade

d by

you

onl

ine

purs

uant

to

prio

r aut

horis

atio

n fr

om L

eica

Geo

syst

ems.

Suc

h so

ftw

are

is p

rote

cted

by

copy

right

and

oth

er la

ws

and

its u

se is

def

ined

and

regu

late

d by

the

Lei

ca

Geos

yste

ms

Soft

war

e Li

cens

e Ag

reem

ent,

whi

ch c

over

s as

pect

s su

ch a

s, b

ut n

ot

limite

d to

, Sco

pe o

f the

Lic

ense

, War

rant

y, In

telle

ctua

l Pro

pert

y Ri

ghts

, Lim

itatio

n of

Li

abili

ty, E

xclu

sion

of

othe

r Ass

uran

ces,

Gov

erni

ng L

aw a

nd P

lace

of

Juris

dict

ion.

Pl

ease

mak

e su

re, t

hat a

t any

tim

e yo

u fu

lly c

ompl

y w

ith th

e te

rms

and

cond

ition

s of

th

e Le

ica

Geos

yste

ms

Soft

war

e Li

cens

e Ag

reem

ent.

Page 291: Leica TS06

Inte

rnat

iona

l Lim

ited

War

rant

y, S

oftw

are

Lice

nse

Agr

eem

ent

Flex

Line

, 291

Such

agr

eem

ent

is p

rovi

ded

toge

ther

with

all

prod

ucts

and

can

als

o be

refe

rred

to

and

dow

nloa

ded

at t

he L

eica

Geo

syst

ems

hom

e pa

ge a

t ht

tp://

ww

w.le

ica-

geos

yste

ms.

com

/sw

licen

se o

r col

lect

ed f

rom

you

r Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s di

strib

utor

.

You

mus

t no

t in

stal

l or u

se t

he s

oftw

are

unle

ss y

ou h

ave

read

and

acc

epte

d th

e te

rms

and

cond

ition

s of

the

Lei

ca G

eosy

stem

s So

ftw

are

Lice

nse

Agre

emen

t.

Inst

alla

tion

or u

se o

f th

e so

ftw

are

or a

ny p

art

ther

eof,

is d

eem

ed t

o be

an

acce

ptan

ce o

f all

the

term

s an

d co

nditi

ons

of s

uch

Lice

nse

Agre

emen

t. If

you

do

not

agre

e to

all

or s

ome

of th

e te

rms

of s

uch

Lice

nse

Agre

emen

t, y

ou m

ay n

ot d

ownl

oad,

in

stal

l or u

se t

he s

oftw

are

and

you

mus

t re

turn

the

unu

sed

soft

war

e to

geth

er w

ith

its a

ccom

pany

ing

docu

men

tatio

n an

d th

e pu

rcha

se re

ceip

t to

the

deal

er fr

om w

hom

yo

u pu

rcha

sed

the

prod

uct

with

in t

en (

10)

days

of

purc

hase

to

obta

in a

ful

l ref

und

of t

he p

urch

ase

pric

e.

Page 292: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 292

Glo

ssar

y

16G

loss

ary

Inst

rum

ent

axis

ZA=

Line

of

sigh

t / c

ollim

atio

n ax

isTe

lesc

ope

axis

= li

ne f

rom

the

retic

le t

o th

e ce

nter

of

the

obje

ctiv

e.SA

= St

andi

ng a

xis

Vert

ical

rota

tion

axis

of

the

tele

scop

e.K

A=

Tilt

ing

axis

Hor

izon

tal r

otat

ion

axis

of t

he te

lesc

ope.

Al

so k

now

n as

the

Tru

nion

axi

s.V

= Ve

rtic

al a

ngle

/ ze

nith

ang

leVK

= Ve

rtic

al c

ircl

eW

ith c

oded

circ

ular

div

isio

n fo

r rea

ding

th

e ve

rtic

al a

ngle

.H

z=

Hor

izon

tal d

irec

tion

HK

= H

oriz

onta

l cir

cle

With

cod

ed c

ircul

ar d

ivis

ion

for r

eadi

ng

the

horiz

onta

l ang

le.

TSO

X_00

2

SASA

SA SA

Hz0 Hz

KA

KAKA VK HK

ZA

ZAV

Page 293: Leica TS06

Glo

ssar

yFl

exLi

ne, 2

93

Plum

b lin

e /

com

pens

ator

Stan

ding

axi

s in

clin

atio

n

Zeni

th

Dire

ctio

n of

gra

vity

. The

com

pens

ator

def

ines

the

plu

mb

line

with

in t

he in

stru

men

t.

TS0X

_003

Angl

e be

twee

n pl

umb

line

and

stan

ding

axi

s.St

andi

ng a

xis

tilt i

s no

t an

inst

rum

ent e

rror

and

is n

ot e

limin

ated

by

mea

surin

g in

bot

h fa

ces.

Any

pos

sibl

e in

fluen

ce it

may

hav

e on

th

e ho

rizon

tal d

irect

ion

or v

ertic

al a

ngle

is e

limin

ated

by

the

dual

ax

is c

ompe

nsat

or.

TS0X

_004

Poin

t on

the

plu

mb

line

abov

e th

e ob

serv

er.

TS0X

_070

Page 294: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 294

Glo

ssar

y

Reti

cle

Line

-of-

sigh

t er

ror

(hor

izon

tal

colli

mat

ion)

Vert

ical

inde

x er

ror

Glas

s pl

ate

with

in t

he t

eles

cope

with

retic

le.

TS0X

_071

The

line-

of-s

ight

err

or (c

) is

the

devi

atio

n fr

om th

e pe

rpen

dicu

lar

betw

een

the

tiltin

g ax

is a

nd li

ne o

f sig

ht. T

his

coul

d be

elim

inat

ed

by m

easu

ring

in b

oth

face

s.

TS0X

_005

c

With

a h

oriz

onta

l lin

e of

sig

ht th

e ve

rtic

al c

ircle

read

ing

shou

ld b

e ex

actly

90°

(100

gon)

. The

dev

iatio

n fr

om th

is v

alue

is te

rmed

the

Vert

ical

inde

x er

ror (

i).i

TS0X

_006

Page 295: Leica TS06

Glo

ssar

yFl

exLi

ne, 2

95

Tilt

ing

axis

err

or

Expl

anat

ion

of

disp

laye

d da

ta

The

tiltin

g ax

is e

rror

is th

e de

viat

ion

with

in th

e ho

rizon

tal r

otat

ion

axis

, bet

wee

n m

easu

rem

ents

in b

oth

face

s.

TS0X

_131

Indi

cate

d m

eteo

rolo

gica

l cor

rect

ed s

lope

di

stan

ce b

etw

een

inst

rum

ent

tiltin

g ax

is

and

cent

er o

f pris

m/la

ser d

otIn

dica

ted

met

eoro

logi

cal c

orre

cted

hor

i-zo

ntal

dis

tanc

eH

eigh

t di

ffer

ence

bet

wee

n st

atio

n an

d ta

rget

poi

nthr

Refle

ctor

hei

ght

abov

e gr

ound

hiIn

stru

men

t he

ight

abo

ve g

roun

dE 0

, N0,

H0

East

ing,

Nor

thin

g an

d H

eigh

t co

ordi

-na

tes

of s

tatio

nE,

N, H

Ea

stin

g, N

orth

ing

and

Hei

ght

coor

di-

nate

s of

tar

get

poin

tTS

OX_

07

E, N

, H

hr

hi

E 0, N

0, H

0

Page 296: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 296

Men

u Tr

ee

App

endi

x A

Men

u Tr

ee

)De

pend

ing

on lo

cal f

irmw

are

vers

ions

the

men

u ite

ms

may

diff

er.

Men

u Tr

ee|—

— Q

-Sur

vey

| | | |——

Pro

gram

s| | | | | | | | | | | | | |

|——

Sur

veyi

ng|—

— S

take

out

|——

Fre

e St

atio

n|—

— R

efer

ence

Ele

men

t|—

— T

ie D

ista

nce

|——

Are

a &

Vol

ume

|——

Rem

ote

Hei

ght

|——

Con

stru

ctio

n|—

— C

ogo

|——

Roa

d 2D

|——

Roa

dwor

ks 3

D|—

— T

rave

rseP

RO|—

— R

efer

ence

Pla

ne

|——

Man

age

| | | | | | | |

|——

Jobs

|——

Fix

poin

ts|—

— M

easu

rem

ents

|——

Cod

es|—

— F

orm

ats

|——

Del

ete

Job

Mem

ory

|——

Mem

ory

Stat

istic

s|—

— U

SB-F

ile M

anag

er

Page 297: Leica TS06

Men

u Tr

eeFl

exLi

ne, 2

97

|——

Tra

nsfe

r| | |

|——

Exp

ort

Dat

a|—

— Im

port

Dat

a

|——

Set

ting

| | | | | | | |

|——

Gen

eral

| | | | | | |

|——

Con

tras

t, T

rigge

r Key

1, T

rigge

r Key

2, U

SER

Key

1, U

SER

Key

2, T

ilt C

orre

c-tio

n, H

z Co

rrec

tion,

Bee

p, S

ecto

r Be

ep, H

Z In

crem

ent,

V-S

ettin

g, F

ace

I D

efin

ition

, Lan

guag

e, L

angu

age

Choi

ce, A

ngle

Uni

t, M

inim

um R

eadi

ng,

Dis

tanc

e Un

it, D

ista

nce

Dec

imal

, Tem

pera

ture

Uni

t, Pr

essu

re U

nit,

Gra

de

Unit,

Dat

a O

utpu

t, G

SI F

orm

at, G

SI M

ask,

Cod

e re

cord

, Cod

e, D

ispl

ay II

Ium

i-na

tion,

Ret

icle

IIIu

min

atio

n, D

ispl

ay H

eate

r, Pr

e-/S

uffix

, Ide

ntifi

er, S

ort

Type

, Sor

t O

rder

, Dou

ble

Poin

t ID

, Aut

o-O

ff.

| | | |

|——

ED

M S

ettin

gs| | |

|——

ED

M S

ettin

g, A

tmos

pher

ic D

ata,

Indi

vidu

al P

PM, P

roje

ctio

n Sc

ale,

ED

M

Sign

al R

efle

ctio

n, E

DM

Fre

quen

cy

| | | |

|——

Com

mun

icat

ion

Para

met

ers

|——

Com

mun

icat

ion

Sett

ings

, Blu

etoo

th P

IN

|——

Too

ls |——

Adj

ust

| | | | | |

|——

|——

|——

|——

|——

Hz-

Colli

mat

ion

V-In

dex

Tilt

Axis

View

Adj

ustm

ent

Rem

inde

rAd

just

men

t Re

min

der

|——

Sta

rt U

p| |

Page 298: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 298

Men

u Tr

ee

|——

Sys

tem

Info

rmat

ion

| | |

|——

Ins

trum

ent

Info

rmat

ion,

Sof

twar

e In

form

atio

n, S

et D

ate,

Set

Tim

e

|——

Lic

ence

Key

| | | |——

PIN

| | | |——

Loa

d Fi

rmw

are

|——

Firm

war

e, L

angu

ages

Onl

y

Page 299: Leica TS06

Dir

ecto

ry S

truc

ture

Flex

Line

, 299

App

endi

x B

Dir

ecto

ry S

truc

ture

Des

crip

tion

On

the

USB

mem

ory

stic

k, f

iles

are

stor

ed in

cer

tain

dire

ctor

ies.

The

fol

low

ing

diag

ram

is t

he d

efau

lt di

rect

ory

stru

ctur

e.

Dir

ecto

ry S

truc

ture

|——

CO

DES

|•

Code

lists

(*.

cls)

|——

FO

RMA

TS|

•Fo

rmat

file

s (*

.frt)

|——

JOBS

| |•

GSI,

DXF

and

Land

XML

files

(*.

*)•

Logf

iles

crea

ted

from

app

licat

ions

|——

SYS

TEM

| | | | | |

•Fi

rmw

are

files

(Fl

exFi

eld.

fw a

nd F

lexF

ield

_EDM

.fw)

•La

ngua

ge f

iles

(Fle

xFie

ld_L

ang_

xx.fw

)•

Lice

nce

file

(*.k

ey)

•Co

nfig

urat

ion

files

(*.

cfg)

Page 300: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 300

Inde

x

Inde

x

A Accu

racy

Angl

e m

easu

rem

ent

......

......

......

......

......

......

.271

Non

-Pris

m m

ode

......

......

......

......

......

....2

75, 2

76Pr

ism

mod

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

273

Adju

stm

ent

Adju

stm

ent

rem

inde

r ...

......

......

......

......

......

....6

4Co

mbi

ned

adju

stm

ent

......

......

......

......

......

....2

33El

ectr

onic

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

31, 2

35Er

rors

, vie

w c

urre

nt .

......

......

......

......

......

......

..63

Insp

ectin

g la

ser p

lum

met

....

......

......

......

......

.241

Line

of

sigh

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...23

3M

echa

nica

l ....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

231

Of

circ

ular

leve

l on

inst

rum

ent

......

......

......

...24

0O

f ci

rcul

ar le

vel o

n tr

ibra

ch .

......

......

......

......

.240

Prep

arat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..23

2Ti

lt ax

is .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.237

Vert

ical

inde

x ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..23

3Al

ignm

ents

Crea

ting

or u

ploa

ding

.....

......

......

......

......

......

181

Desc

riptio

n of

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

173

Angl

e m

easu

rem

ent

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

271

Angl

e un

it, s

ettin

g of

....

......

......

......

......

......

..47

, 73

Appl

icat

ions

Area

and

Vol

ume

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

149

COGO

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.159

Cons

truc

tion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

154

Free

Sta

tion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.111

Refe

renc

e El

emen

t ...

......

......

......

......

....1

18, 1

36Re

fere

nce

Plan

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

14Re

mot

e H

eigh

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

153

Road

2D

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.166

Road

wor

ks 3

D ..

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..171

Stak

eout

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..105

Surv

eyin

g ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..104

Tie

Dist

ance

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...14

6Tr

aver

sePR

O ..

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....1

97Ap

plic

atio

ns -

Get

ting

Star

ted

Pre-

sett

ings

for

app

licat

ions

.....

......

......

......

....9

2Se

t ac

cura

cy li

mit

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....1

12Se

t ED

M .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

155

Set

Job

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....9

4Se

t O

rient

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.97

Set

Stat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....9

5Se

t To

lera

nces

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....1

99Ar

ctic

inst

rum

ent

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

84

Page 301: Leica TS06

Inde

xFl

exLi

ne, 3

01

Area

and

Vol

ume,

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

....1

49At

mos

pher

ic d

ata,

set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

.....

59Au

to S

tart

, sta

rt u

p se

quen

ce .

......

......

......

......

....6

4Au

to-O

ff, s

ettin

g of

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

....5

3

B Base

line

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.119

Batt

ery

Care

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..24

5Ch

angi

ng o

f ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

36Ch

argi

ng .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.35

Firs

t-tim

e us

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...35

Icon

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

22La

belli

ng .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

270

Tech

nica

l dat

a GE

B211

.....

......

......

......

......

....2

82Te

chni

cal d

ata

GEB2

21 ..

......

......

......

......

......

.283

Baud

rate

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..61

Beep

, set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.44

Blue

toot

hAn

tenn

a ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

78Co

mm

unic

atio

n pa

ram

eter

s ...

......

......

......

......

61Co

nnec

tion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..22

9Da

ta t

rans

fer

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

230

Icon

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

23O

utpu

t po

wer

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

278

PIN

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

60

Safe

ty d

irect

ions

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

..267

C Care

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..244

Chec

k &

Adj

ust

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..231

Chec

k Ti

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...84

Circ

ular

leve

l, ad

just

men

t of

....

......

......

......

......

..240

Clea

ning

and

Dry

ing

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

246

Codi

ng Data

man

agem

ent

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

19Ed

iting

/ E

xten

ding

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

.88

Free

cod

ing

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....7

3GS

I cod

ing

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

87Q

uick

cod

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..89

Stan

dard

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....8

7CO

GO, a

pplic

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

159

Colli

mat

ion

axis

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...29

2Co

mm

unic

atio

n pa

ram

eter

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

60Co

mm

unic

atio

n si

de c

over

Desc

riptio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..18

Freq

uenc

y ba

nd ..

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

278

Tech

nica

l dat

a ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.278

Com

pens

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

279

Com

pens

ator

, ico

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.22

Conf

igur

atio

n, s

ettin

g of

....

......

......

......

......

......

...42

Conn

ectin

g Bl

ueto

oth

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

29

Page 302: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 302

Inde

x

Cons

tant

s, p

rism

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..57

Cons

truc

tion,

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

....1

54Co

ntai

ner c

onte

nts

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...14

Cont

rast

, set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.42

Coor

dina

tes,

orie

ntat

ion

with

....

......

......

......

......

.99

Corr

ectio

nsAt

mos

pher

ic .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

285

Auto

mat

ic .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...28

4Sc

ale

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

285

Cut

situ

atio

n, s

lope

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

180,

194

Cylin

der O

ffse

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.76

D Dat

a Stor

age

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....3

7Tr

ansf

er .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

220

Dat

a fo

rmat

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.224

Dat

a m

anag

emen

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

218

Dat

a ou

tput

, set

ting

loca

tion

of ..

......

......

......

......

50D

atab

its ..

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

61D

ate

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.65

Del

ete

job

mem

ory

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.219

Del

ete

last

reco

rd .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....7

2D

imen

sion

s, o

f in

stru

men

t ...

......

......

......

......

.....

281

Dire

ctor

y st

ruct

ure

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..29

9D

ispl

ay h

eate

r, se

ttin

g of

.....

......

......

......

......

......

.51

Disp

lay

illum

inat

ion,

set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

...51

Disp

lay,

tec

hnic

al d

etai

ls o

f ...

......

......

......

......

....2

80Di

stan

ce d

ecim

al p

lace

s, s

ettin

g of

.....

......

......

.....4

9Di

stan

ce u

nit,

set

ting

of ..

......

......

......

......

......

48, 7

3Do

uble

poi

nt, s

ettin

g of

....

......

......

......

......

......

....5

2

E Edit

field

s, h

ow t

o ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..26

Elec

trom

agne

tic c

ompa

tibili

ty E

MC

......

......

......

..266

Elec

tron

ic a

djus

tmen

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

.231

Elec

tron

ic D

ista

nce

Mea

sure

men

t ED

MGu

idel

ines

for

cor

rect

resu

lts ..

......

......

......

......

40Ic

ons

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..22

Lase

r poi

nter

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...57

Non

-Pris

m m

ode

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

274

Pris

m (

>3.5

km

) ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

76Pr

ism

con

stan

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..57

Pris

m m

ode

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..272

Pris

m T

ypes

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....5

5Se

ttin

gs .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..54

Sign

al re

flect

ion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...59

Trac

king

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....8

6El

ectr

onic

Gui

de L

ight

EGL

Guid

e Li

ght

sett

ings

....

......

......

......

......

......

.....5

7Sa

fety

dire

ctio

ns .

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

62Te

chni

cal d

ata

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

84

Page 303: Leica TS06

Inde

xFl

exLi

ne, 3

03

Elec

tron

ic le

vel,

leve

l up

inst

rum

ent

......

......

......

..32

Endm

ark

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.61

Expo

rt d

ata

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.220

Exte

nsio

n, C

OGO

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

.....

165

F Face

, set

ting

of ..

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.47

FCC

Stat

emen

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

268

Fiel

ds, c

omm

on ..

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

103

File

ext

ensi

ons

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..22

4Fi

le M

anag

emen

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.218

Fill

situ

atio

n, s

lope

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

.181

, 194

Firm

war

e in

form

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

..66

Fixp

oint

dat

a ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..21

9Fl

exFi

eld

firm

war

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..12

Flex

Off

ice

Desc

riptio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.13

Fold

er s

truc

ture

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..29

9Fo

rmat

s, m

anag

emen

t of

.....

......

......

......

......

.....

219

Form

attin

gIn

tern

al m

emor

y ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

66US

B St

ick

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

228

Free

cod

ing

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...87

Free

Sta

tion,

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

.....

111

Func

tions

FN

CAc

cess

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.72

Desc

riptio

n of

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..72

FNC

key

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....1

9

G Glos

sary

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..292

Grad

e un

it, s

ettin

g of

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

..49

GSI Co

ding

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.87

Oup

ut m

ask,

set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

...50

Out

put

form

at, s

ettin

g of

.....

......

......

......

......

..50

H Haza

rds

of u

se .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.250

Heig

ht T

rans

fer

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...80

Hidd

en P

oint

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...81

Horiz

onta

l alig

nmen

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

..173

Horiz

onta

l ang

le, s

ettin

g of

....

......

......

......

......

.....4

5Hz

cor

rect

ions

, set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

.....4

4Hz

incr

emen

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....4

5

I Icon

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

2Id

entif

ier,

sett

ing

loca

tion

of .

......

......

......

......

......

51Im

port

dat

a ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

24In

divi

dual

PPM

, set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

.....5

9

Page 304: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 304

Inde

x

Inst

rum

ent

Com

pone

nts

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..16

Conf

igur

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....4

2Di

men

sion

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

281

Leve

l up

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...32

Port

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...28

0Pr

otec

tion

with

PIN

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

68Se

ttin

gs .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..42

Setu

p ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

9Te

chni

cal D

ata

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...27

9In

stru

men

t in

form

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

65In

tend

ed u

se .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...24

7In

ters

ectio

ns, C

OGO

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

161

Inve

rse

and

trav

erse

, CO

GO a

pplic

atio

n ...

......

....1

59

J Job,

man

agem

ent

of .

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

18

K Keyb

oard

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..19

Keys

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...19

L Labe

lling

....

......

......

......

......

......

.257

, 260

, 264

, 270

Lang

uage

Dele

ting

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...42

Sele

ctio

n of

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

5Se

ttin

g of

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..47

Sett

ing

of c

hoic

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....4

7Up

load

lang

uage

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

....7

0La

ser Clas

sific

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...25

5Di

stan

cer

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.40

Lase

r plu

mm

etAd

just

inte

nsity

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

34In

spec

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

241

Safe

ty d

irect

ions

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

..263

Tech

nica

l dat

a ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.282

Lase

r poi

nter

On/

Off

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.73

Sett

ing

of ..

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....5

7Le

vel

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

79Le

vel /

Plu

mm

et s

cree

n, a

cces

s ...

......

......

......

......

72Li

cenc

e ke

ys, e

ntry

of

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....6

7Li

mits

of

use

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

49Li

ne o

f si

ght

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

294

Adju

stm

ent

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..233

Lock

inst

rum

ent

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..69

Page 305: Leica TS06

Inde

xFl

exLi

ne, 3

05

M Mai

n m

enu

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....3

7M

aint

enan

ce, e

nd d

ate

......

......

......

......

......

......

...66

Man

ual a

ngle

set

ting,

orie

ntat

ion

......

......

......

......

98M

anua

l, va

lidity

of

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.4M

easu

rem

ent

data

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

...21

9M

echa

nica

l adj

ustm

ent

......

......

......

......

......

......

.231

Mem

ory

stat

istic

s, m

anag

emen

t of

....

......

......

...21

9M

enu

tree

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

296

Min

imum

read

ing,

set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

48

N Nav

igat

ion

key

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

0N

on-P

rism

mea

sure

men

ts .

......

......

......

......

......

....4

0N

on-P

rism

/Pris

m T

oggl

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

.....

72

O Off

sets

, CO

GO a

pplic

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

.....

163

Ope

ratin

g co

ncep

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.12

Ope

ratin

g te

mpe

ratu

re .

......

......

......

......

......

......

283

Ope

ratio

n, o

f in

stru

men

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

...29

Orie

ntat

ion

Man

ual a

ngle

set

ting

......

......

......

......

......

......

..98

With

Coo

rdin

ates

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

...99

P Parit

y ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...61

PIN

Blue

toot

h PI

N .

......

......

......

......

......

......

....6

0, 2

29In

stru

men

t PI

N .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....6

8Pl

umb

line

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...29

3Po

int

sear

ch .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.27

Poin

ts Mul

tiple

poi

nts

with

sam

e ID

....

......

......

......

....5

2Po

rts Co

mm

unic

atio

n pa

ram

eter

s ...

......

......

......

......

.60

Inst

rum

ent

port

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

...28

0PP

M, s

ettin

g of

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....5

9Pr

essu

re u

nit,

set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

......

.49

Pris

m Abso

lute

con

stan

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

...57

Icon

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

3Le

ica

cons

tant

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.57

Type

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....5

5Pr

ism

mea

sure

men

ts .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

41Pr

ojec

tion

scal

e, s

ettin

g of

....

......

......

......

......

......

59PU

K co

de, u

se o

f ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....6

9

Q Q-C

OD

E ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

89Q

uadr

uple

-axi

s co

mpe

nsat

ion

......

......

......

......

...27

9

Page 306: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 306

Inde

x

Qui

ck c

odin

g ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....8

9

R Reco

rdin

g co

de, s

ettin

g of

....

......

......

......

......

......

51Re

duct

ion

Form

ulas

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

..28

8Re

fere

nce

Arc,

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

..13

6Re

fere

nce

Line

, app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

.118

Refe

renc

e Pl

ane,

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

.....

214

Refr

actio

n co

effic

ient

....

......

......

......

......

......

.....

289

Rem

ote

Hei

ght,

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

.153

Rem

ote

poin

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.154

Resp

onsi

bilit

ies

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.249

Retic

le .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.294

Retic

le il

lum

inat

ion,

set

ting

of ..

......

......

......

......

...51

Road

2D,

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

166

Road

Pro

ject

s, e

lem

ents

of

......

......

......

......

......

.173

Road

wor

ks 3

D, a

pplic

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

.....

171

Rod

Leng

th .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..82

RS23

2, c

omm

unic

atio

n pa

ram

eter

s ...

......

......

......

61

S Safe

ty d

irect

ions

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

247

Scre

en .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...21

Sear

ch .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...27

Sect

or b

eep,

set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

......

..44

Seria

l int

erfa

ce, p

lug

conn

ectio

ns .

......

......

......

....6

2

Set

job

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....9

4Se

t or

ient

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.97

Set

stat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....9

5Se

t to

lera

nces

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....1

99Se

ttin

gs, c

onfig

urat

ion

of ..

......

......

......

......

......

....4

2Se

tup Inst

rum

ent

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

9Tr

ipod

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..29

Slop

e el

emen

ts, d

escr

iptio

n of

....

......

......

......

....1

80Sl

ope

grad

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....1

91Sl

ope

type

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....1

91So

ftke

ys ..

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

24So

ftw

are

Load

ing

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....7

0So

ftw

are

info

rmat

ion

Appl

icat

ion

info

rmat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

....6

6Fi

rmw

are

deta

ils ..

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.66

Stak

eout

, app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

......

....1

05St

andi

ng a

xis

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

93St

art-

up s

eque

nce,

aut

o st

art

......

......

......

......

.....6

4St

opbi

ts .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.61

Stor

age

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.245

Stor

age

tem

pera

ture

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

.283

Surv

eyin

g, a

pplic

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

104

Sym

bols

, use

d in

thi

s m

anua

l ...

......

......

......

......

.....3

Page 307: Leica TS06

Inde

xFl

exLi

ne, 3

07

T Targ

et O

ffse

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...74

Tech

nica

l dat

a ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

271

Tele

scop

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

279

Tem

pera

ture

Batt

ery

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..28

3In

stru

men

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

283

USB

stic

k ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..28

3Te

mpe

ratu

re u

nit,

set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

49Te

rmin

olog

y ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...29

2Ti

e D

ista

nce,

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

.....

146

Tilt

and

horiz

onta

l cor

rect

ions

.....

......

......

......

......

53Ti

lt Ax

is, a

djus

tmen

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

...23

7Ti

lt co

rrec

tion,

set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

.....

43Ti

lting

axi

s, d

escr

iptio

n of

....

......

......

......

......

.....

295

Tim

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....6

5To

ols Ad

just

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..63

Auto

sta

rt .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

64Li

cenc

e ke

ys .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.67

Load

Sof

twar

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..70

Syst

em In

form

atio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

65Tr

acki

ng, E

DM

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.86

Tran

spor

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.244

Trav

erse

Trav

erse

PRO

, app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

197

With

kno

wn

back

sigh

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

.203

With

out

know

n ba

cksi

ght

......

......

......

......

.....2

02Tr

igge

r key

Desc

riptio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..21

Sett

ing

of ..

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....4

2Tr

ipod Se

rvic

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

243

Setu

p ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

....2

9

U Units

, set

tings

of

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

47Up

load

lang

uage

s ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

...70

Uplo

ad li

cenc

e ke

y ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..67

Uplo

ad s

oftw

are

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..70

USB Di

rect

ory

Stru

ctur

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

299

File

Man

ager

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..220

Form

attin

g ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

228

Icon

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....2

3In

sert

ing

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.226

User

inte

rfac

e ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..19

USER

key

, set

ting

of .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.43

Page 308: Leica TS06

Flex

Line

, 308

Inde

x

V Vert

ical

alig

nmen

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

173

Vert

ical

ang

leDe

scrip

tion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..29

2Se

ttin

g of

....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..45

Vert

ical

inde

xAd

just

men

t ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

233

Desc

riptio

n ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

294

Volu

me,

app

licat

ion

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

149

W Wei

ght

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..28

1W

ildca

rd s

earc

h ...

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.....

28

Z Zeni

th .

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

..46

, 293

Zeni

th a

ngle

.....

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

.292

Page 309: Leica TS06

Inde

xFl

exLi

ne, 3

09

Page 310: Leica TS06

Tota

l Qua

lity

Man

agem

ent:

Our

com

mit

men

t to

tot

al c

usto

mer

sat

isfa

ctio

n.

Leic

a Ge

osys

tem

s AG

, Hee

rbru

gg, S

witz

erla

nd, h

as b

een

cert

ified

as

bein

g eq

uipp

ed w

ith a

qua

lity

syst

em w

hich

m

eets

the

Inte

rnat

iona

l Sta

ndar

ds o

f Q

ualit

y M

anag

emen

t an

d Q

ualit

y Sy

stem

s (IS

O s

tand

ard

9001

) and

Env

ironm

enta

l M

anag

emen

t Sy

stem

s (IS

O s

tand

ard

1400

1).

Ask

you

r lo

cal L

eica

dea

ler

for

mor

e in

form

atio

n ab

out

our

TQM

pro

gram

.

766166-1.0.0enOriginal text

Printed in Switzerland © 2008 Leica Geosystems AG, Heerbrugg, Switzerland

Leic

a G

eosy

stem

s A

GH

einr

ich-

Wild

-Str

asse

CH-9

435

Hee

rbru

ggSw

itzer

land

Phon

e +4

1 71

727

31

31w

ww

.leic

a-ge

osys

tem

s.co

m